N Apolo Moon
Tel. (03) 836 1800
لے
` MAGAZINE
Aust. ent. Mag.
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 13, PARTS 1, 2
APRIL, 1986
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally. to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
` All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
S Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$15.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
$A16.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£ 8.50) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$19.00 (US$15.00 or Stg.£10.50) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Andrew Atkins
Hesperilla mastersi mastersi Waterhouse, 1900 (9). This handsome
Skipper is distributed from southern Queensland to eastern Victoria, where
it is restricted to temperate and subtropical rainforests and dense coastal
thickets on cliff slopes. Adults fly from September to March but probably
only have one generation each year. The semi-spherical eggs are laid singly
beneath young leaves of the foodplant, Gahnia melanocarpa that grows in
dark gullies. The brightly striped larvae and elongate pupae are found in
tube-shaped leaf shelters within the foodplant and attached debris.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
Drawing Office Printers Pty. Ltd.
253 Condamine St, Palgowlah,
N.S.W. 2093
Volume 13, Parts 1,2
NOTES ON THE TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF SPECIES OF PARASAR-
COPHAGA JOHNSTON & TIEGS AND BARANOVISCA LOPES (DIPTERA:
SARCOPHAGIDAE) ASSOCIATED WITH SPIDERS IN EASTERN AUSTRALIA
By B. K. Cantrell
Entomology Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Indooroopilly, Qld. 4068
Abstract
Parasarcophaga cyrtophorae sp. n. is described and distinguished from the closely
related species Baranovisca arachnivora Lopes and B. reposita (Lopes); the genus
Baranovisca Lopes is discussed. Observations on the association between P. cyrtophorae,
B. reposita and the spider Cyrtophora moluccensis (Doleschall) in Brisbane, Queensland
are presented.
Introduction
Baranovisca reposita (Lopes) was originally described in Parasarcophaga
Johnston & Tiegs from a single male from Sydney, New South Wales “feeding
іп a spiders cocoon”, an unusual habit for a species of Sarcophagidae. The
identification by Cantrell (1981) of a series of sarcophagid flied reared from
the egg cases of the spider Cyrtophora moluccensis (Doleschall) (Araneidae)
as P. reposita Lopes was thus based partly on conjecture because of host
similarity. However comparison of specimens with Lopes' description and
illustrations showed close resemblance. The incomplete holotype of P. reposita
(the terminalia preparation was not available at that time) was then examined
and found to be apparently identical to available specimens. With the
identification seemingly correct, P. reposita was redescribed, including inform-
ation on the female and the immature stages.
The redescription was made from specimens collected in Papua New
Guinea and Brisbane, Australia during 1980. Observations of spiders continued
in Brisbane in 1981-1985 and many more flies were recovered. The species
is easily recognized by its distinctive puparium (Fig. 20) which lacks the
deep posterior larval spiracular pit characteristic of most Sarcophagidae. The
spiracles are fully exposed and surrounded by an oval peritreme marking the
edge of the rudimentary pit of the third instar larva. Flies were usually found
as either mature larvae or puparia in the host egg cases, having fed on the
developing spiders eggs.
22 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
In 1983, a single puparium with a deep spiracular pit was found in an
egg case. The female fly which emerged from it appeared to be identical in
appearance to females which emerged from “‘pitless” puparia, but it was not
possible to positively identify it. Collecting efforts were increased in 1984
and "pitted" puparia were recovered from two spider egg cases, from which
two male and two female flies emerged. Examination of the terminalia of the
males showed slight differences from those of specimens redescribed as
P. reposita by Cantrell (1981). Moreover, they matched perfectly the original
illustrations of the male terminalia of P. reposita made by Lopes (1959).
Cantrell (1981) assumed that the slight discrepancies between his
illustrations and those of Lopes (1959) were due to difficulties in drawing
the complex male terminalia. It is now apparent that the species redescribed
by Cantrell (1981) was a new species, and that the true P. reposita was the
species with a “pitted? puparium collected in small numbers in 1983 and
1984. Collecting in 1985 again produced low numbers of P. reposita, but
showed that the new species (described below as P. cyrtophorae) is more
commonly collected in the Brisbane area.
Lopes (1985) described a third species of Sarcophagidae known to be
associated with spider eggs in Australia, naming it as the type species of a
new genus, Baranovisca. The species is B. arachnivora Lopes, which was
reared from an egg case of Dicrostichus magnificus Rainbow (Araniedae) in
Sydney, New South Wales. He also transferred P. reposita (plus three non-
Australian species) to Baranovisca. The defining characters of Baranovisca
rely to a large extent on details of the male and female terminalia. The new
species described below could also be included in Baranovisca, but I refrained
from doing so, describing it instead in Parasarcophaga. The Australian
sarcophagid fauna contains a number of small genera (largely erected by
Lopes) differentiated by small differences in external morphology and
terminalia from the two large genera, Parasarcophaga and Tricholioproctia
Baranov. A thorough generic revision of the Australian Sarcophaginae is long
overdue and until this is done (and Baranovisca retained or not), I prefer to
adopt a conservative position for the species described below. Brown and
Shipp (1978) also discussed the generic composition of the Australian
Sarcophaginae following studies of wing morphometrics, and advocated the
use of fewer, larger, genera for this group.
Having examined specimens of B. arachnivora, B. reposita and P.
cyrtophorae it was possible to annotate distinguishing characteristics for each
species based on the male and female terminalia. All three species are otherwise
almost identical. Information on the relative abundance of B. reposita and
P. cyrtophorae in Brisbane, also of their biology and that of their host
(C. moluccensis) is presented below.
Abbreviations for specimen depositories are: AM, Australian Museum, Sydney;
ANIC, Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra; QDPI, Queensland Department
of Primary Industries, Brisbane; QM, Queensland Museum, Brisbane. Measurements of
body length and ratio (V/HW) of width of vertex at level of posterior ocelli to maximum
head width across eyes, both viewed dorsally, are expressed as means with ranges given
in brackets. Number of specimens measured is shown last.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 3
Parasarcophaga cyrtophorae sp. n.
(Figs 1-5, 14-16, 20)
Types.—Holotype д Brisbane, QUEENSLAND, 28.ii.1984, B. К. Cantrell, ex egg case of
Cyrtophora moluccensis (Doleschall), in QM. Paratypes, all same data as holotype except
as indicated; 1 9 (QM); 1 d, 1 9, 4.11.1984 (AM); 1 G, 1 ¥, 22.11.1985 (AM); 2 GG, 11413,
1.1985 (ANIC); 2 99, 12.11.1985 (ANIC); 1 d, 21.11.1981, R. Raven (QDPD; 1 $,
22.11.1981, R. Raven (QDPI); 1 д, 21.vi.1981 (QDPI); 1 9, 26.vii.1981 (QDPI); 1 d,
1 9, Feb. 1982 (QDPD; 1 d, 1 9, Mar. 1982 (QDPI); 1 d, 1 9, Aug. 1982 (QDPI); 1 д,
1 9, 7.11.1983 (QDPD; 2 dd, 2 99 (QDPD; 1 d, 1 9, 10.11.1985 (QDPI); 1 d, 1 9,
16-17.iii.1985 (QDPI).
Non-type specimens examined. —Many specimens of both sexes, all Brisbane, Queensland,
various dates between 1981-1985, from same host as holotype (QDPI), plus specimens
listed by Cantrell (1981) as Parasarcophaga reposita Lopes (misidentification).
Description
For a full description of this species, including the immature stages, see pp. 29-33
of Cantrell (1981) under the heading Parasarcophaga reposita Lopes (misidentification)
and Figs 1-5, 14-16, 20 below. Methods of differentiating this species from B. arachnivora
and B. reposita are given below.
Measurements
Body length (mm): 5 9.7 (6.8-12.6); 9 9.8 (6.8-11.4). V/HW: d 0.20 (0.19-0.22);
9 0.26 (0.24-0.28). (25 dd, 25 99). Note that these values differ from those given by
Cantrell (1981), being based on different specimens.
Figs 1-5. Parasarcophaga cyrtophorae sp.n. (1-4) male: (1) cerci, posterior view; (2)
сегсі, surstyli and aedeagus, lateral view; (3) tip of aedeagus, ventral view;
(4) abdominal sternite 5, ventral view; (Б) female abdominal sternites 6 and 7,
ventral view. All to same scale except Fig. 3.
4 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
Etymology
The specific name alludes to the association between this fly and its only known
host, Cyrtophora moluccensis.
Baranovisca arachnivora Lopes
(Figs 6, 8, 10, 12)
Baranovisca arachnivora Lopes, 1985: 51. Holotype d (KS6986) in AM; type locality
Hornsby Heights, New South Wales.
Specimens examined.—Holotype; paratype 9 (AM), no locality label but associated with
holotype by label on holotype “Sarcophagidae male, female, parasitic in egg sac Dicro-
stichus magnificus". The egg case (AM) from which these specimens emerged was also
examined; it contains an additional male and female, both improperly emerged and
deformed, plus empty puparia.
Notes
This species can only reliably be distinguished from В. reposita and P. cyrtophorae
on terminalic characters (Figs 6, 8, 10, 12). The immature stages are unknown, but the
puparium has a deep posterior spiracular pit. The adult measurements given by Lopes
are accurate [Body length (mm): $, 9, 9.0. V/HW: d 0.17; $ 0.25.]
Baranovisca reposita (Lopes)
(Figs 7, 9, 11, 13, 17-19)
Parasarcophaga reposita Lopes, 1959: 65. Holotype б in ANIC; type locality Sydney,
New South Wales.
Baranovisca reposita: Lopes, 1985: 51.
Specimens examined.—Holotype; other specimens all Brisbane, QUEENSLAND, B. К.
Cantrell, ex egg case Cyrtophora moluccensis except as indicated; all in QDPI; 1 9,
14.1.1983, R. Haddrell; 2 dd, 15.11.1984; 1 9, 19.11.1984; 1 9, 21.11.1984; 5 99, 26.1.1985;
1 9, 3.ii1.1985; 1 9, 5.iii.1985; 1 д, 6.14.1985; 1 $, 8.11.1985.
Notes
This species is indistinguishable from B. arachnivora and P. cyrtophorae except
by examination of the terminalia. Whole larvae were not available, but first and second
instar exuviae recovered from a host egg case allowed examination of the cephalophary-
ngeal skeleton, while that of the third instar was recovered from an empty puparium.
These are shown in Figs 17-19 and are clearly distinguishable from the corresponding
photographs for P. cyrtophorae. In particular, note the lack of blunt cuticular spines on
segment 2 of the first instar larva and the absence of the ventral spine on the mouth-
hooks of the third instar larva as seen in P. cyrtophorae. Puparia of the two species are
also distinct as mentioned in the introduction.
Measurements
Body length (mm): d 9.6 (9.0-10.1); 9 8.6 (8.2-8.9). V/HW: d 0.21 (0.20-0.22); $ 0.26
(0.25-0.27). (4 dd, 10 99).
Species diagnosis
Adults of P. cyrtophorae may be distinguished from B. arachnivora and B. reposita
as follows:
ib, In the male by differences in the shape of the apical profile of the cerci (Figs 2,
6, 7) and ventralia of the aedeagus (Figs 3, 8, 9), also by the presence of more
numerous and longer terminal setae on the lobes of abdominal sternite 5 (St5)
(Figs 4, 10, 11).
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 5
Figs 6 -13.
Baranovisca arachnivora (Lopes), left in each pair, and B. reposita Lopes,
right in each pair. (6-11) male: (6, 7) cerci (c) and surstyli (s), lateral view;
(8, 9) tip of aedeagus showing ventralia (v), ventral view; (10, 11) lobe of
abdominal sternite 5, ventral view. (12, 13) female abdominal sternites 6
and 7, ventral view. All to same scale except Figs 8, 9.
|
16
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
In the female by the presence of a median decolourized area on the hind margin
of abdominal sternite 7 (St7) (entire in Baranovisca spp.) and by the more numerous
setae along this margin and that of St6. (Figs 5, 12, 13).
Adults of B. arachnivora and B. reposita are more difficult to separate:
In the male the cerci appear to be identical, but the shape of the surstyli in lateral
view (Figs 6, 7) and the ventralia (Figs 8, 9) differ. Note also differences in the
length of the terminal setae on the lobes of St5 (Figs 10, 11).
In the female, there are fewer setae on the hind margin of St6 in B. arachnivora
than in В. reposita (Figs 12, 13).
Larvae of В. arachnivora are unknown. but those of B. reposita and P. cvrtophorae
may be separated by differences in the shape of the cephalopharyngeal skeleton
(Figs 14-16, 17-19).
19
Figs 14-19. Cephalopharyngeal skeleton of larvae, lateral view. (14-16) Parasarcophaga
cyrtophorae sp.n.: (14) first instar; (15) second instar; (16) third instar.
(17-19) Baranovisca reposita (Lopes): (17) first instar; (18) second instar;
(19) third instar.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 7
Biology
During 1984 and 1985, egg cases of Cyrtophora moluccensis were
examined for the presence of sarcophagids; any larvae or puparia recovered
were reared to adults, when some were pinned and the others released after
being sexed. Records were kept which trace the history of each egg case
collected and the results are given in Tables 1-3. Spiders were observed at
four suburban sites in Brisbane at Indooroopilly, Mitchelton, Rainworth and
Yeerongpilly. Spiders were undisturbed until production of egg cases was
generally well advanced, so that most spiders were guarding two or more egg
cases when these were removed from the webs leaving the spider unharmed
and the web damaged as little as possible. Many spiders produced further egg
cases but these were not sampled.
In determining percentage predation, an egg case was considered to be
attacked even if it contained only a single fly larva. In such cases, and those
containing only a few larvae, not all the spider eggs were consumed so that
some spiders successfully hatched.
The method of entry by the fly larvae into the spider egg cases is
unknown. The cases are constructed in two halves held tightly together by
an outer layer of webbing, and entry is probably made at some point along
the join. Female flies were seen flying into webs and attempting to land on
the string of egg cases, presumably to’ oviposit. Once the spider noticed the
fly, she attempted to protect the egg cases by moving rapidly over them to
prevent the fly from landing. In the few encounters observed the fly eventually
left the web. Lubin (1974) gave greater details of observations on interactions
between P. cyrtophorae (listed as an unidentified species of Sarcophagidae)
and С. moluccensis in Papua New Guinea.
20
Fig. 20. Scanning electron micrograph of posterior portion of puparium, Parasarcoph-
aga cyrtophorae sp.n. Specimen platinum coated.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
C moluccensis is the only known host of the two species of sarcophagid
recovered during the survey (B. reposita and P. cyrtophorae). The spider
appears to be univoltine with mature females beginning to build obvious webs
in early summer (November-December) and producing eggs mainly in January-
March or April. It is not known whether the flies are also univoltine or if
they have alternative hosts or breeding dites during the long period when
eggs of C. moluccensis are unavailable.
Discussion
The three species of Sarcophagidae considered in this paper provide a
good example of the difficulties encountered in the taxonomic study of
Australian Sarcophaginae. Adult external morphology in this subfamily is
generally very homogeneous, making it difficult to produce workable keys.
The present generic concepts need to be revised using modern taxonomic
methods [such as those employed by Brown and Shipp (1978)], and until
this has been done there is little justification for the erection of further
genera (such as Baranovisca). When a generic revision of our Sarcophaginae
is eventually undertaken, the author responsible for it will be in a better
position to take appropriate action on the several small genera.
Regardless of their generic identity, the three species under discussion
are interesting because of their association with spiders, an unusual trait for
sarcophagids which normally utilize carrion and similar decomposing organic
matter as a larval medium. These are the only species of Sarcophaginae in
Australia known to have such a habit but the species of Baranovisca are as yet
poorly known, particularly in the immature stages (the immature stages of
the non-Australian species of Baranovisca are unknown). Cantrell (1981)
suggested that the broad blunt spines on segment 2 of the first instar larva of
P. cyrtophorae and certain other features of later instar larvae such as reduced
spination and absence of a deep posterior spiracular pit may be adaptations to
its predatory life style. However, from what is known of the immature
stages, Baranovisca spp. appear similar to typical. sarcophagids. Thus the
significance of the modifications in P. cyrtophorae remains uncertain, although
its success in the study area may indicate that it is better suited to predation
than, at least, B. reposita.
Table 3 shows the variability in rate of predation of C. moluccensis by
P. cyrtophorae at different sites. The cause of such great variation was not
investigated in this study. The table also illustrates relative abundances of
B. reposita and P. cyrtophorae in the study area. Lubin (1974, Table 4) listed
percentage parasitization of С. moluccensis by P.'cyrtophorae in Papua
New Guinea at rates ranging from 4.35% to 22.2%. The study area is the
known northern limit of B. reposita and the known southern limit of
P. cyrtophorae. The known southern limit of C. moluccensis is also southeast
Queensland. It would be interesting to study predation of egg cases of related
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 9
TABLE 1
Summary of observations (pooled from all sites) on egg production and
predation in Cyrtophora moluccensis, Brisbane, 1984 and 1985.
Total Total Mean No. of %
Year no. по. egg per Range affected m
spiders cases spider ч egg cases predation
1984 57 166 2.91 1-6 21 16.2
1985 50 120 2.4 1-5 43 35.8
TABLE 2
Details (pooled from all sites) of predation of Cyrtophora moluccensis by Parasarcophaga
cyrtophorae and Baranovisca reposita, Brisbane, 1984 and 1985.
No. of Mean Sex
% No. Р
і egg er ratio of
Year Species ei BE EG 5 Range* оа
affected zc tors case adults**
1984 P. cyrto- 25 15.0 83 3.32 1-6 28 37
phorae
1984 B. rep- 2 1.2 8 4 3-5 2 2
osita
1985 Р, cyrto- 39 32.5 128 3.28 1-7 32 44
phorae
1985 B. rep- 4 3.3 13 3:25 1-7 3 8
Osita
* 10 puparia of P. cyrtophorae were recovered from a single egg case in 1982.
жж The discrepancy between the total of males plus females and the number of predators is because
some flies died as immatures and others had already emerged as adults and escaped before sampling
occured.
TABLE 3
Percentage predation of Cyrtophora moluccensis by Parasarcophaga cyrtophorae
and Baranovisca reposita at four sites in Brisbane, 1984 and 1985.
% predation* at each site
Year Species Indoor- Mitchel- а Yeerong-
оорШу item Rainworth pilly
1984 P. cyrto- 44.4 11.8 n.s. 10.0
phorae (7-18) (43-118) (7-30)
1984 B. reposita 0.0 1.2 n.s. 0.0
(7-18) (43-118) (7-30)
1985 P. cyrto- n.s. 35.0 57.1 32.5
phorae (39-92) (2-7) (9-21)
1985 B. reposita n.s. 3.0 0.0 4.0
(39-92) (2-7) (9-21)
n.s. = not surveyed.
ж Figures in parentheses indicate the total number of spiders webs examined followed by the
number of egg cases sampled for that site.
10 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
spiders in New South Wales to determine the nature of the predator complex,
and if possible, find the host(s) of B. reposita.
B. arachnivora and B. reposita appear to be very closely related species
and it would be useful to have larger series of each for study so that their
relationship can be better determined. The type specimens of B. arachnivora
emerged from an egg case of D. magnificus. Unlike those of C. moluccensis
described above, egg cases made by this spider are larger, spindle shaped and
have no apparent weaknesses in their outer covering, and it is unclear how
the fly larvae gained entry. The single egg case examined was largely filled
with loosely woven silk and the egg mass appeared to be smaller than in
normal egg cases of C. moluccensis, perhaps indicating that D. magnificus is
not as suitable a host. Studies of further egg cases of D. magnificus would be
helpful in order to determine whether predation by B. arachnivora is a regular
event.
Elgar et al. (1983) studied the biology of C. hirta (L. Koch) in Brisbane
but apparently found no evidence of egg predation by sarcophagids. A single
egg case of C. hirta examined in the present study was also undamaged. Elgar
et al. (1983) found Stathmopoda arachnophthora. (Turner) (Lepidoptera:
Stathmopodidae) parasitizing eggs of C. hirta and commented that they knew
of no other reports of lepidopteran parasitism in this spider genus. This moth
was not noted in the present study but larvae of Pyroderces sp. (Lepidoptera:
Cosmopterygidae) were regularly recovered from egg cases from which
P. cyrtophorae had emerged. They appeared to be scavengers rather than
parasites but perhaps deserve further investigation.
Acknowledgements
I thank Mr & Mrs H. J. N. Callaghan of Mitchelton for permission to study spiders
on their property and for their tolerance of many spiders webs over extended periods of
time; the Mitchelton site provided much of the data in this study. Mr & Mrs G. J. Dash
allowed me to sample in their garden at Rainworth on one occasion. I am grateful to
Mrs M. Agnew for the scanning electron micrograph, Miss J. F. Grimshaw for photogra-
phic assistance and providing some egg cases of C. moluccensis and Mr M. R. Gray (AM)
for loan of specimens of, and information on, B. arachnivora.
References
Brown, K. R. and Shipp, E., 1978. Wing morphometric analysis of Australian Sarcoph-
aginae (Diptera: Sarcophagidae). Syst. Ent. 3: 179-188.
Cantrell, B. K., 1981. Redescription of Parasarcophaga reposita Lopes (Diptera: Sarcoph-
agidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 8: 29-35.
Elgar, M. A., Pope, B. and Williamson, I., 1983. Observations on the spatial distribution
and natural history of Cyrtophora hirta (L. Koch) (Araneae: Araneidae) in
Queensland, Australia. Bull. Br. arachnol. Soc. 6: 83-87.
Lopes, H. de Souza, 1959. A revision of Australian Sarcophagidae (Diptera). Studia Ent.
2: 53-67.
Lopes, H. de Souza, 1985. A new genus of Sarcophagidae (Diptera) based on an
Australian species living in spider egg cases. Aust. ent. Mag. 12: 51-53.
Lubin, Y. D., 1974. Adaptive advantages and the evolution of colony formation in
Cyrtophora (Araneae: Araneidae). Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 54: 321-339.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 11
SOME EARLY STAGES OF CALOCHRYSA BANKS
(NEUROPTERA, CHRYSOPIDAE)
By T. R. New
Dept. Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic. 3083
Abstract
Features of the egg, oviruptor and first instar larva of Calochrysa extranea (Esben-
Petersen) are described. These stages indicate a close relationship between Calochrysa
and Italochrysa, and confirm placement of the former іп the Italochrysini.
Introduction
Calochrysa Banks is one of the few chrysopid genera believed to be
endemic to Australia, where it is widely distributed (New, 1980). The genus
includes only the type species, C extranea (Esben-Petersen), and was allocated
by Brooks (1984) to the tribe Italochrysini. Nothing has hitherto been
reported on its early stages or biology and, in view of the increasing realisation
of the importance of features of the immature stages for assessing relationships
within the Chrysopidae, the egg, oviruptor and first instar larva are described
in this note. The sparse material available consists of only one egg and its
issue, and represents the sole output of a female adult captured at light in
March 1985. The female was one of two taken at Hurstbridge, Victoria,
representing a considerable extension of the known distribution of.Calochrysa
into the southeast of Australia.
The only other information available on early stages of Italochrysini
is limited to the genus Italochrysa Principi (Principi 1946, New 1983).
Measurements are given in millimetres, and drawings are from slide-
mounted material.
Calochrysa extranea (Esben-Petersen)
(Figs 1-9)
For synonymy see New (1980: 30).
Egg.—Elongate, tapered to narrow apex with prominent micropyle, laid on
simple stalk; very fine areolate sculpturing visible under high magnification.
Length 1.50, breadth 0.68, stalk 5.7. Pale bluish breen, changing to grey before
hatching.
Oviruptor (Fig. 2).—Moderately sclerotised; a prominent rounded and slightly
rugose anterior lobe; posterior elongate blade with incipient acute teeth.
First Instar (Figs 1, 3-9).—Body length, excluding mouthparts, 2.0; greatest
head width 0.45. Very pale, with part of vertex slightly browned as in Fig. 1;
abdomen predominantly colourless, setae pale. Strongly humped, with head
partially retracted. Head appendages short; palpi (Fig. 4) medially convergent,
about as long as mandibles, preapical segment with three or four setae,
apical segment narrow and tapered with few fine setae at tip; mandibles and
maxillae basally stout and strongly curved, short; apex of mandible (Fig. 5)
slender and incipiently serrate on inner edge; apex of maxilla (Fig. 6) narrowly
Aust. ent. Мад. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
Fig. 1. Calochrysa extranea (Esben-Petersen): first instar larva, dorsal aspect (setae om-
itted from left side, legs and pigmentation omitted from right side, scale in mm).
blunt, with about four short setae and fine filaments beyond these. Antenna
(Fig. 3) strongly tapered, about 1.3 times mandible length and about equal
to medial head length; a long terminal filament with one seta at base of this
and another, more basal, seta; irregular reticulate sculpturing. Dorsal labral
margin of head with four long, blunt, slightly ridged setae; two or three
shorter blunt setae anterior to each eye, and one blunt marginal seta behind
each eye; a long blunt seta on vertex behind each medial labral seta; three or
four minute pointed setae approximately in line along vertex behind inner
mandible base. Eyes in black surround.
Thoracic segments each with well-developed and dorsally-reflexed lateral
lobe, each lobe bearing six to eight long blunt setae arising from separate basal
tubercles. Abdominal segments I-VII each with tapered lateral lobe bearing
two or (VI, VII) three similar setae, one being conspicuously longer than
the other on segments I-V. Other conspicuous dorsal setae absent, but dorsum
of thorax and abdomen I-VI with dense vestiture of long slender filaments,
Aust. ent. Мад. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 13
| Figs 2-9.
Calochrysa extranea (Esben-Petersen): (2) oviruptor; (3-9, first instar) (3)
antenna; (4) labial palp; (b) apex of mandible; (6) apex of maxilla; (7)
abdominal apex, dorsal aspect; (8) abdominal apex, ventral aspect; (9) hind
tarsus, claw and empodium. (Scales in mm; 3-6, 9 to common scale; 7, 8 to
common scale.)
14 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
some of them hooked (not shown in Fig. 1). Apex of abdomen as in
Figs 7, 8: dorsal setae predominantly blunt and ornamented, ventral setae
predominantly tapered. Legs with setae slightly ornamented; claw strongly
arched; empodium long (Fig. 9).
Material Examined.—Victoria, Hurstbridge, 1 egg ex female at light 16.iii.1985;
hatched after 6 days under uncontrolled conditions.
Discussion
The insect described above bears an extraordinary resemblance to the
corresponding stages of Italochrysa insignis (Walker) (New, 1983), and strongly
supports Brooks' (1984) alliance of the two genera. The anterior process
ot the oviruptor is longer and more rounded in Calochrysa than in Italochrysa,
but the whole structure is clearly of the same general pattern. It differs
substantially from the oviruptors of other Chrysopinae which have been
described in having the anterior process considerably enlarged.
The first instar larvae of the two genera share the following features of
likely phylogenetic value in defining larvae of the tribe Italochrysini:—
i Debris-carrying, with strongly developed dorsal entangling vestiture.
ii ^ Short body, with abdomen strongly humped and head partially retracted
into prothorax.
lii Jaws and palpi very short.
iv. Dorsal thoracic plates not developed.
v. Dorsal labral margin of head with few blunt setae; posterior half of
head with no long setae.
vi. Pronounced thoracic lobes on all segments, each with few long setae.
vii Anterior abdominal segments with lateral lobes each bearing two or
three long setae, these not hooked.
The main differences between the larvae are rather trivial: all major
setae of Calochrysa are relatively shorter than those of Italochrysa, and there
are minor differences in cranial seta pattern. Perhaps more notably, the major
lateral setae of Calochrysa are bluntly rounded rather than tapered.
The larva became coated with debris soon after eclosion. It was provided
with various Eucalyptus psyllids and scale insects and, although it was seen
to probe these, died within about a week. It is possible. in view of the
close resemblance to Italochrysa, that it may have a similarly-specialised
larval life in close association with ants (Principi, 1946).
References
Brooks, S. J., 1984. A redefinition of the Italochrysini (Chrysopidae), with the descript-
ion of a new genus from Nigeria. Neuropt. Int. 3(2): 79-88.
New, T. R., 1980. A revision of the Australian Chrysopidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). Aust.
J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 77: 143 pp.
New, T. R., 1983. The egg and first instar larva of Italochrysa insignis (Neuroptera,
Chrysopidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3): 29-32.
Principi, M. M., 1946. Contributi all studio dei Neuroterri italiani. IV. Nothochrysa
italica Rossi. Boll. Ist. Ent. Univ. Bologna 15: 85-102.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 15
A SMALL PORTABLE LIGHT TRAP FOR COLLECTING
MICROLEPIDOPTERA
By I. F. B. Common
CSIRO, Division of Entomology, Canberra
Present address: 32 Katoomba Crescent, Toowoomba, Q. 4350
Abstract
A small portable, transparent light trap, using a 6 watt actinic light source operated
by a 12 volt battery, is described and figured. The trap segregates in separate compart-
ments larger fast-flying from small slow-flying insects and has proved to be especially
useful for the collection of microlepidoptera.
Introduction
Light traps are widely used for the collection of insects, especially to
monitor pest populations, but also for insect surveys and to provide museum
specimens. Whatever their use, the trapped specimens should be in good
condition to aid identification, and this is essential when traps are to provide
specimens for taxonomic study. Lepidoptera are especially vulnerable to
damage when large numbers of beetles and other hard-bodied insects are
collected with the moths in a small container. Microlepidoptera can often be
denuded when they share a light-trap container with large fast-flying Lepid-
optera. During the warmer months in Australia christmas beetles (Anoplogn-
athus spp.; Scarabaeidae), as well as bogong moths [Agrotis infusa (Boisd.)]
and other noctuid moths, are often attracted to lights in large numbers and
can rapidly destroy small soft-bodied insects with which they come in contact
before they themselves succumb to the killing agent used in the trap.
In order to lessen this problem, a transparent light trap was designed
(Common 1959) using a 125 watt mercury vapour discharge lamp operated
by a 240 volt generator or the mains supply. This excluded most of the
larger scarab beetles and segregated the few that did enter the trap from most
of the Lepidoptera. The principles of this design were later adapted for a
fixed weather-resistant light trap (Common and Upton 1964), which per-
formed well throughout the year at Canberra, Australian Capital Territory,
for a period of some 15 years. For use in field work, however, especially in
situations in which it is impracticable to operate a generator, a small trans-
parent trap has been designed, utilizing a 6 watt actinic blue fluorescent tube.
This trap has now been in use for a number of years and has proved to be
very efficient for the collection of microlepidoptera in most habitats.
I have observed consistently that fast-flying moths tend to circle а
light source and, when they come into contact with the lamp or the sides of
a trap funnel, fall into the trap. Slow-flying moths, on the other hand, and
especially microlepidoptera, tend to approach a light source up-wind close
to the ground. They often land on the ground or on low-growing vegetation,
intermittently walking or fluttering towards the light and sometimes remain-
ing motionless for a time on vegetation or leaf litter. In designing the new trap,
therefore, these behaviour patterns have been exploited to segregate as far as
16 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
possible the fast-flying larger moths from the slow-flying microlepidoptera,
and to exclude scarab beetles. It had already been shown (Common 1959)
that a transparent trap collected far fewer Scarabaeidae than an opaque trap;
those scarabs that approached the light source tended to land on the ground in
the illuminated area surrounding the transparent trap and either became
immobile or crawled around beside the trap without entering it.
Description of the trap
The trap (Figs 1-3) is constructed of clear “Perspex” 3 mm in thickness
and is in the form of a rectangular box (I) 236 mm long, 152 mm wide and
154 mm high, open at the top with the edges bevelled inwards, and with a
line of 3 mm drainage holes drilled in the middle of the bottom. In each of
the four sides, 22 mm from the top, there isan elongate slot (H) 5 mm wide
and extending to within 20 mm of each corner. Above each slot a ledge (G),
which projects 8 mm, diverts into the trap insects that crawl upwards and also
prevents rain entering the slots. In a compartment (L) divided off by
"Perspex" at one end of the trap, the converter from a 6 watt, 12 volt battery
lantern is installed and wired to an inlet and outlet on the outside of the trap.
In the remainder of the bottom of the trap sits a rectangular tray (K) with
12 mm sides and two 12 mm walls that divide off a central elongate section
25 mm wide; a series of drainage holes drilled through the middle of this
section match those in the bottom ofthe trap. About 72 mm above the bottom
a second rectangular tray (J) with 25 mm sides sits on two strips glued to
c —rommooogo op
^
Fig. 1. The assembled portable light trap
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
M
a
m
c
o
c
o
a
E
o
o
a
о
fa
=
v
I
-
MS
o
5
©
2
a
x
o
c
<
N
©
iL
18 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
each end of the trap. In the centre of this tray there is a slot 170 mm long and
17 mm wide, surrounded by 25 mm sides. A funnel (F) with the same outside
dimensions as the body of the trap sits on the top. This is rectangular with
25 mm vertical sides (D) above, which continue below at an angle of 52^ to
the vertical to an opening 170 mm long and 17 mm wide that rests accurately
on the edges of the central slot in the upper tray. On the inner surface of each
of the vertical ends of the funnel the holders (E) for the horizontal 6 watt
actinic blue tube are fitted, with wiring leading to the power outlet from the
converter. In each corner of the funnel a 16 mm square “Perspex” block (C),
with a 3.5 mm vertical hole drilled in its centre, is glued. A transparent,
slightly bent rectangular cover (A), 205 mm by 280 mm, has four folding
wire legs (B) 110 mm long which fit into the holes at the corners of the
funnel. The cover is placed in position only if rain threatens.
Discussion
The trap is operated on the ground so that the light source is visible
from above and the surrounding area is illuminated. A small area of soil,
slightly larger than the base of the trap, is cleared of vegetation and levelled,
and the trap is either placed firmly on the loosened soil so that insects cannot
crawl beneath it, or placed on a thin piece of particle board or cardboard.
Ants are sometimes a problem, but I have found that they can be discouraged
by spraying the soil beneath the trap and the lower side of the particle board
with a household spray before setting up the trap.
Tetrachloroethane is used as an anaesthetic or killing agent in the trap.
This is dispensed from three shallow aluminium dishes about 45 mm in
diameter. In each there is a 7 mm layer of vermiculite covered by a 7 mm
layer of plaster of Paris, through which there is a central hole stoppered by a
cork. Each dish is charged with about a millilitre of tetrachloroethane by an
eyedropper through the hole in the plaster, although more may be necessary
during warm weather. Two plaster dishes on the upper tray of the trap and
one on the lower have proved adequate. It should be remembered that
tetrachloroethane is a solvent of “Регѕрех” and a dish can inadvertently be
glued to the plastic if any solvent is left on the outside of the dish.
The trap is operated with a 12 volt acid motor-cycle battery or a 12 volt
nickel-cadmium rechargeable battery, either of which will give more than 10
hours of continuous light. However, in warmer weather when insects are abun-
dant, it is often desirable to limit the operating time with a time switch. This
also allows the trap to be operated for any desired period during the night.
Fast-flying moths and other insects that tend to circle the light enter
the trap through the funnel at the top and are directed to the lower storey
of the trap. Slow-flying moths that crawl up the sides of the trap enter it
through the slots near the top and are immobilized on the upper tray. The
5 mm wide slots normally prevent the entry of bogong moths and larger
species. The removable upper and lower trays allow the catch to be sorted
next morning without undue disturbance to the specimens collected.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 19
тот тоо
|
-—— ——— 178 mm
152 mm
Fig. 3. A vertical section through the light trap.
The low wattage actinic blue tube is very attractive to moths and other
insects but, since the light is not reflected to any extent by surrounding trees
and other objects, the trap is not noticeable to humans unless the light is in
their direct line of vision. This makes it very useful for sampling habitats close
to busy thoroughfares and human settlements. However, care should be taken
to select a position for the trap screened in some way from view. The compact
design and the light weight of the trap also make it useful for collecting in
habitats that are not accessible to vehicles.
Acknowledgement
Thanks are due to Mr Ian Sharp for the line drawings.
References
Common, I. F. B., 1959. A transparent light trap for the field collection of Lepidoptera.
J. Lepid. Soc. 13; 57-61.
Common, I. F. B. and Upton, M. S., 1964. A weather-resistant light trap for the collect-
ion of Lepidoptera. J. Lepid. Soc. 18: 79-83.
20 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
SOME EARLY STAGES OF CHARAXES LATONA BUTLER
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE: CHARAXINAE)
By G. A. Wood
P.O. Box 122, Atherton, N. Qld 4883
Abstract
Two instars and the pupa of Charaxes latona Butler are described and a food
plant listed.
Introduction
Within Australian limits Charaxes latona is only known from the Claudie
River area (Common and Waterhouse, 1981). Specimens may be taken
throughout the year. Males frequent hilltops but females are more often seen
flying along roads and watercourses. While examining lauraceous plants at
Iron Range a single charaxid larva was found. This was raised on the netted
food plant and proved to be Charaxes latona.
Early stages
Third(?) instar. Head rough with two pairs of long horns, inner pair, top and
perimeter of head black, outer pair and remainder of head brown. Body
green, covered with minute yellow granules, dorsum of sixth segment with
a semicircular white area, margined black. Final segment with a pair of short,
brown, backward-pointing processes. Length 14 mm.
Final instar (Fig. 1). Head granulose, green, perimeter pale brown, with two
pairs of long horns and two pair of short pointed projections between these,
the horns and apex of projections dark brown. Body green, covered with
minute yellow granules. Sixth segment with a semicircular pink area margined
white and then black. Eighth and tenth segments bear subdorsal circular
patches of white, margined black. Granules within all black areas pale blue.
Final segment processes yellow, joining a yellow lateral line. Length 47 mm.
Pupa (Fig. 2). Stout, smooth, shiny, green, with two irregular white bands on
wing cases and pale white markings on remainder. Length 27 mm.
Larval food plant. Cryptocarya triplinervis R.Br. Lauraceae.
Notes
A single larva was found on the 12th July resting on a silken pad at
the centre of a leaf. I enclosed the branch in a netting bag and the larva
completed two more instars, pupating beneath the branch on 12th September,
the adult emerging on 28th September.
Acknowledgement
I wish to thank Mr B. P. M. Hyland, Division of Forest Research,
C.S.LR.O. Atherton, for identifying the food plant.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 21
Figs 1,2. Charaxes latona: (1) final instar larva at rest on food plant; (2) pupa.
Reference
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
22 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
OBSERVATIONS ON L/PHYRA BRASSOLIS WESTWOOD
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) IN NORTH QUEENSLAND
By S. J. Johnson and P. S. Valentine
P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, Qld 4810 ]
Geography Department, James Cook University, Townsville, 4811
Abstract |
Larvae of Liphyra brassolis Westwood (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) are recorded
feeding upon larvae of Oecophylla smaragdina F. (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Descript-
ions are given of early instar larvae together with brief comments on habitat, larval
abundance and adult morphology.
Introduction
Since the discovery of the larvae of Liphyra brassolis in the arboreal
nests of Oecophylla smaragdina (Dodd, 1902) very little has been published
on the life history of this fascinating insect. In his original account, Dodd
observed a large larva of L. brassolis sieze a larva of O. smaragdina but he
disturbed the L. brassolis larva before it could feed. Subsequent publications
listing L. brassolis have presumed the larvae to be carnivorous on the
intermediate stages of O. smaragdina on the basis of this single observation.
(Waterhouse and Lyell, 1914; Waterhouse, 1932; Common and Waterhouse,
1981).
Further weight was given to this assumption by Chapman (1902)
when he described the mouthparts of larval L. brassolis as piercing type
mandibles within a suctorial tube formed by labium, maxillae and labrum.
Early instar larvae have not subsequently been encountered or described.
The description of one by Chapman (1902) was not of a larva of L. brassolis
but of a moth larva, most probably Cyclotorna monocentra (Cyclotornidae).
Dodd (1903) had inadvertently included the small moth larva with the
samples of L. brassolis larvae sent for description.
In June and July 1985, in a search of two locations in north Queensland,
the authors located all the intermediate stages of L. brassolis and successfully
reared several large larvae in the laboratory.
Field observations
On 14th June a search was made of O. smaragdina nests in a disused
citrus orchard of more than 150 trees at Dallachy creek 20 km north of
Cardwell, where larvae of L. brassolis were known to occur (H. Bosworth,
pers. comm.). Twenty-three final instar larvae and one pupa were taken, of
which all but one larva were confined to trees at one end of the orchard. A
peripheral tree on the corner of this area contained 14 larvae with a maximum
of 6 in one nest.
Waterhouse (1932) recorded pupal exuviae on Great Palm Island near
Ingham and as extensive citrus orchards were known to have been established
on the island, a search was undertaken on 15th July. Only a few scattered
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 23
remnants of the original orchards remained, and one area comprising ten
stunted trees infested with O. smaragdina, contained a substantial breeding
colony of L. brassolis. Intermediate stages of L. brassolis were present in
five trees with the majority being found in only two trees.
One tree with five ant nests contained a total of twenty-seven final
instar larvae, pupae and fresh pupal exuviae as well as two first instar larvae.
A second small tree had two ant nests, one of which was devoid of ant
brood but contained two cast larval skins of L. brassolis. The second nest
had a few ant larvae and pupae and contained eight small pupae, four final
instar and two first instar larvae of L. brassolis.
Another small tree had a single small ant nest devoid of ant larvae and
pupae and within which were a cast larval skin and a dead advanced larva of.
І. brassolis. Numerous eggs, in groups of up to six, were present on the
undersides of exposed sections of trunk and branches of several trees. The
distribution of larvae between nests is shown in fig. 1.
7
6 [Г] Great Palm Island
с
* S БЕ) Dallachy Creek location
BOL
са
S Ы3
SS
©
887
On
$74
©
о
Ша S$ 0 w 8 O Dh PR du B
Numbers of Juvenile Stage Liphyra per Oecophylla nest
Fig. 1. Density of Liphyra brassolis larvae in nests of Oecophylla smaragdina.
First instar larva (Fig. 2)
Oval shaped, 6 mm long and 4 mm wide and flattened. Dorsum
yellow with dorsolateral lines of 7 reddish spots and medially 3 transverse
grooves. А concentric pair of reddish brown submarginal lines. Marginal
fringe white, composed of thin, radially arranged chords with club shaped
ends forming a finely sculptured edge and capable of close appression to
leaf surface. Ventral surface white, bearing mid ventrally, the head, thoracic
legs and abdominal prolegs.
Second instar larva
Similar to first instar but colour becoming brownish yellow and marginal
fringe thickened and reddish brown in colour. Length 10 mm and width
6 mm.
24 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
1 mm
DM — س
Figs 2, 3. First instar larva and prepupa of Liphyra brassolis.
Prepupa (Fig. 3)
Resembling final instar larva but becoming swollen and convex
anteriorly while retaining the upturned posterior margin. Duration 5-6 days
after which posterior surface expands dorsally. Pupal duration at a constant
temperature of 25 degrees C. ranged from 27-32 days and at room temperature
at Townsville was 30-46 days. The egg was described by Waterhouse and
Lyell (1914) and the final instar larva and pupa by Chapman (1902).
Laboratory observations
Larvae returned to the laboratory were introduced into transparent
plastic cylinders containing small colonies of O. smaragdina. Most wandered
within the cage for 24-48 hours before either pupating or commencing to
feed. The L. brassolis larvae that fed, located and remained in close proximity
to aggregations of ant larvae and pupae attended by adult ants.
When foraging, the L. brassolis larvae located ant larvae with their
antennae and larger prey were given a light coating of silk. The prey was then
grasped by the tarsal claws of the thoracic legs, withdrawn under the project-
ing rim and held along the ventral midline so that one end of the prey was
presented to the mouthparts (Fig. 4). The ant larva was then consumed by
vigorous chewing of the mandibles combined with a pharyngeal suction to
ingest liquid contents. In most cases the prey larva was entirely consumed but
with an occasional large prey larva a small remnant was discarded.
Small ant larvae were eaten either singly or in adherent clusters by
being seized in the mouthparts without the use of the forelegs. Only ant
larvae were eaten; ant pupae when encountered were rejected by being
pushed to one side with the head.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 25
Adult
Adult males emerging from pupae from both locations exhibit exten-
sive melanic colouration of the upperside and underside of both fore and
hind wings. Females have slightly broader dark margins to the wings and more
prominent dark cell spots on the hind wings. An adult male from Townsville
taken in January and a female from Darnley Island in May have the more
extensive orange areas on all wings normally associated with L. b. major.
Discussion
In both habitats, L. brassolis larvae were found in О. smaragdina nests
in citrus trees growing in a cleared area in open forest and riverine rainforest.
It has been the experience of the authors and others (H. Bosworth and
J. Young pers. comm.) that larvae are more often encountered in ant nests
in single isolated trees. It is not thought that female L. brassolis are attracted
to citrus trees but Lokkers (1982) in a study of the behavioural ecology of
green tree ants, at Townsville, discovered that ants are more likely to occupy
areas of higher tree density. It is possible that orchards provide an appropriate
tree density for the development of successful colonies of О. smaragdina.
In both locations the L. brassolis larvae were confined to only a few
ant „nests in some of the available infested trees. The exceptional numbers of :
larvae in two of the’ nests at Great Palm Island had undoubtedly resulted
ЖЩ. € BN c
Fig. 4. Mature larva of L. brassolis ingesting a larva of O. smaragdina.
26 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
from larval congregation at diminished food supply. No explanation can be
given for the spatial distribution of L. brassolis larvae between trees. Within
some trees the presence of L. brassolis larvae in a particular ant nest appeared
to be determined by the position of the nest relative to the oviposition site.
The feeding and successful rearing of numerous larvae of L. brassolis on
larvae of O. smaragdina confirms the original suspicions of Dodd. The
finding of first instar larvae within ant nests would indicate that all larval
instars feed upon ant larvae. The finding of a dead larva in a nest devoid of
ant larvae and stunted pupae in nests almost exhausted of ant larvae would
indicate that L. brassolis larvae have an exclusive diet of O. smaragdina larvae.
The postulation by Chapman (1902) that L. brassolis larval mouthparts
were suctorial was an accurate interpretation. When the mandibles are
retracted beneath the labrum, the broad cardines of the maxillae close the
preoral cavity laterally from labrum to labium. The circular orifice thus
formed is well adapted to enclose the end of cylindrical prey larvae. The
dentate mandibles are effective cutting and chewing appendages enabling
ingestion of the cuticle of prey larvae.
Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) described L. b. melania based on 3 dark
males from the Northern Territory but it is now known that there is no
geographical basis to this colour form. Examination of more specimens from
summer generations may indicate if there is any seasonal basis to this melanic
colouration.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Mr H. Bosworth for providing access to his orchard
and Mr G. Jones for assistance with photography.
References
Chapman, T. A., 1902. On the larva of Liphyra brassolis Westw. Entomologist 35:
252-255.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Dodd, F. P., 1902. Contribution to the life-history of Liphyra brassolis, Westw.
Entomologist 35: 153-156.
Dodd, F. P., 1903. The young larva of Liphyra brassolis, Westw. Entomologist 36:
211-212.
Lokkers, C., 1982. Behavioural ecology of the green tree ant Oecophylla smaragdina
ocrescens (F.) in Townsville, north Queensland. Unpublished BSc (Hons)
thesis, James Cook University, Townsville.
Waterhouse, G. A., 1932. What butterfly is that? Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 291 pp.
Waterhouse, G. A. and Lyell, G., 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-
son, Sydney. 239 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 27
STUDIES ON THE MIGRATION OF DANAUS PLEXIPPUS (L.)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) IN THE SYDNEY AREA
By David G. James
Biological and Chemical Research Institute, N.S.W. Department of Agriculture
P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116.
Abstract
Field data on migration of Danaus plexippus (L.) in the Sydney area are presented.
Autumn migration is predominantly coastward, with butterflies following northerly,
north-easterly, easterly and south-easterly flight paths. Limited data indicate the possib-
ility of return southerly migration following dispersal of overwintering colonies.
Introduction
In North America wanderer butterflies, Danaus plexippus (L.) vacate
summer breeding grounds during autumn and migrate south-south westwards
to overwintering areas in California and Mexico (Urquhart and Urquhart
1977, 1978). During spring, the butterflies begin a north-north easterly return
migration repopulating the summer breeding areas with individuals that may
have travelled up to 6000 km (Urquhart and Urquhart 1979). In 1963 the
Australian Museum in Sydney with the assistance of field cooperators, began
a tagging programme to investigate D plexippus migration in eastern Australia.
To date no large scale directional movements have been discovered, although
a unidirectional flight was observed in April 1963 south of Sydney close to
overwintering sites (Smithers 1965). A summer extension and winter contract-
ion of range does occur in eastern Australia (Smithers 1977), but the
importance of long distance migration is unknown. A D. plexippus tagging
project in New Zealand gave no indication of seasonal long distance move-
ment or migration although some long flights were recorded (Wise 1980).
Data from earlier studies strongly indicate that autumn migration to
overwintering sites is a feature of D. plexippus biology in New South Wales
(Smithers 1965, 1977; James 1982, 1983, 1984a, b, c). However, information
on the extent and orientation of migration is lacking. Evidence for post-
overwintering migration is scanty although a northerly movement has been
reported (Common and Waterhouse 1981). This paper presents intormation
on migratory and non-migratory movements of D. plexippus 1n New South
Wales. Field observations of migration are reported together with data on
dispersal of butterflies from migratory and overwintering colonies. Information
on orientation of migrants and non-migrants is also presented.
Methods
Migrating D. plexippus observed during 1981-84 were recorded together
with information on location, time, direction of flight and weather. Migrating
D. plexippus are characterised by purposeful and sustained leisurely flight,
often within a few metres of the ground (Urquhart 1960). A single direction
is maintained with flight continuing over obstacles, such as trees and buildings,
28 Aust. ent. Мад. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
rather than around them. When captured and released, migrants return to
their original course. This contrasts sharply with the flight shown by non-
migrants which is often of a rapid flapping nature. When confronted by
obstacles, or released after capture, non-migrants invariably deviate from their
original course. |
During 1980-82 butterflies were tagged at migratory or over-wintering
cluster sites as described elsewhere (James 1982, 1984b, c). Inclusion ofa
telephone number on tags enabled retrieval of information on movement after
leaving cluster sites.
TABLE 1
Field observations of migrating D. plexippus in the Sydney area 1981-84.
Date Location Direction Weather Remarks
1981
12.iv Watsons Bay E sunny 22C, E wind 1 heading seawards
13.iv Vineyard NE o’cast 25C, W wind 2,5 min. apart
25.iv- Freemans Rch. NE sunny 22C, W wind 1
20.viii Rydalmere S sunny 21C, calm 1 post-cluster
21.viii ^ Rydalmere S sunny 19C, calm 1 post-cluster
22.viii Windsor 5 sunny 17C, calm 1 post-cluster
1982
12.iv Freemans Rch. NE sunny 23C, NW wind 1
14. iv Cobbity NE sunny 26C, calm 1
24.iv Luddenham NE sunny 28C, calm 1
26.iv Campbelltown NE sunny 20C, calm 6, 2 min. apart
26.iv Bulli NE sunny 22C, E wind 1
26.iv N Wollongong NE sunny 22C, E wind 2, 5 min. apart
26.iv Currans Hill NE sunny 23C, SW wind 2, 5 min. apart
1983
8.v Glossodia N sunny 24C, NW wind 1
1984
29.ii Regentville NE sunny 22C, S wind 1
1.iii Faulconbridge N sunny 18C, S wind 1
6.iii Parramatta N sunny 24C, NE wind 1
6 iii Toongabbie SE sunny 24C, NE wind 1
7 Aii Emu Plains E sunny 24C, NE wind 1
14.iii Blacktown N sunny 21C, W wind 1
14.iii Blacktown sunny 21C, W wind 1
15.iii Ryde N sunny 24C, SW wind 1
21 .iii Picton N o'cast 20C, S wind 2, 5 min. apart
23.iii St. Marys NE o'cast 23C, SE wind 2, 5 min. apart
25.iii Castle Hill NE o’cast:20C, NE wind 1
6.iv Faulconbridge E sunny 17C, NE wind 1
7.іу Camden NE sunny 24C, calm 6, 10 min. apart
7.iv Cobbity N o'cast 21C, calm 1
21.iv Merrylands E sunny 19C, NW wind 1
27.iv Rydalmere E sunny 18C, W wind 1
4.v Toongabbie E o’cast 18C, calm 1
Aust. ent. Мад. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 29
TABLE 2
Data on movement of D. plexippus after leaving cluster sites
3 Recapture Direction
Tagging Cluster Betan and and distance Remarks
date from cluster
12.iv.81 Picton The Oaks 10 km N Autumn
20.iv.81 northerly
12.iv.81 Picton Werombi 15 km N migration.
2.v.81 Picton cluster
2.v.82 Camden Menangle Park 7 km N 1981 & Wallacia/
26.vi.82 Camden clusters
23.v.82 Camden Camden ]kmN 1982 were
9.vi.82 migratory during
25.v.82 Wallacia Wallacia 3.5 km N ‘April/May (James
13.vi.82 1982,1984a, b)
25.17.82 Camden Picton 10 km SW e.
21.vii.82 Mid-winter
9.v.82 Camden Yerrinbool 35 km SSW post-cluster
9.vii.82 return
6.vi.82 Camden Tahmoor 15 km SSW migration
17.vii.82
An earlier study reported data on the extent of movement shown by
mass-released reproductive (non-migrant) and non-reproductive (migrant) D.
plexippus (James 1983). Data on flight orientation on butterflies in this study
are presented here.
Results
Field observation of migrating D. plexippus
Observations on migrating D. plexippus are summarised in Table 1.
Twenty eight of the 31 observations occurred in autumn and were of
butterflies flying in an easterly, northerly, or most commonly, north-easterly
direction. The remaining three observations of butterflies flying southward,
occurred in late winter and were possibly post-cluster movements. Most
observations occurred during warm, sunny weather with little or no wind.
Butterflies were often observed flying into light headwinds.
Movement of D. plexippus after leaving cluster sites
Information obtained on the movement of D. plexippus after leaving
cluster sites is shown in Table 2. Only eight of more than 3,500 butterflies
tagged in clusters during 1980-82 were subsequently recaptured away from
the sites, Three tagged in the 1982 Camden overwintering colony were
recaptured 10-35 km south west of the site, after the colony had broken up.
Five butterflies tagged in autumn migratory colonies were recaptured 1-15 km
northward before the dispersal of overwintering clusters.
30 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
Flight orientation of migrant and non-migrant D. plexippus i
Data on flight orientation of 55 non-migrants and 103 migrants
recaptured after autumn release and presented as percentages of butterflies
recovered in the four major compass sectors are shown in Fig. 1. The few
butterflies that flew true north, south, east or west were equally divided
between adjacent sectors. Non-migrants radiated relatively evenly from a
central point while migrants showed a clear preference for easterly flight
orientation.
а) b)
NW NE
50v 96
MOS N
W. E
S
SW SE
Fig.1. Orientation of migrant (a) and non-migrant (b) D. plexippus. Data represents
percentages of recaptures máde in north-east, north-west, south-east and south-
west sectors after autumn mass releases.
Discussion ;
The data presented here, although limited. are consistent in indicating
that a coastward migration of non-reproductive D. plexippus occurs during
autumn in New South Wales as suggested by earlier studies (Smithers 1965,
1977; James 1982, 1983). Observations suggest that a northerly or north-
easterly direction is most often taken, while the orientation data indicate
major north-east and south-east movement. Some evidence for a return
south-westward migration, following the break-up of overwintering colonies,
was obtained from field observations and the recapture of butterflies tagged
in winter clusters.
The relatively small populations of D. plexippus in New South Wales
makes autumn migrants less noticeable than they are in North America
(Urquhart 1960). However, the large population in autumn 1982 resulted in
an abundance of migrants in south-western areas of the Sydney basin, with
many found dead on the roads. Most migrants flew alone, although on a
number of occasions some were following the same route, a few minutes
apart. The majority of migrants followed a north-easterly course. The data on
flight orientation of autumn released non-reproductive D. plexippus also
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 31
indicate a substantial coastward movement. North easterly movement was
also shown by nine migrants recaptured at distances of 10-380 km after
release near Canberra (James 1983). In contrast reproductive butterflies show
no preference in tlight orientation.
Only three of more than 3,500 butterflies tagged at cluster sites were
recovered after overwintering colonies had dispersed. These three showed
south-westerly movement of 10-35 km, which is considered to have represent-
ed a return migration. If there is a strong south to south-west post cluster
movement, it would result in butterflies entering relatively sparsely populated
tableland areas thus greatly limiting the probability of recapture. The direct
observations of three butterflies migrating southwards in August 1981 provides
further evidence of a return southerly movement.
These results, together with earlier data (James 1982, 1984b) demon-
strate that a regular north to north-east migration of D. plexippus occurs
during autumn in New South Wales. This results in the withdrawal of
butterflies from southern and western areas of New South Wales, and their
accumulation in milder coastal areas where overwintering colonies are formed.
From limited data, it is postulated that some return southerly movement
occurs in mid-late winter when clusters disperse.
References
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. Pp. i-xiv, 1-682, illustr.
James, D. G., 1982. A transient non-breeding population of Danaus plexippus (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) near Picton, New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag.
8: 96-99.
James, D. G., 1983. Induction of reproductive dormancy in Australian monarch butter-
flies, Danaus plexippus. Aust. J. Zool. 31: 497-504.
James, D. G., 1984a. Phenology of weight, moisture and energy reserves of Australian
monarch butterflies, Danaus plexippus. Ecol. Ent. 9:
James, D. G., 1984b. Migration and clustering phenology of Danaus plexippus (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23: 199-204.
James, D. G., 1984c. Population and general biology of non-reproductive colonies of the
monarch butterfly, Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera: Danaidae) in New
South Wales. Aust. J. Zool. 32: 663-670.
Smithers, C. N., 1965. A note on overwintering in Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) in Australia. Aust. Zool, 13: 135-136.
Smithers, C. N., 1977. Seasonal distribution and breeding status of Danaus plexippus (L)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16: 175-184.
Urquhart, F. A. and Urquhart, N. R., 1977. Overwintering areas and migratory routes of
the monarch butterfly (Danaus p. plexippus, Lepidoptera: Danaidae) in North
America, with special reference to the western population. Can. Ent. 109:
1583-1589.
Urquhart, F. A. and Urquhart, N. R., 1978. Autumnal migration routes of the eastern
population of the monarch butterfly (Danaus p. plexippus L., Danaidae:
Lepidoptera) in North America to the overwintering site in the Neovolcanic
Plateau of Mexico. Can. J. Zool. 56: 1754-1764.
Urquhart, F. A. and Urquhart, N. R., 1979. Vernal migration of the monarch butterfly
(Danaus p. plexippus, Lepidoptera: Danaidae) in North America from the
overwintering site in the Neovolcanic Plateau of Mexico. Сап. Ent. 111: 15-18.
32 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
BOOK REVIEWS
The leafhoppers and planthoppers edited by L. R. Nault and J. C. Rodriguez.
September 1985. 500 pp., illustr. John Wiley & Sons. Distributed in
Australia by Jacaranda Wiley, Brisbane. Price $137.90.
This book contains a wealth of information and is the culmination of
contributions to a symposium held in honour of Dwight M. De Long by the
Entomological Society of America. The Preface states “Our intent was to
produce a book that would not only serve to introduce the subject matter
to the student or investigator about to study leafhoppers and planthoppers for
the first time, but would also be useful to specialists already in the field. The
systematics and morphology of these homopterans are discussed and keys to
the most economically important groups are included with illustrations.
Internal morphology, sensory mechanisms of feeding, nutrition and symbiosis,
acoustic communication, host plant resistance, transmission of plant patho-
gens . . . are among the important topics discussed." These aims have been
achieved admirably. Twenty-four authors, all prominent workers in their
field, have written the 19 comprehensive, review-like chapters. The scope of
the text is broad and I have no doubt it would contain something of special
interest to every reader. Each chapter is accompanied by an extensive list
of primary literature references concerning the chapter topic. There is no
wasted space throughout the 500 pages of this book, it is written in an easy
to understand style, is adequately illustrated and I found no typographical
errors. While I am a homopterist I do not work on either leafhoppers or
planthoppers; nevertheless I found this book of considerable interest and a
valuable reference. Despite the price I have no hesitation in recommending
The leafhoppers and planthoppers to others and believe it should be in the
library of every teaching and research institution concerned with entomolog-
ical investigation.
Max MOULDS
A guide to the genera of beetles of South Australia. Part 4. By E.G. Matthews.
1985. 68 pp., illustr. South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Price $10.50.
This may well be the most popular of the four parts of this series so far
published. It contains, in addition to 15 other families, the Buprestidae or
jewel beetles which are popular amongst amateur coleopterists and naturalists.
There are three colour plates of jewel beetles in addition to the many black
and white beetle figures which are included in all parts; in this part there are
108 such figures. The illustrated keys of Part 4 fill 28 pages, the beetle
illustrations another 22 pages and the text discussing families another 11.
The four parts of this work now form a valuable and comprehensive reference
to the South Australian beetle fauna. I am sure all interested in this field will
find Part 4 particularly useful and like many others I look forward to Part 5.
C. HOLMES
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 33
SOME NEW RECORDS OF PSOCOPTERA FROM
NORFOLK AND PHILLIP ISLANDS
By C. N. Smithers
The Australian: Museum, College Street, Sydney.
Abstract
Cerobasis questfalicus, Lepinotus patruelis and Propsocus pulchripennis are record-
ed for the first time from the Norfolk-Phillip Island group. Eight species are recorded
for the first time from Phillip and one from Norfolk Island. Eleven of the total of
nineteen species appear to be endemic to the islands.
Introduction
Work on the insects of Norfolk Island and nearby Phillip Island has
increased in recent years largely due to interest in the conservation of the
fauna of these now very different islands. Smithers and Thornton (1974)
gave an account of the Psocoptera which included fourteen species from
Norfolk one of which was also recorded from Phillip. Smithers (1980)
recorded another from Phillip and later (Smithers, 1981) provided a summary
of records which included sixteen species, one of which was found on both
islands and one of which was still known only from Phillip.
A recent collection of nearly 600 specimens, now in the Australian
National Insect Collection includes three additional species. Table 1 gives a
summary of the known occurrence of species on the islands. In the table the
"endemic" column includes species which have not yet been recorded from
anywhere other than Norfolk and/or Phillip Island.
Comments
Of the nineteen species listed sixteen are known from Norfolk and ten
from Phillip. Nine are known from Norfolk but not from Phillip and three
are known from Phillip but not Norfolk. Brief comments on habitat prefer-
ences were made by Smithers (1981). Little need be added other than to
mention that C. questfalicus, L. patruelis and P. pulchripennis are probably
all litter inhabitants on the islands.
The extent of collections made between 1968 and 1984 make it unlikely
that many more species will be found on the islands.
Material of species previously unrecorded from Norfolk and Phillip Islands
TROGIIDAE
Cerobasis questfalicus (Kolbe). 3 9, 1 nymph, Phillip Island, Upper Long Valley, 26.iii-
2.iv.1984, J. E. Feehan.
Lepinotus patruelis Pearman. 1 д, 1 9, Norfolk Island, Broken Pine Track, N.LN.P.,
15.xi.1984, L. Hill. 1 9, Norfolk Island, Rocky Point Reserve, 14.xi.1984, L. Hill.
ELIPSOCIDAE
Propsocus pulchripennis (Perkins). 2 д, 1 9, Phillip Island, Moo-oo Beach, 20-24.xi.1984,
T. A. Weir. 1 9, Phillip Island, Upper Long Valley, 20-24.xi.1984, T. A. Weir.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the several collectors who contributed the material studied
for this paper and Ms J. Cardale for making it available to me from the A.N.I.C.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
34
TABLE 1 3.
Summary of Psocoptera records for Norfolk and Phillip Islands.
Norfolk Island Phillip Island TP.
е Present ndemic
Previously Ed Previously jp, ANIC
recordea material recorded materiai
ی ت لس ————————
LEPIDOPSOCIDAE
Pteroxanium ralstonae x x х
Pteroxanium evansi x x x x
Pteroxanium insularum x x x x
Lepolepis graemei x x x x
TROGIIDAE
* Cerobasis guestfalicus E
* Lepinotus patruelis x
CAECILIIDAE
Caecilius pacificus x x x м
Caecilius insulatus x x
ECTOPSOCIDAE
Ectopsocus briggsi x x
Ectopsocus insularis x x x х
Ectopsocus inornatus x x x
Ectopsocus richardsi x
PERIPSOCIDAE
Peripsocus milleri x х х
Peripsocus norfolkensis x x х x
PSEUDOCAECILIIDA E
Heterocaecilius variabilis x x №
PHILOTARSIDAE
Haplophallus emmus x x x
ELIPSOCIDAE
* Propsocus pulchripennis x
PSOCIDAE
Blaste lignicola x x
MYOPSOCIDAE
Myopsocus australis x x
Totals 15 14 2 9
16 10 11
19
References
Smithers, C. N. and Thornton, I. W. B., 1974. The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Norfolk
Island. Rec. Aust. Миз. 29(8): 209-234.
Smithers, C. N., 1980. A redescription of Ectopsocus richardsi (Pearman) (Psocoptera:
Ectopsocidae) based on Australian material. Gen. appl. Ent. 12: 13-15.
Smithers, C. N., 1981. Synopsis of localities and key to the Psocoptera of Norfolk
Island. Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6): 85-88.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986 35
BOOK REVIEW
Natural History of Eyre Peninsula edited by G. R. Twidale, M. J. Tyler and
M. Davies. Published 12th November, 1985. 229 pages, illustr. Royal
Society of South Australia (Inc.), Adelaide. Price $18.50
This book is the fourth in a series of regional natural histories of
South Australia published by the Royal Society of S.A. Like its predecessors
the standard of presentation and content is high. The authors of the eighteen
chapters are all recognised experts in their fields and the book is an authorit-
ative account of the natural history of the region. There are two chapters on
insects—Ch. 15, Distribution Patterns of Some Beetles by E. С. Matthews
and Ch. 16, Moths and Butterflies by P. B. McQuillan and R. H. Fisher.
Other chapters mainly concern other animal groups, vegetation, climate and
geology. It is a fascinating and informative text to be recommended to all
interested in the natural history of this region. However, it is slightly
disappointing to see that none of the reptile, fish and insect photographs are
in colour, as this greatly assists in the identification of species. South
Australian naturalists, in particular, are indeed fortunate to have this and the
other titles in the series available to them.
R. B. LACHLAN
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
BAKER, G. L., BROWN, G. R. and PIGOTT, R.
1982. Dirhinus rufricornis (Girault) (Hymenoptera: Chalcidae: Dirhininae), a parasite
of Diptera, two of which are primary parasites of Orthoptera. Aust. ent. Mag.
9(2, 3): 27-32, text-figs 1-6.
BAKER, G. L. and PIGOTT, R.
1983. Parasitism of the Australian plague locust Chortoicetes terminifera (Walker)
(Orthoptera: Acrididae) by Prionyx saevus (Smith) (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5): 67-74, text-figs 1-8.
BELLES, Xavier and LAWRENCE, John F..
1984. Ptinosphaerus, a new genus of Ptinidae (Coleoptera) from northern Queens-
land. Aust. ent. Mag. 11(2): 35-37, text-figs 1-5.
BROTHERS, Denis J.
1984. Gregarious parasitoidism in Australian Mutillidae (Hymenoptera). Aust. ent.
Mag. 11(1): 8-10.
BROWN, J. and BROWN, D.
1982. Three recent records of Hypolimnas misippus (L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae)
from the north coast of New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4): 41.
CHAPMAN, R. C. and BALDERSON, J.
1984. Ovipositional behaviour of Sphodropoda tristis Saussare (Mantodea: Mantidae).
Aust. ent. Mag. 11(1): 5-7, 1 text-fig.
COLLESS, Donald H.
1981. Musca cassara Pont (Diptera: Muscidae): a first record for the Australian
mainland. Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2, 3): 23.
COLLINS, Leanne and SCOTT, John K.
1982. Interaction of ants, predators and the scale insect, Pulvinariella mesembryant-
hemi, on Carpobrotus edulis, an exotic plant naturalized in Western Australia.
Aust. ent. Mag. 8(5): 73-18, 2 tables.
36 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(1, 2), April, 1986
SMITHERS, C. N. and HOLLOWAY, G. A. —
1982. Aggregation of adults in two Australian species of Coccinellidae (Coleoptera).
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1): 4-6, 1 text-fig.
STOREY, В. |. and LAMBKIN, T. A.
1983. Notes on the life history of Bindahara phocides yurgama Couchman (Lepid-
optera: Lycaenidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3): 35-38, text-figs 1-6.
TERAUDS, A., RAPLEY, P. R. L., WILLIAMS, M. A., IRESON, J. E., MILLER, L. A.,
BRIEZE-STEGEMAN, R. and McQUILLAN, P. B.
1983. Insect pest occurrences in Tasmania, 1981/82. Tasm. Dept. Agric. Insect Pest
Survey 15: [1-11], 1-31.
THEISCHINGER, Günther
1982. New and little known dinotoperline stoneflies from Australia (Insecta: Plec-
optera: Gripopterygidae). Mem. Qd Mus. 20(3): 489-525, text-figs 1A-27E.
1983. The adults of the Australian Megaloptera. Aquatic Insects 5(2): 77-98, text-
figs 1-108, 1 map.
1983. The genus Stenoperla McLachlan in Australia (Insecta: Plecoptera: Eusthen-
iidae). Aust. J. Zool. 31(4): 541-556, text-figs 1-60.
1984. New and little known stoneflies (Plecoptera: Gripopterygidae) from Queens-
land and Victoria. Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6): 93-98, text-figs 1-20.
THEISCHINGER, G. and WATSON, J. A. L.
1984. Larvae of Australian Gomphomacromiinae, and their bearing on the status of
the Synthemis group of genera (Odonata: Corduliidae). Aust. J. Zool. 32(1):
67-95, text-figs 1-99.
TOWNS, D. R.
1983. Terrestrial oviposition by two species of caddisfly in South Australia (Trich-
optera: Leptoceridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 22(2): 113-118, text-figs 1-5.
TURNBULL, I. Е. and HOWELLS, A. J.
1983. Integumental chitin synthase activity in cell-free extracts of larvae of the
Australian sheep blowfly, Lucilia cuprina, and two other species of Diptera.
Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 36(3): 251-262, text-figs 1-5.
WALLACE, M. M. H. and HOLM, E.
1983. Establishment and dispersal of the introduced predatory mite, Macrocheles
peregrinus Krantz, in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 22(4): 343-348, text-figs 1 & 2.
WATSON, J. A. L. and THEISCHINGER, G.
1984. The Australian Protoneurinae (Odonata). Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 98: 1-51,
4 tables, text-figs 1-129.
NEW BOOKS
FURTHER COPIES AVAILABLE
THE BIOLOGY OF BUTTERFLIES
429 pages, illustr. including 4 col. pls $138.80
A must for all seriously interested in butterflies
For review see Aust. ent. Mag 12(5)
LEAFHOPPERS AND PLANTHOPPERS
500 pages, illustr. An outstanding book—see review this issue. $137.90
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
EXCHANGE. Entomological specimens from North Queensland for butter-
flies from other states. T. Woodger, 36 Garners Rd, Kirwan, Townsville,
Qld, 4814.
EXCHANGE. North American and European butterflies for Australian species.
Lue Begin, 1183 Trans-Canada, Lauzon, Quebec, Canada G6V-7M5.
WANTED. The biology of dragonflies by Tillyard 1917 and Tasmanian
Odonata by Watson. Michael Beech, Registrar, General Hospital,
Townsville, N. Qld 4810.
FOR SALE. Butterflies of the Australian region by Bernard D'Abrera. 1972
Ist edition. $260. N. McFarland, P.O. Box 1404, Sierra Vista, Arizona,
U.S.A. 85635. (Australian cheques acceptable).
FOR SALE. Entomological journals and books. Write to J. Cl. Herremans,
P.O. Box 291, Manly, N.S.W. 2095.
EXCHANGE. Australian & foreign butterflies, beetles and cicadas for any
species in Australia and New Zealand. Steve Lamond, 11A Cleveland
St, Wahroonga, N.S:W. 2076
EXCHANGE. Coleoptera from Italy and other parts of the world in exchange
for Coleoptera (especially Cicindelidae and Carabidae) from Australia
and Indonesia. I also have Lepidoptera, Hemiptera, Hymenoptera and
other orders for exchange. All correspondence welcome. Cesare Iacovone
Via G. Noventa No. 12, Scala I - int. 3, 00143, Roma, Italy.
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints is purchased. Reprints
are charged at the following rates per page: $17 for 50 copies, $21 for100 copies and
$28 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS [ MAY? y
CANTRELL, B. K. Notes on the taxonomy and biólogy of species o
Parasarcophaga Johnston & Tiegs and Baranovisca Lopes (Diptera:
Sarcophagidae) associated with spiders in eastern "Australia Блоб. AL,
COMMON, I. F. B. A small portable light trap for collecting micros „е
Ё 98, б
lepidoptera ТЕТ" 15
JAMES, David G. Studies on the migration of Danaus plexippus (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in the Sydney агеа............ 27
JOHNSON, S. J. and VALENTINE, P. S. Observations on Liphyra
brassolis Westwood (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) in north Queens- .
Тапан Rn eiie vn ТУГЛА У etin em tue a 22:
NEW, T. R. Some early stages of Calochrysa Banks (Neuroptera,
Chrysopidae) ЧЫ А ЕРОТ ҮГЕТ ДЕ: 11
SMITHERS, С. N. Some new records of Psocoptera from Norfolk and
Phillip;Islands? Е ТАМ T ep Serene ren Sq: PR 33
WOOD, С. A. Some early stages of Charaxes latona Butler (Lepidoptera:
INymphalidaeGharaxinde)MER CERTI | Г 77 ne 20
BOOK REVIEWS—The leafhoppers and planthoppers — Natural history
of Eyre Peninsula — Beetles of South Australia, Part4 ...... 32,35
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M.S.andB.J.Moulds........... 35
ЕМПОМОТОСТОАТЯМОШОЕБИ ТЕТЕ inside back cover
HE CHAMBERS
Rainforest Holiday Apartment хоу
Lake Eacham, Atherton Tablelands, N.Q.
Modern, spacious, fully self contained, 3 bedroom unit,
sleeps 5 in comfort. Surrounded by rainforest. Collect
butterflies, moths, beetles and other tropical insects at
your apartment door. Write for free brochure or ring.
Ph. (070) 95 3754 P.O. Box 87, Yungaburra, М.О. 4872
DATA LABELS -— PRINTED TO ORDER
$12.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
ISSN 0311-1881 Loy
AUSTRALIAN п 1 JUL 1986
MAGAZINE
Aust. ent. Mag.
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 13, PARTS 3, 4
JULY, 1986
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$15.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
$A16.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£ 8.50) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$19.00 (US$15.00 or Stg.£10.50) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Andrew Atkins
Hesperilla mastersi mastersi Waterhouse, 1900 (9). This handsome
skipper is distributed from southern Queensland to eastern Victoria, where
it is restricted to temperate and subtropical rainforests and dense coastal
thickets on cliff slopes. Adults fly from September to March but probably
only have one generation each year. The semi-spherical eggs are laid singly
beneath young leaves of the foodplant, Gahnia melanocarpa that grows in
dark gullies. The brightly striped larvae and elongate pupae are found in
tube-shaped leaf shelters within the foodplant and attached debris.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 4323972
Printed by
Drawing Office Printers Pty. Ltd.
253 Condamine St, Balgowlah,
N.S.W. 2093
Australian Entomological;
Magazine;
Aust. ent. Mag. ү 1 (JUL 1986
Volume 13, Parts 3, 4
/
аа;
A
July; 1986
THE HAWK MOTHS (LEPIDOPTERA: SPHINGIDAE) OF
CHRISTMAS ISLAND, INDIAN OCEAN
By M. S. Moulds
Research Associate, Australian Museum, 6-8 College St, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000
Abstract
Details are recorded from three collections of hawk moths from Christmas Island
previously unstudied. The known species from the island are listed and two species,
Macroglossum prometheus Boisduval and Hippotion depictum Dupont are recorded for
the first time.
Introduction
Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, lies some 360 km south of the Indon-
esian island of Java and 1400 km from Western Australia. It is isolated from
other landmasses and although small (approximately 137 sq km), is covered
for the most part in lush tropical rainforest ideally suited to hawk moths.
Although Ridley (1891) briefly records a “Sphingida, sp.” the first
specific listing of hawk moths is that of Hampson (1900) who records five
species. Tweedie (1933) reports on taking three of the species listed by
Hampson and later Pendlebury (1947) records two additional species making
a total of seven species known from the Island. There has been no further
mention of Christmas Island hawk moths by any author.
Recently the island was visited by Mr Robert B. Lachlan (RBL) who
collected many insects including a number of hawk moths which he kindly
allowed me to study. Additional material is also now available in the collect-
jons of the Australian National Insect Collection (ANIC) and Western
Australian Museum (WAM). From all this material I summarise below the
hawk moths now known from Christmas Island including two previously
unrecorded species, Macroglossum prometheus Boisduval and Hippotion
depictum Dupont.
List of species
Agrius convolvuli (L.)
Material examined.—1 9, Christmas Is., 29.1.1985, R. B. Lachlan (RBL). 2 6d, Settlement,
5, 15.x.1964, Т. G. Campbell; 1 9, Settlement, 25.x.1964, Mr Maxwell (ANIC).
38 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986
There are records for January, March, April and October but reported by Pend-
lebury (1947) as “fairly common all through the year".
Psilogramma menephron menephron (Cramer)
Material examined.—4 99, Christmas Is., 21,23,25.1.1985, К. B. Lachlan (RBL, MSM).
1 G, Settlement, 25.x.1964, T. G. Campbell (ANIC).
There are records for October, December and January. Listed by Hampson (1900)
as Pseudosphinx discistriga Walker.
Cephonodes picus picus (Cramer)
Material examined.—1 9, Blowhole, 29.vi.1961, G. F. Mees, WAM Reg. No. 85/1123; 1 d,
? Christmas Island, WAM Reg. No. 85/1124 (WAM). 4 GG, 1 9, Christmas Is., 12,13.1.1985,
К.В. Lachlan (RBL, MSM). 8 GG, 7 99, Settlement, 2-25.x.1964, T. С. Campbell (ANIC).
Recorded by all previous authors. Pendlebury (1947) adds that it is *common
in open spaces through the dry weather”. There are records for Sep.-March, May.
Listed by Hampson (1900) as C. hylas (L.). C. picus is clearly distinguished by the
spines present at the bases of the fore tibia which are absent in C. hylas.
Gnathothlibus erotus erotus (Cramer)
Material examined.—1 5, 1 9, Silver City, 6.ix.1969 and 3.x.1969, S. Slack-Smith and
A. Paterson, WAM Reg. Nos 77/216 and 85/1122 (WAM). 3 GG, 2 99, Christmas Is.,
16,20,25,29.1.1985, К. B. Lachlan (RBL, MSM). 1 9, Settlement, 15.x.1964, К. Ashley;
1 9, Settlement, 13.x.1964, D. Cougle; 1 9, Settlement, 12.x.1964, T. G. Campbell
(ANIC).
А common species recorded for July to January, March and May.
Daphnis placida placida (Walker)
Material examined.—1 d, Settlement, 2.x.1964, T. G. Campbell (ANIC).
Previously recorded only by Pendlebury (1947). Specimens have been taken
during October, January and March.
Macroglossum prometheus prometheus Boisduval
Material examined.—1 9, ? Christmas Island, WAM Reg. No. 77/218 (WAM).
Previously unrecorded from Christmas Island. The WAM specimen which matches
perfectly the specimen figured in Bell and Scott (1937) bears a question mark on its
locality label but most likely did come from the Island. This is a common species in Java
(Dupont and Roepke 1941) but a rarity in Australia where it is known only from
subspecies lineatum Lucas occurring in the extreme north east of Northern Territory
and north-eastern Queensland (Moulds 1985).
Hippotion velox (Fabricius)
Material examined.—2 dd, Flying Fish Cove, 27.vi.1961 and 7.vii.1961, С. Е. Mees,
WAM Reg. Nos 77/209 and 77/210 (WAM). 2 dd, 1 9, Christmas Is., 23,25.1.1985, R.
B. Lachlan (RBL, MSM). 4 dd, 1 9, Settlement, 5-19.x.1964, Т. С. Campbell; 1 d,
Settlement, 21.x.1964, D. Powell (ANIC).
There are records for all months from June to April. Recorded by all previous
authors; listed by Hampson (1900) as Chaerocampa vigil (Guér.).
Hippotion depictum Dupont
Material examined.—2 dd, 6 99, Christmas Is., 16,24,26,29,30,31.1.1985, R. B. Lachlan
(RBL, MSM). 1 д, 2 km WSW of Waddle Hill, x.1964, L. Hill (ANIC).
Previously unrecorded from Christmas Island.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986 39
Theretra latreillei lucasii (Walker)
Material examined.—2 dd, Christmas Is., 27,29.1.1985, К. B. Lachlan (RBL).
Hampson (1900) and Pendlebury (1947) record a single specimen each taken in
December and May respectively.
Discussion
The sphingid fauna of Christmas Island is clearly allied to that of Java
rather than to Australia. All species so far known from Christmas Island
are abundant in Java (cf. Dupont and Roepke 1941) while only A. convolvuli
occurs in Western Australia.
I would expect the sphingid fauna of Christmas Island to be consider-
ably larger than that now known. The food plants, or plants closely related,
of many Javanese hawk moths occur on the island (compare plant list of
Ridley 1906, with Dupont and Roepke 1941) and it would not be unreason-
able to expect the associated hawk moths. Further collecting during, and
immediately after, the wet season should not only add to the list of known
species but should also reveal the larval food plants used by these moths on
Christmas Island. For the benefit of intending collectors I provide below a
key to last instar larvae of the species known from Christmas Island compiled
from a study of exotic material.
Key to last instar larvae
It should be noted that the colour of larvae of a given species can
often show considerable variation, both in the arrangement of markings
and in ground colour. For most species two principle colour forms occur,
a predominantly green form and a predominantly black (sometimes brown)
form.
l. Abdominal segment 1 (and often other abdominal segments with a
subdorsal “eye spot" (dorsal to spiracle) .................. 2
— Abdominal segment 1 without an “eye spot" (not to be confused with
a spot that may surround spiracle)
2. "Eye spot" on abdominal segment 1 similar in size and colour to “еуе
spot" on at least two other segments .... Gnathothlibus erotus erotus
— “Буе spot’ on abdominal segment 1 unique, clearly of different pigment-
ation from any other abdominal “eye spot" that may be present. ... 3
— “Буе spot” on abdominal segment 1 without red pigmentation .... 4
4. Caudal horn curved forwards, long (about equal to body diameter);
"eye spot" on abdominal segment 1 only, the other segments clearly
withoutiseyelspotsuP ИИ ЛГ ККК Hippotion velox
— Caudal horn straight or nearly so, short (less than half body diameter);
subdorsal “eye spots" or blotches on abdominal segments 1-7, those
on segments 2-7 similar but clearly different from that on segment 1. . .
ar neret reali вою ове 5-5 B3 Hippotion depictum
40 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986
55 sCaudalfhorntcurvedibackwardsm e c EET snl settee ethane en eee 6
— Caudal horn either straight, almost straight, or gently curved in a
shallow4iS ^T Ages MORE OTT Py КЛОН quens 7
6. Head with each cheek bearing at least one distinct, dark, vertical
ресе иаа Лр E pata Agrius convolvuli
— Head of uniform colour without vertical stripes ...............
Daphnis placida placida
7. Dorsal shield (immediately behind head) as a distinct sclerotised plate,
slightly raised, clearly visible to naked eye and coarsely granulated with
short blunt spine-like tubercles that are clearly vivible to naked eye;
thoracic segments smooth, without tubercles . . Cephonodes picus picus
— Мої with above combination of characters................. 8
8. Large larva (up to 90 mm long); always greenish in colour (never brown
or black) with whitish oblique lateral stripes on abdominal segments;
caudal horn coarsely granulated by spine-like tubercles, some much larger
than others and clearly visible to naked eye..................
ve s E Arend, e OVE, qr p Psilogramma menephron menephron
— Small larva (up to 45 mm); either green, brown or black and always
without oblique lateral stripes on abdominal segments; caudal horn
finely granulated to naked eye, the tubercles all of similar size. ..... .
‚ТЕ, SOU Paina He t TE S У Macroglossum prometheus prometheus
Acknowledgements
I am especially grateful to Mr Robert Lachlan for allowing me to study his private
collection and for his gift of duplicate specimens. Dr E. S. Neilson and Mr E. D. Edwards
(ANIC) and Dr T. F. Houston (WAM) kindly loaned me material from collections in
their care.
References
Bell, T. К. D. and Scott, Е. B., 1937. Moths. Sphingidae. In: The fauna of British India
including Ceylon and Burma. Vol. 5. Taylor and Francis, London. 537 pp.,
15 pls. [Facsimilie reprint, 1976, Today and Tomorrow's, New Delhi.]
Dupont, F. and Roepke, W., 1941. Heterocera Javanica. Fam. Sphingidae hawk moths.
Nederl. Akad. v. Wet., Verk. Tweede Sectie, 40(1): 1-104, pls 1-23.
Hampson, George F., 1900. Lepidoptera Phalaenae. In: Andrews, C. W., A monograph
of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). British Museum, London. Pp. 63-74, pl. IX,
figs 1-7, 9-15.
Moulds, M. S., 1985. A review of the Australian hawk moths of the genus Macroglossum
Scopoli (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 12(5): 81-105.
Pendlebury, H. M., 1947. Lepidoptera (Heterocera). Bull. Raffles Mus. 18: 58-73.
Ridley, H. N., 1891. A day at Christmas Island. J. Straits Brch R. Asiat. Soc. 23: 123-140.
Ridley, H. N., 1906. An expedition to Christmas Island. J. Straits Brch R. Asiat. Soc.
45: 121-271.
Tweedie, M. W. F., 1933. Some insects from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Bull.
Raffles Mus. 8: 98-100.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986 41
A NEW SPECIES OF L/ODROSOPH/LA DUDA
(DIPTERA: DROSOPHILIDAE)
By I. R. Bock
Department of Genetics and Human Variation, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic. 3083
Abstract
Liodrosophila macera sp. nov. is described from north Queensland.
Introduction
The genus Liodrosophila Duda contains about 50 species, largely of
Oriental and Australian (New Guinea, north Queensland) distribution. The
species are typically small dark flies with metallic colorations on the front
and mesonotum; the scutellum is typically velvety black. A full diagnosis is
given in Bock (1982), with notes on the five known Australian species.
A single specimen recently received from the Australian National Insect
Collection (ANIC), С.5.1.К.О. Division of Entomology, Canberra, represents
a species hitherto unknown from Australia and not referable to any other
described species. The specimen is missing a few macrochaetae, but is very
distinctive and easily sepaiable from other known species. It is described
below in the form used previously for Australian Drosophilidae (Bock 1982).
Liodrosophila macera n. sp.
Type.—Holotype 9, 15: 17S 145: 13E 1 km N of Rounded Hill, Qld. (south road side
track), 7.x.1980, D. H. Colless (ANIC).
Distinguishing features.—Arista fan-like; body slender; wing with pattern of
pale spots against darker background; head and thorax with reduced setation
as described below.
Body length.—2.5 mm.
Head.—Arista very large, with 7 long apically curved rays above and 2 straight
rays below plus small terminal fork, rays long basally progressively shortening
apically. Front 1.3 times broader than long, glassy blackish brown with
metallic tinge (except for dull narrow band on each side characteristic of
genus), smoothly rounded on to occiput. 2nd and 3rd antennal segments
dusky. Carina very prominent, rather noselike but almost squared at lateral
and ventral margins. Face glassy. Palp small, dusky tan, with apical bristle.
Cheek linear. Eye with trace only of fine pile; greatest diameter of eye
oblique. Single orbital bristle only present, slightly reclinate. Ocellar bristles
large. Postverticals absent. Single vertical bristle only present.
Thorax.—Mesonotum blackish brown, glassy with metallic tinge, very finely
punctate, with patch of very fine whitish scales posteriorly between dorso-
central bristles tapering anteriorly towards mid-line. Two weak rows of
acrostichal hairs present in extended lines of single pair of large dorsocentral
bristles. Scutellum velvety black; posterior bristles broken off but clearly
large; anterior scutellars very short and fine, almost vestigial, close to posterior
42 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986
Fig. 1. L. macera, wing.
bristles. Pleura glassy blackish brown with strong violet metallic tinge, with
single large sternopleural bristle. Haltere pale tan with anterior darkening.
Legs largely pale tan, darker apically on femora and on tibiae; fore-femur
darker brown; fore-tibia almost black.
Wing. (Fig. 1)—Slender, weakly brownish with pattern of pale spots, especially
3 large spots between 2nd and 3rd longitudinal veins, single spot between
3rd and 4th veins at level of posterior crossvein, and adjacent spot about
latter. Anal vein absent. C-index 2.3; 4V-index 2.5; 5X-index 1.9; M-index
0.6. Heavy setation on costa weak, on 3rd costal section on basal ca 0.5.
Length 2.0 mm.
Abdomen.—Tergite 1 tan anteriorly, black posteriorly. Remainder of abdomen
shiny black.
Female genitalia.—Egg guide strong, apically pointed with a few small teeth.
Relationships.—This species most closely resembles L. formiciformes Bock,
also known from north Queensland, especially in possessing a fan-like arista,
a large carina, similar body (including eye) with wing shapes, and similar
coloration (although the fore-leg in formiciformes is paler). L. macera differs
from formiciformes in possessing a smooth front and face, only 1 pair of
dorsocentral bristles, large ocellar bristles and a patterned wing (front and
face finely punctate, 2 pairs of dorsocentral bristles, minute ocellars and clear
wing in formiciformes). There seems little doubt that the two species are
closely related. ;
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements are due to Dr D. H. Colless and Miss Z. Liepa of the
C.S.I.R.O. Division of Entomology for provision of the material.
Reference
Bock, I. R., 1982. Drosophilidae of Australia V. Remaining genera and synopsis. Aust.
J. Zool, Suppl. Ser. 89.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986 43
NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF BUTTERFLIES FROM THE
ISLANDS OF THE GREAT BARRIER REEF, QUEENSLAND
By B. G. Duckworth and J. McLean
Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000
d
an
c/- 13 Ware Avenue, The Causeway, MS 1, via Yeppoon, Qld 4703
The published records of butterflies from the Great Barrier Reef islands
are scattered. Lists have been compiled for Hinchinbrook Island (Reeves,
1978), North-West Island (Musgrave, 1926; Reeves, 1969), Heron Island
(Chadwick, 1963; Fletcher, 1973), Erskine Island (Reeves, 1971), Masthead
Island (Turner, 1934; Hacker, 1975) and Hoskyn Island (Reeves, 1973).
Casual records can be found in Banfield (1908; 191 1), Barrett & Burns (1951),
Borch (1926), Butcher (1937), Carpenter (1953), Common & Waterhouse
(1981), Heatwold er al. (1981), McNeill (1937), Peters (1969), Reeves (1979),
Smithers (1983), Stephenson, Stephenson and Tandy (1931), Waterhouse
(1932, 1934) and Waterhouse and Lyell (1914). From 1978-1984, one of us
(J.M.) collected butterflies from a number of Great Barrier Reef islands
including several for which there are apparently no records. These records are
summarized in Tables 1 and 2 together with a listing of those species
previously recorded.
The northern-most island on which McLean made his collections was
Lizard Island, north of Cooktown. South of Lizard Island, at least one island
from most of the island groups has been sampled. Islands were sometimes
visited more than once but seasonal samplings were not undertaken. The
southern-most island collected was Lady Musgrave Island.
In Tables 1 and 2, islands are listed in geographical groupings from north
to south. The species are named and the list arranged systematically as in
Common and Waterhouse (1981). Butterflies have been recorded from Great
Barrier Reef islands as far north as Stanley Island in the Flinders Group, NW
of Cape Melville. The islands of Torres Strait are not included in this paper.
No differentiation has been made between continental and coral cay islands.
The ecology of the different island types would have to be fully studied in
terms of host plant availability. This has not been undertaken at the present
time.
All specimens taken by McLean are housed in the Australian Museum.
It is hoped that this paper will encourage and assist other collectors to
publish their records from these and other islands to help fill the gaps in our
knowledge of island faunas.
Acknowledgement
We thank Dr C. №. Smithers and Mr M. S. Moulds for support and help
in the preparation of this paper.
44
х
х
х
xx
оо
оо
o
o хо о
ох о
х
х
siuiffo siuffp ѕприо(т
оцига snddisduyo snounq
snddixajd snddixajd snouoq
abd» әрӣр səid
08ә рицпра sniddy
әјршига 240d27)
vıuo1na1 vavi яәрцариү
addiup8» spijaq
sisdul sis 50120
puoyjuasiv риоціи2840 $р1]ә(1
vjip4ad vi1p42d vuipo|3
р$прра vuipo]q
siuuadin3up ри1ро]Я
niyjipd ри1ро]Я
хојшѕ ршәлпя
snqaoid aquoay ршәлпя
2uoudo$403 2иоцӣ08108 nijisdo177)
риошоа риошой nijisdojnD
иомоцапә snuviad рләйоцишо
snoipurjsuaanb sniopdjod njdoiyoog
Up15$242 рр1$$ә42 UDISS247)
р$әо[ sassdjn ordog
Snjauayjs Snajowap ordog
snjovun oyidog
иорәлоцә иорәйлоѕ wunidvas)
Р]ї2ир р]12ир 0102121,
DIUOS 142x]D S2151ppq2Q
snjo111a0arv]f snjn1114042]J S2181p0q {20
DUI 049204]97AU ,
vuas{]0d psopi204d
nijpjad sajzadp4
р1]әир[ snjadp{ ѕәрр1801,
з1иоцршрәхә pnuppog
(81:6¢T 'SG:0C) `5] soog 15
(81:61 ‘6p:07) `5] uoydure1g
Хет JO
(50:61 *6C:0C) ‘SL MEYS
(c0:6VT ‘LZ:07) "sj ueurepurT
dnoiy uewopury
(S0:6vT ‘LT:0Z) ‘SI роомә[ѕенН *
(00:6ӮТ ‘ST:0Z) `5] Херчазицд\ *
(SS:8pT ‘L0:02) 'SI Хоон *
(ES:8pI E0:07) `5] чешен »
ueA^og JJO
(OS:9pT ‘80:6T) “SI onouSey *
(LE:9bT ‘St:8T) ‘SI ед 2910) *
9mnasu^o[r JJO
(11:91 '02:81) "51 Хооашцошн *
шецёщ jo YON
(OT:9PT 20:81) ‘SI equroo)
dnory ќерипзцм
(ÞE:8pT 90:02) "SI UePIO
(LT:8pT 20:00) 's] әчоз$
(22:81 “уу:61) `5] oumoqoH. +
(Amin 3J0) дполсу Apweg
(0Т:9ӮТ “0Т:81) “SI PI005
(0Т:9ўТ 'S&:LD ‘SI JUNG *
(РО:9РТ 'TT:LT) SI Puepruerg *
(O€:SPT ‘81:9T) `5] 1eddeug
(LT:9wT 60:81) “SI 001g YHON
(60:9ӮТ ‘T0:81) "sp ептрәң 4
(LC:SvT vy: ST) ‘єї odoH
периш 0} имоуҳооо
(9T:SpT 'LO:ST) SASI eoru
(6Z:SVI ‘TO:ST) SASI OML
(6T:SI 15:71) `5] AsO"
(87:SpT ‘Op:pT) ‘SI рел1 +
илоўхоод) JO YION
(LT :УРТ 0:1) 'SIsropund *
(ST: ppl 60:9 D ‘SI 4әие15 *
(MAIN ade Jo M) поле) ззәрицд
звәроәйѕ Jooy әрең ЦЕ Jo Burst] ejo[duroo v st 15] Аріәуупд EYL "epnjnt] S IZ JO YHOU spuers, wory sp1ooow
І TISVL
45
0000 o
ххх
ххх
$sp10221 snoraeid pue uee[oW
$р1одәт $потлә1{
sp10091 uta[oq
pues] preyory pareo оѕгу
spuejst pop1ooo1i A[snorAald
*4—X00
snpiu2 snfaua sdos«auyong
snjnsp snjnsjp рир8әшоу
snprAqv] snpv4qv] 041217
DAPUDSADY 71422217
snissv2opnosd sniuijd snonavju&g
$121120qQ ѕәрашрт
uuu рәир&ә ѕшо(
51@рлә$ supp siuvq
"ds sauisauipoau
snijidjns saiuisauio2u I
рцә&ио рцә&ио s211s2u1]221 [,
zjj241s2 vpui4ojf 5004410107
s«qpip рри101/ 5101410702
nsoiqnp vsoiqnp 50105041
njrj|2201Q 0101122019 р9проәрү
pund pavany рапррору
ѕпуѕрәр ѕәрцррирә
$пимә ѕпицә ѕәрррирә
siuiffo sniinijjas auayjup
soqaoyd svq4oud vuavo«jod4g
sni&ppui vjpdou4y.
зәрәр sajjadp sdosauood4Hg
12j[14221u kosffoas DaH1{q1T
DYIDULOAPUD DI[2DWOADUD 72242
adosoud adoso4d vydno
addisduya addipdo шзоц1ә2
2121121917 n&u1140 тиоипг
aq«qv2 Dpı1114 тиоипг
1MDI[S42| D$$2UDA
puun] риәшр spuwutiodég
snddisnu ѕришцоа«Н
римәи рицод szuuiodég
51пшй$иоә sipuisuoo DIAOdO]UDg
ѕпшолӣшәѕ snysidd pandjog
001240 001240 ЛОХ
әйоләш әйоләш vyduiduosajayy
әјитро әјитрр vısdoodáH
ѕпыцәш рџѕ(ооа(Н
snia viscood4g
ѕпиршләј snu1uua] 515210241
SNLIS SNLAIS S1821094
ріирд vpo] suiuvjoy
0123 snj1oz 0443112.,
snjoyjny snjoijjni v2ojdn3
421s24]$s 42152414S v20]dn3
риимоә 2402 v20]dn3
ѕлуршру ѕпіршру snpupqz
46
ооо
хо
ох
o
siuiffp siuiffp snpunqg
x оцига snddiséauo snouvq
snddixajd snddixajd snoupq
əvdv4 әрӣрі Sida
р8ә рицпра smddy
әјршигаӣ 740d27)
71u0]n21 рар[ яәрціриү
addiungp spyjaq
sisdul siscuu soyjaq
риоцјиә81р риоціи2810 svijaq
рпргәӣ vj1p4ad ршро!я
psnpod puipo|3
siuuadijnsup ри1ро]Я
отура риро!я
хош vung
х snqaoyd әдрәәц ршәпя
әиоцӣ08108 auoid03403 1111510107
x риошоа риошой 1115101072
иомоцапә ѕзпшоіаӣ v421dou1u4()
snoipurjsuaanb snaop&jod руйоццәод
x Up1$5242 Dp1$5242 DpISS247)
vsəol sass«qn ordog
Snjauayls snajowap ordog
ѕпјәрир oyidog
иорәлоцә uopadavs umydoiy
njj2up р2ир 01021J2 [,
DINOS 142x|DA^ $ә151ррд 2o)
snjojj1aoanyf sni01114047]J $2151ppq2Q
DUI 74220412040 ],
pus«jod psopiaodg
pyojad sojnzadp4]
Dyjaup{ snjado{ sapvi3n [,
зјиоцршојохә pnupppg
хх
хх
(єс:01"%$:2):51 әлии®%пр{ APET
(EC:CST *1$:Е0) ‘SI херел
(8т:251 ‘Bp:ET) ‘SI UAISOH *
dnois) әҳипя
(сс:1$Т *6%:Є0) “SI BULA
(ЄТ:18Т *6у:є@ "51 SUIBSIM
(әт:т$т ‘Lp:€Z) “S1 20811шо)
ouojspero JJO
(EIST ‘TE:ET) ‘SI PEISEN *
uojdurei»os JJO
(SO:TST “0т:є@) ‘SI Uelreg
(OT:IST *8є:є@) “SI SHINO
(8S:0ST ‘OT:€Z) SI oddo»t 12015
(FT:IST *Lg:€c) ‘SI OPED
(SO:ZST ‘O€:€Z) "51 9911 9ЧО *
(Op: TST ‘OE:ET) ‘SI OUSIA *
(SS:TST ‘9Z:€7) SI ЧОЈӘН *
(LS:TST “0@:Є@) “SI AIIM
(SS:IST *81:Є@) “SI ЧО5ПА\
(Zp: TST “8Т:Е0) ‘SI 189M YHON *
(9p IST'ST:gQ) 'SIUOÁIL *
(uo; dureyyooy 3JJ0) dno15 uloonde;)
(60:1ST ‘pZ:€Z) `5] AxpourumH
пое) 5] [oddox
*
(90:081 '£0:CC) 2151 MOT
spurs] end
(02:05Т ‘Op: TC) ‘s1 Хотәд PIPPIN
(OT:OST ‘Zb21Z) 'sIÁomq *
(eurreş JJ0) sags Aotod
"ѕәрәйѕ Jay 1eneg [үе jo Zuysy eje[duroo ® st 145] Аләт EYL “ePNINE] S IZ JO ymos spuers, шо1у spr0s9y
с TISVL
47
Spi0de1 snorel1d pue икәү ө
$р1одә1 $поїлә1д O
$рїодә1 uvo[o]]N х
SPURISI рәр1озә1 АүѕпоІләІД +
С.
х
ооо
snpiuo snfaua sdosdayang
snjnsjp snjnsjp рирЗәшю]
snpp4qv] ѕпррлдо] DUIZIZ
DAPUDSADY 71422217
snissp20pnasd smuid snaninjudg
$n21120qQ ѕәрійшот
шиыр рәир&ә пир
sıdv4əs supp зир
"ds sauisauioau 1,
snijidjns sauisauipau J
рцәќио рцәќио ѕәујѕәиәәці,
0114152 vpui40]f 510414101079
зру рри1о]/ 004410707
psolqnp psoiqnp 50105041
0101122014 0101122019 рдпррордү
ршіра paviny рапроэрд
SnjsvID sapi]ppuv;)
snui42 $пимә ѕәріүррирә
siuiffo ѕпрпцәѕ auayjup
spqaoyd svqaoiud риәрәбоаќн
$п1Хррш vjpdou4y.
sajjadp sajjadp sdos«auoodgr
1ә]паәл1и 04/028 рәц! 917
рцәршолрир рцәршолрир рәр
adosoud adosoad рцап
addis diya addipda vi501/127)
р]2и121д]р D&1140 muounf
aq«qvo ррццпа ршоипг
1MDI[S42)| U$S2UDA
ритшо] риәшцр зришцоан
snddisiw spuuiod&g
римәи рицоф ѕзришцойаќн
sijuisuoo sipnuisuoo zodojunq
smuoiduias snysidd vandjog
DOJIAD DOJIAD SIOX
әйоләш 2do42u руйшќиолгәјән
әјиррр әјиррр vjs(2od«g
snua »js(oodg
sni vjs(ood4g
snuiu42] snuiuua] sisajpoqy
SNLAIS Sntts SIsajDaA
pyung opa] suuvjopy
0128 по? 04431121
snoin; snjoujny vaojdng
4318524] ís 421824] ís рәо]апя
риимоә 2402 r20]dnq
зпуршрц $пуршрц ѕприо(
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986
References
Banfield, E. J., 1908. The confessions of a beachcomber. Unwin, London, 336 pp.
Banfield, E. J., 1911. My tropic isle. Unwin, London. 315 pp.
Barrett, C. L. and Burns, A. N., 1951. Butterflies of Australia and New Guinea.
N. H. Steward, Melbourne. 187 pp.
Borch, C. H., 1926. North Queensland swallowtails. Victorian Nat. 43(4): 125-126.
Butcher, A. D., 1937. Insecta. In Lady Julia Percy Island. Reports of the expedition of
the McCoy Society for field investigation and research. Proc. R. Soc. Vic.
49(2): 399-400.
Carpenter, G. D. H., 1953. The genus Euploea (Lep. Danaidea) in Micronesia, Melanesia,
Polynesia and Australia. A zoo-geographical study. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.
28(1): 1-184.
Chadwick, C. E., 1963. Some insects and terrestrial arthropods from Heron Island,
Queensland. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 87(2): 196-199.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and
Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp., 49 pl.
Fletcher, B. S., 1973. Observation on a movement of insects at Heron Island, Queensland.
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 157-160.
Hacker, H., 1975. Insects on Masthead Island, May 1934. Qd Nat. 21(3-4): 65-66.
Heatwole, H., Done, T. and Cameron, E., 1981. Community ecology of a coral cay,
a study of One-Tree Island, Breat Barrier Reef, Australia. Monographicae
Biologicae 43. 379 pp.
McNeill, F. A., 1937. Notes on the gregarious resting habit of the danaine butterfly,
Danaus melissa hamata W. S. Macleay, in the Whitsunday Islands off the E.
coast of Queensland. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (A) 12(8-9): 108.
Musgrave, A., 1926. The biology of North-West Islet, Capricorn Group. (E). Insects.
Aust. Zool. 4(4): 241-246.
Peters, J. V., 1969. Notes on the distribution of Australian Hesperioidea and Papilionoidea
(Lepidoptera). Aust. Zool. 15(2): 178-184.
Reeves, D. M., 1969. Notes on some butterflies from North West Island, Capricorn
Group. Qd Nat. 19(4-6): 103-105.
Reeves, D. M., 1971. Notes on some butterflies from Erskine Island, Capricorn Group.
Qd Nat. 20(1-3): 54-55.
Reeves, D. M., 1973. Notes on some butterflies from Hoskyn Island, Bunker Group.
Qd Nat. 20(4-6): 118-120.
Reeves, D. M., 1978. Dragonflies and butterflies from Hinchinbrook Island. Qd Nat.
22(1-4): 50-51.
Reeves, D. M., 1979. Presidential address: An island love affair. Qd Nat. 22(5-6):
106-111.
Smithers, C. N., 1983. Migration records in Australia. 3. Danainae and Acraeinae
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3): 21-27.
Stephenson, T. A., Stephenson, A., and Tandy, G., 1931. The ecology of Low Isles.
Scient. Rep. Gt Barrier Reef Exped. 1928-29. 3(2): 35-68.
Turner, A. J., 1934. No title. (Notes on insects on Masthead Island, Qld.). Jn
Н. Hacker, in Exhibits. Minut. ent. Soc. Qd. June 1934, 20: 1-2.
Waterhouse, С. A., 1932. Notes on Australian Papilionidae Part 1. Papilio aegeus
Donovan. Descriptions of a new female form and two aberrations. Aust.
Zool. 7(3): 195-197, pl. 11.
Waterhouse, G. A., 1934. Australian Hesperiidae V. Notes and description of a new
form. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 59(5-6): 411-415.
Waterhouse, G. A. and Lyell, G., 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rob-
ertson, Sydney. 239 pp., 42 pls.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986 49
NEW SPECIES NAMES IN TIPULIDAE (DIPTERA).
By Pjotr Oosterbroek
Institute of Taxonomic Zoology (Zodlogical Museum), University of Amsterdam,
Platage Middenlaan 64, 1018 DH Amsterdam 1004, Netherlands
Abstract
Five new names for species of Tipulidae, one in Tipula, one in Nephrotoma, and
three in Limonia, are proposed to replace preoccupied names.
——— M — € ÓÓ—À
In preparing the Tipulidae part for the Catalogue of the Australian/Oceanian
Diptera, to be published by the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, a number of
species names turned out to be preoccupied. The new names proposed for these species
are as follows:
Tipula vanewrighti nom. nov. for Tipula lateralis Walker, 1848: 70, preoccupied by
Meigen, 1818: 174.
Named after Richard I. Vane-Wright in honour of his work on Holorusia and
related genera (Vane-Wright, 1967). This north-west Australian species was assigned to
Holorusia by Vane-Wright, but was provisionally placed in Tipula (Acutipula) by
Dobrotworsky, 1974.
Nephrotoma walkeri nom. nov. for Pachyrrhina tenuis Walker, 1865: 106, preoccupied
by Loew, 1863: 297.
The highest number of insect species, described by one man, Francis Walker, is
about 20,000. Large numbers of insect species were described as well by Maurice Pic
(c. 15,000), Edward Meyrick (c. 15,000), Charles P. Alexander (c. 11,000), Edmund
Reiter (c. 10,000), Johann C. Fabricius (9-10,000) and Thomas L. Casey (9-10,000).
Limonia (Dicranomyia) pictithorax ssp. veenmani nom. nov. for Dicranomyia pictithorax
ssp.argentifera Alexander, 1924: 565, preoccupied by de Meijere, 1911: 29.
Named after the Veenman word processor on which the Tipulidae part for the
above mentioned catalogue was written. {
Limonia (Discobola) milleri nom. nov. for Tipula fumipennis Hudson, 1892: 48, pre-
occupied by Butler, 1875: 355.
Named after David Miller for his work on New Zealand entomology.
Limonia (Libnotes) subfasciatula nom. nov. for Libnotes subfasciata Edwards, 1926:
137, preoccupied by Alexander, 1924: 563.
References
Alexander, C. P., 1924. New or little-known Tipulidae (Diptera). XXIII. Australasian
species. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9)13: 561-579.
Butler, A. G., 1875. Contributions to the Diptera of New Zealand. Cist. Ent. 1: 355-356.
Dobrotworsky, N. V., 1974. The Tipulidae (Diptera) of Australia. XI. The genera
Holo usia Loew, Tipula Linnaeus, Nephrotoma Meigen, Megistocera Wiede-
mann and Brachypremna Osten Sacken. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 25: 63-74.
Edwards, F. W., 1926. Fauna Buruana Diptera. Suborder Nematocera. Treubia 7: 134-
144.
Hudson, G. V., 1892. An elementary manual of New Zealand entomology. Being an
introduction to the study of our native insects. 128 pp. Newman, London.
Loew, H., 1863. Diptera Americae septentrionalis indigena. Centauria quarta. Berl, ent.
Z. 7: 275-326.
Meigen, J. W., 1818. Systematische Beschreibungen der bekannten europdischen zwei-
flügeligen Insekten. 1: xxxvi, 332 pp. Forstmann, Aachen.
50 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986
de Meijere, J. C. H., 1911. Studien über Südostasiatiache Dipteren. V. Tijdschr. Ent.
54: 21-79.
Vane-Wright, R. L, 1967. A re-assessment of the genera Holorusia Loew (7 Ctenacros-
celis Enderlein), Ischnotoma Skuse and Zelandotipula Alexander (Diptera:
Tipulidae) with notes on their phylogeny and biogeography. J. nat. Hist.
4: 511-547.
Walker, F., 1848. List of specimens of dipterous insects in the collection of the British
Museum. (part). 2: 231-484, 3: 485-687, 4: 688-1172. British Museum,
London. А н
Walker, F., 1865. Descriptions of new species of the dipterous insects of New Guinea.
J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. 8: 102-130.
BOOK REVIEW
Biological Control in Agricultural IPM Systems edited by Marjorie A. Hoy and Donald
C. Herzog. Pub. August, 1985. 589 pages, case bound. Academic Press, Florida
and London. Price US$49.50.
Ever since the spectacular early successes of classical biological control of insect
pests and weeds the approach of augmenting or conserving natural enemies in agricultural
systems has been enthusiastically researched as a component of integrated pest manage-
ment (IPM) systems.
This book arose out of a symposium of the same name held at the Citrus Research
and Education Centre, University of Florida, June 4-6, 1984. Its aim was not simply to
discuss aspects of biological control but in the words of the editors to “scrutinise very
carefully the current status of biological control in our agricultural IPM systems . . .”.
The book is thus not simply a compendium of biological control research but attempts
to determine why, despite being viewed as a cornerstone of IPM, research on biological
control has so rarely been implemented.
In its 31 chapters the book provides an extensive overview of the current state of
biological control of arthropods, weeds, nematodes and plant pathogens in IPM systems
and of research techniques applicable to many aspects of the field. After a general
introduction (4 chapters) covering historical aspects of biological control, the current
status of IPM in agriculture and cost-benefit analyses, there are sections on biological
control of arthropods (14 chapters), weeds (2 chapters), plant pathogens (4 chapters)
and nematodes (1 chapter). Finally the current status and limits to biological control are
examined in five representative cropping systems; citrus, vineyards, alfalfa, cotton and
soybean. Despite this multitude of chapters and authors, the editors have done an
excellent job in limiting overlap in subject matter. Topics covered include: the inter-
action of biological control with resistant crop varieties and selective pesticides; improved
establishment, recognition of biotypes and genetic improvement of natural enemies;
estimating the abundance and impact of natural enemies and their incorporation into
crop/pest models. In addition some chapters provide critical analyses of current systems
based on augmentation of predators and parasites and cost-benefit analyses of IPM and
biological control programs in general. As well as providing comprehensive reviews of
particular areas each chapter lists specific recommendations for future research, develop-
ment and implementation of biological control systems.
Although the chapters are too numerous to summarise individually some high-
lights are an historical account by Huffaker in which he laments that “Тат more has been
said about the possibilities than about proven, large-scale commercial utilization" of
biological control systems. Herzog and Funderbunk provide an interesting discussion of
interaction between biological control and other elements of IPM systems such as
resistant plant cultivars and cultural practices. They point out that augmentation of
natural enemies may not always be compatible with strategies which alter the physical or
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986 51
chemical properties of the crop plant. King et al provide a thorough and critical
analysis of 8 systems based on the augmentation of predators and parasites. They
demonstrate that despite technical feasability, the economics of augmentative releases
are rarely addressed and often prove unacceptable relative to alternative systems based
on pesticides.
Overall the book provides a useful coverage of current research directions but
also emphasises the need for future funding, research and most importantly implement-
ation of biological control as a component of IPM systems. Although dealing exclusively
with US systems, the approaches and literature reviews should be of value to many
workers in this field and to entomologists with a general interest in pest dynamics and
control.
G. P. FITT
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
ATTIA, Е. I., HAMILTON, J. T. and FRANZMANN, В. A.
1979. Carbamate resistance in a field strain of Myzus persicae (Sulzer) (Hemiptera:
Aphididae). Сеп. appl. Ent. 11: 24-26. 1 table.
ATTIA, F. I., SHIPP, E. and SHANAHAN, С. J.
1979. Selection response of a resistant strain of Plodia interpunctella (Hubner) (Lep-
idoptera: Pyralidae) to malathion. Gen. appl. Ent. 11: 46-48, 2 tables.
1979. Anautosterilization technique for the Australian sheep blowfly Lucilia cuprina
(Wied.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae). Сел. appl. Ent. 11: 27-30, 1 text-fig.
BISHOP, A. L. and HOLTKAMP, R. H.
1980. Heliothis species on three yarieties of lucerne infested with blue-green aphid
Acyrthosiphon kondoi Shinji. Gen. appl. Ent. 12: 10-12, 2 tables.
CHADWICK, C. E. and NIKITIN, M. 1.
1979. Insects and other invertebrates intercepted in quarantine in New South Wales. ,
Part 3. New records for the years 1966-1969. Gen. appl. Ent. 11: 51-56.
Psocoptera, Hemiptera, Coleoptera, Hymenoptera
CLIFT, A. D.
1979. Activity of chlordimeform hydrochloride and amitraz mixtures with Bacillus
thuringiensis against Heliothis armigera (Hubner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).
Gen. appl. Ent. 11: 21-23, 1 table.
CLIFT, A. D., LOUDON, B. J. and TOFFOLON, R. B.
1980. Occurrence of paedogenetic cecidomyiids (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) in casing
layer materials used in the Australian mushroom industry. Ger. appl. Ent. 12:
49-50, 1 table.
FLETCHER, M. J.
1979. Notes on Australian Flatidae (Homoptera: Fulgoroidea) including a new syn-
onymy. Gen. appl. Ent. 11: 67-71, text-figs 1-12.
GOODWIN, S.
1982. Chemical control of bunch mite, Brevipalpus lewsii McGregor (Tenuipalpidae),
on grapes in New South Wales. Gen. appl. Ent. 14: 41-44, 4 tables.
GOODWIN, S., GOODYER, G. and RYALL, K.
1982. Chemical control of Desiantha diversipes (Pascoe) (Curculionidae: Erirrhininae)
on strawberry runners. Gen. appl. Ent. 14: 52-56, 4 tables.
GOODYER, G. J.
1982. Laboratory assessment of insecticides against the common armyworm, Myth-
imna convecta (Walker), and southern army worm, Persectania ewingii (West-
wood) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Gen. appl. Ent. 14: 33-34, 1 table.
52 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4), July, 1986
HOUSTON, K. J.
1983. Inheritance of colour pattern in Phrynocaria gratiosa (Mulsant) (Coleoptera:
Coccinellidae). Сел. appl. Ent. 15: 19-30, 2 tables, text-figs 1-20.
WELLS, A.
1983. New species in the Australian Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera), with observations
on relationships and distributions. Aust. J. Zool. 31(4): 629-649, text-figs 1-46.
1984. Hydroptila Dalman and Orthotrichia Eaton (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae) from
the islands of New Guinea and New Britain, with observations on relation-
ships. Aust. J. Zool. 32(2): 261-282, text-figs 1-50.
WILLIAMS, Geoff
1981. Records of the carrion beetle Diamesus osculans Vigor (Silphidae: Coleoptera)
from New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4): 47.
1982. A note on Buprestidae (Coleoptera) observed at lights. Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6): 81.
WILLIAMS, G. A. and WILLIAMS, T.
1982. A survey of the Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae and Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera: Scar-
abaeidae) from small wet forests of coastal New South Wales. Part 1: Nowra
to Newcastle. Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4): 42-48, 2 tables, 1 text-fig.
1983. A survey of the Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae and Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) from small wet forests of coastal New South Wales, Part 2:
Barrington Tops to the Combyne Plateau. Victorian Nat. 100(1): 25-30, table
1, text-figs 1 & 2.
1983. A list of the Buprestidae (Coleoptera) of the Sydney basin, New South Wales,
with adult food plant records and biological notes on food plant associations.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6): 81-93, 3 tables, 1 text-fig.
1983. A survey of the Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae and Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) from small wet forests of coastal New South Wales, Part 3:
Buladelah to Taree. Victorian Nat. 100(3): 98-105, text-figs 1-3.
1983. A survey of the Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae and Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) from small wet forests of coastal New South Wales, Part 4:
Lansdowne State Forest. Victorian Nat. 100(4): 146-154, text-figs 1 & 2,
pls 1-3, tables 1-3.
1984. A survey of the Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae and Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) from small wet forests of coastal New South Wales, Part 5:
littoral rainforests from Myall Lakes to Crowdy Bay National Park. Victorian
Nat. 101(3): 127-135, 2 tables, text-figs 1-3.
WILSON, C. G. and SWINCER, D. E.
1984. Hyperparasitism of Therioaphis trifolii f. maculata (Homoptera: Aphididae) in
South Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(1): 47-50, 2 tables, 1 text-fig.
WILSON, L. T., BOOTH, D. R. and MORTON, R.
1983. The behavioural activity and vertical distribution of the cotton harlequin bug
Tectocoris diophthalmus (Thunberg) (Heteroptera: Scutelleridae) on cotton
plants in a glasshouse. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 22(4): 311-317, 4 tables, text-figs 1-3.
WOOD, G. A.
1981 First record of Apaturina erminea (Cramer) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) from
Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1): 16.
1984. The early stages of Philiris fulgens kurandae Waterhouse and Philiris diana
papuana Wind and Clench (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6):
81-83, text-figs 1-4.
1984. The life history of Chaetocneme porphyropis (Meyrick and Lower) (Lepidopt-
era: Hesperiidae: Pyrginae). Aust. ent. Mag. 11(1): 11-12, text-figs 1 & 2.
WOODROFF, S. and MAJER, J. D.
1981. Colonisation of ants on the exposed banks of the Canning Dam Reservoir.
Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4): 41-46, 3 tables.
ZALUCKI, Myron P.
1981. Temporal and spatial vatiation of parasitism in Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepid-
optera: Nymphalidae: Danainae). Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1): 3-8, 3 tables, 1 text-fig.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter cr reject notices.
FOR SALE. Malaysian beetles, butterflies and other insects. 1986 catalogue
A$2.00. K. P. Yeh, P.O. Box 470. 30750 Ipoh, Malaysia.
FOR SALE. Entomological journals and books. Write to J. Cl. Herremans,
P.O. Box 291, Manly, N.S.W. 2095.
DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER
We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely
used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.
$12.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
As’ few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered
in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels. Thus, an order may contain,
for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies
of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively
an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.
Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.
Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will only be accepted if a minimumof 50 reprints is purchased. Reprints
are charged at the following rates per page: $17 for 50 copies, $21 for100 copies and
$28 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS |
BOCK, I. R. A new species of Liodrosophila Duda (Diptera:
Drosophilidae) ey. eure н ORITUR Care
DUCKWORTH, B. G. and McLEAN, J. Notes on a collection of
butterflies from the islands of the Great Barrier Reef, Queens- 1
land TS E O.
MOULDS, M. S. The hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of
Ghristmas sland sel ndiatin © Ce a0 E 37
OOSTERBROEK, Pjotr New species names in Tipulidae (Diptera).... 49
BOOK REVIEW-Biological control in agricultural IPM systems ..... 50
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA, Fascicle 7 (pp. 101-
116): Lucanidae (cont.); Trogidae; Scarabaeidae (part) . . centre liftout
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds ........... 51
ENTOMOLOGIGATANOTIGES Big EE inside back cover
THE CHAMBERS x v 1
. . ct 1. H
Rainforest Holiday Apartment ^" p
Lake Eacham, Atherton Tablelands, N.Q. «d A
Modern, spacious, fully self contained, 3 bedroom unit,
sleeps 5 in comfort, Surrounded by rainforest, Collect
butterflies, moths, beetles and other tropical insects at
your apartment door. Write for free brochure or ring.
Ph. (070) 95 3754 P.O. Box 87, Yungaburra, М.О. 4872
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614
Sub-branch 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972
We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive
range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books.
MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY
WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES
yi WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE
Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has access
to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one
day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome by
advance arrangement and accommodation is availableat both the Institute and branch
station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo; and transport
may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with other
institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea.
ISSN 0311-1881
AUSTRALIAN | ^
ENTOMOLOGICA
MAGAZINE
Aust. ent. Mag.
ч.
` йш:
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 13, PARTS 5, 6
FEBRUARY, 1987
, Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$16.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
$A17.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£ 8.50) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$20.00 (US$15.00 or Stg.£10.50) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Andrew Atkins
Hesperilla mastersi mastersi Waterhouse, 1900 (9). This handsome
skipper is distributed from southern Queensland to eastern Victoria, where
it is restricted to temperate and subtropical rainforests and dense coastal
thickets on cliff slopes. Adults fly from September to March but probably
only have one generation each year. The semi-spherical eggs are laid singly
beneath young leaves of the foodplant, Gahnia melanocarpa that grows in
dark gullies. The brightly striped larvae and elongate pupae are found in
tube-shaped leaf shelters within the foodplant and attached debris.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 436-3972
Printed by
Drawing Office Printers Pty. Ltd.
253 Condamine St, Balgowlah,
N.S.W. 2093
Australian Entomolgéical Kal
Magazine [2
Aust. ent. Mag.
5 1МАЕ 1987
y
M — Ó
Volume 13, Parts 5, 6 Éébruany, 1982/7
THE LIFE HISTORY OF TRAPEZITES IACCHOIDES WATERHOUSE
AND TRAPEZITES PHIGALIOIDES WATERHOUSE
(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE: TRAPEZITINAE)
By Andrew Atkins
45 Caldwell Avenue, Dudley, New South Wales 2290
Abstract
The early stages of Trapezites iacchoides Waterhouse and Trapezites phigalioides
Waterhouse are described and illustrated. The skippers are briefly compared with other
closely related species of Trapezites.
Introduction
Trapezites iacchoides Waterhouse (Figs 12, 13) and Trapezites phigal-
ioides Waterhouse (Figs 27, 28) are found in the cool-temperate Eucalyptus
woodlands of the Great Dividing Range of eastern Australia, from the New
South Wales/Queensland border to Victoria. The species are generally
montane butterflies in the northern part of their range. Both are univoltine,
the adults flying from September to January.
The mature larva and pupa of T. phigalioides were described by
Common and Waterhouse (1981) and the life history of T. iacchoides was
previously unknown.
Trapezites iacchoides Waterhouse, 1903.
(Figs 1-15)
Foodplant. Lomandra sp., family Xanthorrhoeaceae.
Egg. (Figs 1, 2, 14, 15). Diam. 1.4 mm, dome-shaped, pale green when first
laid, changing in 2 days to cream coloured with orange-brown dorsal and
lateral markings; 19-21 prominent vertical ribs.
Larva, (Figs 3-7). Ist instar (Fig. 3): length 3.5 mm; head shiny black, pale
setae on frons and dorsal area; prothoracic plate black; body pale straw-
coloured with orange-brown dorsal and dorso-lateral lines; long pale setae on
posterior segments. 2nd-5th instars (Ath instar Figs 4-7): head dark brown
with several light brown spots and 2 elongated pale patches extending
dorsally to frons; body pale grey-green to brown with darker mottling
forming a dorsal and 2 dorso-lateral lines along length of body; body setae
short and clubbed (Fig. 7).
54 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
Figs 1-13. Life history of Trapezites iacchoides Waterhouse: (1, 2) egg; (3) 1st instar
larva; (4-6) mature larva; (7) larval setae; (8, 10, 11) pupa; (9) pupal setae;
(12) adult male, upperside and underside, from Sydney; (13) adult female,
upperside and underside, from Barrington Tops.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 55
Er £^
ЕС |
14 i
T "3
UA
idm Sf
15!
Figs 14, 15. SEM photograph of egg detail: (14) Trapezites iacchoides egg from Sydney;
(15) Trapezites iacchoides egg from Barrington Tops. Magnification x500.
Pupa. (Figs 8-11). Length 24 mm; pale brown with darker brown spots
covering abdominal segments; cremaster dark brown; thorax covered with
dark brown spots with 2 roughly crescent-shaped dark markings at posterior
and wedge-shaped dark markings at anterior edge; wing-cases marked with
dark brown spots along wing venation; pupal cap sclerotized with a short,
bifid projection and covered in waxy 'bloom' which variably extends
posteriorly to wing-cases, thorax and abdominal segments; pupal setae (Fig.
9) simple to ‘fish-tailed’ and covering body, especially on posterior segments.
56 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
Trapezites phigalioides Waterhouse, 1903.
(Figs 16-28)
Foodplant. Lomandra sp., family Xanthorrhoeaceae.
Egg. (Figs 16, 17). Diam. 1.2 mm, dome-shaped, pale green when first laid,
orange pattern less prominent than that of T. iacchoides; 18-20 ribs.
Larva. (Figs 18-22). Ist instar (Fig. 18): length 3 mm, similar to 7: iacchoides.
2nd-5th instars (4th instar, Figs 19-22) similar to Т. iacchoides; head covered
(mainly dorsal area) with irregular pale brown spots; body with a dorsal and
dorso-lateral dark line (mature larva described by Common and Waterhouse,
1981).
Pupa. (Figs 23-26). Length 20 mm; pale brown with darker brown spots;
cremaster dark brown; thorax with wedge-shaped dark markings at anterior
edge and two dorso-lateral dark brown bands, narrow centrally; wing-cases
and waxy ‘bloom’ similar to that of T. iacchoides; pupal setae (Fig. 24)
simple.
Notes
Field observations of Trapezites iacchoides were made at Sydney and
Barrington Tops, New South Wales, and those of Trapezites phigalioides at
Honeysuckle Creek, Australian Capital Territory. Eggs were obtained by
caging adult females from these localities in net-covered pots containing
various species of Lomandra. The eggs were laid at random on the leaves,
debris and netting and hatched within 16 days. The larvae readily accepted
Lomandra filiformis (Thunb.), Lomandra glauca (R. Br) Ewart, Lomandra
multiflora (R. Br) Britten and Lomandra longifolia Labill. The larvae fed
regularly at night during late summer and autumn, but less frequently during
cold weather in winter. The larvae rested during the day in silk-woven
shelters within the foodplant, and the later instars made shelters of debris,
densly lined with silk, at the base of the plant where pupation occured. The
pupal stage lasted'approximatelv 2 weeks. Males tended to emerge earlier in
the season than females.
The adults of both species are active in bright warm weather, flying
swiftly and low across sunlit glades. They frequent the flowers of Pimelia spp.
and wild raspberry. Males normally ‘hill-top’ but at Barrington Tops both
males and females of T. iacchoides rest, during warm cloudy weather, on
stones and road-tracks. Oviposition of this species was not recorded, though
females at Sydney were seen to flutter around L. glauca. A female of
T. phigalioides was observed ovipositing on an unidentified Lomandra seedling
at Honeysuckle Creek. Common and Waterhouse (1981) record L. filiformis
as the larval foodplant of this species at the Boyd River, New South Wales.
57
Aust. ent. Мад. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
Figs 16-28. Life history of Trapezites phigalioides Waterhouse: (16, 17) egg; (18) 1st
instar larva; (19-21) mature larva; (22) larval setae; (23, 25, 26) pupa;
(24) pupal setae; (27, 28) adult male and female, upperside and underside,
from Honeysuckle Creek.
58 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
Comments
The life histories of Trapezities iacchoides and Trapezites phigalioides
are typical for this genus and very similar to those of Trapezites maheta
(Hewitson) and Trapezites praxedes (Plotz). These four species were originally
considered to be a single species (see Waterhouse, 1912 and Sands er. al.,
1984). Comparison of both adult and juvenile morphology and habitats of
these skippers indicate that they comprise a distinctive species group within
the genus, with Trapezites phigalia (Hewitson) their closest ally.
T. maheta and T. praxedes are confined to northern and southern
coastal or near-coastal sclerophyll forests of eastern Australia at elevations
below 500 m. Both are bivoltine. 7. iacchoides and T. phigalioides are
single-brooded, and are more common at an elevation from 300 m to 1400 m
and are generally very local in occurrence. In some localities both species are
found together, but Т. iacchoides appears to prefer higher rainfall zones on
hill-slopes or near elevated swamps.
Variation
There are significant differences in the early.stages of Trapezites
iacchoides from Sydney and those from Barrington Tops. These differences
can be seen in the rib-structure of the eggs (Figs 14, 15). The larval head
and pupa of specimens reared from Sydney are more strongly marked and
the adults from montane northern New South Wales are larger and more
brightly patterned. Similarly, adults of Т. phigalioides from northern New
South Wales and southern Queensland are larger than specimens from southern
New South Wales, the Australian Capital Territory and eastern and western
Victoria.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Mr M. S. Moulds and Mr G. Daniels for field assistance
at Sydney and to Mr G. Weber, University of Newcastle for the Scanning
Electron Microscope photographs.
References
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Sands, D. P. A., Miller, C. C. G., Kerr, J. F. R. and Atkins, A. F., 1984. The specific
status of Trapezites praxedes (Plotz) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae): previously
considered to be subspecies of T. maheta (Hewitson). Aust. ent. Mag. 11(2):
27-33.
Waterhouse, G. A., 1912. Descriptions of and notes on some Australian Hesperidae.
Victorian Nat. 28(12): 223-228.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 59
NOTES ON THE BEHAVIOUR AND NESTS OF AN AUSTRALIAN
MASARID WASP PARAGIA (PARAGIA) DECIPIENS DECIPIENS
SHUCKARD (HYMENOPTERA: VESPOIDEA: MASARIDAE)
By I. D. Naumann and J. C. Cardale
CSIRO, Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601
Abstract
Females of P. decipiens excavated turretless nests in hard clay at Fowlers Gap in
arid, western New South Wales. Females alighted on water surfaces and imbibed water
for use in softening the nest substrate. Nests were provisioned with pollen of Eucalyptus
camaldulensis. Males were attracted to nest entrances, water and honeydew.
Introduction
As far as is known, most non-Australian species of masarid wasps are
like solitary bees in that they provision their nests with pollen and nectar
(Richards, 1962; Gess and Gess, 1980). Species of only one of the masarid
subfamilies, the Nearctic Euparagiinae, are predatory (Clement and Grissell,
1968) as are all other Vespoidea. Carpenter (1982) has argued that the
Masaridae sensu Richards (1962) is a paraphyletic group, and that the
Euparagiinae is the sister-group to all other vespoids.
All Australian species of Masaridae belong in the subfamily Masarinae
(sensu Richards, 1962) and most are poorly known biologically. Wilson (1869)
observed females of Paragia (Paragia) smithii Saussure entering turreted burr-
ows in the ground, and Richards (1968) noted flower-visiting by two species
of Riekia Richards, but the only detailed descriptions of nesting sites and nest
structures are those of Houston (1984), for Paragia (Paragia) tricolor Smith.
Although rarely collected, masarids can be locally abundant, particularly
around pools of water in otherwise arid regions. Such a congregation of
masarids was drawn to our attention in 1981 by Dr J. М. E. Anderson, of the
University of New South Wales, who had collected large numbers of four
species of Paragia [P. (Paragia) decipiens decipiens Shuckard, P. smithii, P.
(Paragiella) odyneroides Smith, and an undescribed species] at Fowlers Gap
Arid Zone Research Station in western New South Wales. Our observations
on the first of these species (referred to below as P. decipiens) were made at
Fowlers Gap during 1981 and 1982, and complement Houston's (1984)
account of P. (P.) tricolor. P. decipiens is a medium sized masarid (body
length 12-17 mm), with known distribution as shown in Fig. 4.
Study site
Observations were made at the headquarters of the Fowlers Gap Arid
Zone Research Station (31705'S, 141?42'E), approximately 100 km NNE
of Broken Hill. The Station has an average annual rainfall of 240 mm, which
is evenly distributed throughout the year. Rainfall is unreliable and often
occurs as brief showers which do not moisten the soil to depths below 6 mm
(see Specht, 1972). November-March temperatures generally fluctuate between
12-22° (daily minimum) and 30-40°С (daily maximum); whereas May-Sept-
ember temperatures lie between 2-9?C and 17-28?C.
Fig. 1. Nesting areas (arrowed) of P. decipiens decipiens at Fowlers Gap, New South
Wales.
Nests of P. decipiens were located in disturbed areas adjacent to
buildings, in areas of low grass and herbs where a few species of eucalypts
had been planted, and in an earth road adjacent to a creek (Fig. 1; creek
flanked by a woodland formation dominated by Eucalyptus camaldulensis
Dehnh). The study area was surrounded by treeless shrubland in which no
masarid nests were discovered.
Adult wasps were observed in the above areas and around pools of the
creek, a man-made earth dam, and a tiled swimming pool in the grounds ofthe
Research Station. Observations were made during the periods 29 November-
2 December, 1981, and 8-10 December 1982.
Female behaviour
Water visiting
Adult females of P. decipiens alighted on the surface of water in natural |
pools in the creek bed, in the earth dam and in the swimming роо]. The |
relatively muddy waters of the creek bed and dam, and the clear, chlorinated
water of the swimming pool appeared to be equally attractive to wasps. A few
|
|
1.91 MR OG M ————A—Á wa ———— Ts r. à
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 61
dead wasps floated on the surface of the swimming pool but not on the
surface of water in the creek bed or in the dam. Possibly these wasps were
killed by the chlorinated water. On the other hand, we observed that occasion-
ally the wings of wasps accidentally came in contact with the surface of the
water and were held there. Wasps trapped in this way could neither fly nor
scale the vertical, smooth, tiled walls of the pool. The banks of the creek-bed
pools and dam sloped gradually and we observed that wasps which were
trapped temporarily by surface tension would eventually drift to these banks,
gain a footing and escape.
Water surfaces were frequented by four species of Masaridae (see list
above) and several species of Eumenidae and Sphecidae. АП masarids and
eumenids drank with the body horizontal, with their tarsi and at least part of
the metasoma in contact with'the water. Sphecids drank with the long body
axis at least 30°above the horizontal.
On taking off after drinking, adults of P. decipiens sometimes dragged
the apex of the metasoma in the water for a horizontal distance of 10-20 cm.
Presumably, P. decipiens carries water in the crop, as do other vespoid wasps.
Adults of P. decipiens frequented water from about 10 am to about 3 pm.
Nest excavation
The following notes are based on interrupted observations of one
female in 1981. An excavation cycle consisted of:—
(i) An absence from the nest of 55-120 seconds (average 89 seconds,
n 7 9). The female left the nest and flew towards the earth dam and
presumably imbibed water there. Several brief absences (up to 20
seconds) were also observed. These might have been short orientation
flights in the immediate vicinity of the nest. Several longer absences
(more than 13 minutes) were not explained.
(i) 2-5 intervals, each of 15-62 seconds (average 34 seconds, n = 48)
spent underground. A mud pellet was discarded from the nest at the
end of each of these intervals. Presumably the female regurgitated
water from the crop to soften the hard clay. Mud pellets were discarded
in two different ways:—
(a) the female emerged from the nest, flew 15-30 cm from its
entrance, dropped the pellet, and returned to the nest (total
duration: 1-2 seconds);
(b) the female dropped the pellet 1.0-1.5 m from the nest entrance as
it flew off towards the dam, thus completing an excavation cycle.
Pollen collection
Adult females were collected at flowers of E. camaldulensis but not at
flowers of another unidentified species of Eucalyptus or those of small shrubs
in the vicinity. Pollen in the only larval food mass removed from a nest was
of the one type and microscopically matched pollen sampled from Ё.
camaldulensis. Pollen was carried in the crop of the female and, judging from
62 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
the size of the crop and the size of the larval food mass, several provisioning
journeys would have been necessary to build up the pollen mass.
Male behaviour
Males of P. decipiens alight on water surfaces and drink in company
with females. On one occasion a male attempted to mate with a female on
the ground near the swimming pool. Several males spent long periods (up to
20 minutes) on the ground watching open nest entrances.
Large numbers of males of P. decipiens (as well as both sexes of many
other Hymenoptera) were attracted to new growth on one unidentified
eucalyptus tree growing near the swimming pool. Apparently the wasps were
seeking honeydew produced by cicadellid nymphs. Female masarids were not
attracted in the same way.
Nests
Several short, vertical burrows (depth 4-5 cm) were located within 5 m
of the swimming pool. One of these contained a dead female of P. decipiens.
Sites of active nests were 50-300 m from water and flowering EF.
camaldulensis, in hard, compacted clay.
Five active nests were excavated. One contained a single larval cell but
four had no cells. Each nest consisted of a vertical shaft, which was circular in
cross-section and narrowed quickly to a diameter of 5-7 mm (Fig. 2). Four
of the five shafts had a slight bend 5-10 cm below the surface. The inner
surfaces of the shaft were smooth. The horizontal larval cell was connected to
the vertical shaft by a very short, open access shaft. The cell (including the
access shaft) was approximately 23 mm long and attained a maximum
diameter of 9 mm near the rounded blind end. The walls of the cell were 1-2
mm thick, apparently of compacted clay, and large fragments could be
removed from the surrounding, softer matrix. The inner surfaces of the walls
were smooth and unlined. The entrances to the nests were approximately
10 mm in diameter and were either exposed (Fig. 5) or (more commonly)
concealed by a leaf or rock (Figs 6, 7). Entrances were not surmounted by
turrets (Fig. 3). However, where entrances were concealed beneath leaves or
rocks, the shaft was extended above ground level as an incomplete, thin-
walled tube (Fig. 2).
The larval food mass was a soft, yellow, moist, irregularly-shaped loaf
on which the larva fed externally. The only larva collected has been preserved
in the Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra.
Natural enemies
A species of Anthrax Scopoli (Diptera: Bombyliidae) and one of
Hyptiogaster Kieffer (Hymenoptera: Gasteruptiidae) entered nests of P.
decipiens (several observations of each) but neither was confirmed to be a
parasite of P. decipiens. Twenty-five per cent (n = 24) of adult females and
13% (n = 54) of adult males were stylopised. Stylopised specimens have been
preserved in the Australian National Insect Collection.
Aust. ent. Мад. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 63
Figs 2-7. P. decipiens decipiens: (2) nest with c
oncealed entrance and larval cell, vertical
section; (3) exposed nest entrance, vertical section; (4) distribution map;
(5, 6, 7) nest entrances (arrowed).
64 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
Abundance
P. decipiens was abundant at Fowlers Gap during December, 1979. Up
to 150 adults were present simultaneously around the swimming pool (Anders-
On, pers. comm.; unpub. photographs). During our 1981 visit, 30 adults at most
were present at the pool at any one time. In 1982 there were five at most.
Discussion
In alighting on the water surface to drink, P. decipiens behaves similarly
to P. smithii and P. odyneroides (Naumann, pers. obs.) and several South
African masarid species [Ceramius capicola Brauns, Ceramius linearis Klug
and Ceramius lichtensteineii (Klug)] reported on by Gess and Gess (1980).
Jugurtia confusa Richards, another South African masarid, stands on mud at
the edge of water to drink (Gess and Gess, 1980). C. capicola, C. lichtenstein-
eii, J. confusa and P. decipiens all have water collection intervals of about the
same duration. P. decipiens excavates and discards each mud pellet from the
nest 2-4 times more quickly than Ceramius spp. (Gess and Gess, 1980).
P. decipiens disposes of pellets over a wide area, always more than 15 cm
from the nest entrance, as do C. lichtensteineii and J. confusa. Presumably
widely dispersed pellets do not draw the attention of parasites to nest
entrances. In contrast, C. capicola deposits pellets in a discrete area much
closer to the nest entrance. Houston (1984) did not describe water collection
or pellet disposal by P. tricolor females.
The general structure of the nest of P. decipiens is similar to that of
P. tricolor (Houston, 1984) and those of most of the investigated non-
Australian, ground-nesting masarids (Gess and Gess, 1980). However, in P.
tricolor the entrance is extended above ground level by a mud turret. Nests of
two other Australian masarids, Rolandia maculata (Meade-Waldo) and an
undescribed species of Riekia, also appear to be turretless (Houston, 1984),
а$ are most nests of J. confusa (Gess and Gess, 1980).
Compacted, clay turrets or funnels at the entrances of wasp nests
exclude at least some parasites (Smith, 1978) and, in the case of ground
nests, may also exclude wind-blown surface particles. Because of their fragile
construction, it is unlikely that they prevent flooding during rainstorms,
which seems to be the function of turrets surmounting gryllacridid burrows in
arid Australia (Morton and Rentz, 1983). The entrances to P. decipiens nests
are usually concealed. Perhaps, concealment confers the same protection
against parasites as does the turret in other species..
Nests of P. tricolor and non-Australian masarids are multi-celled. At
Fowlers Gap, the only nest of P. decipiens containing a larval cell was still
active, and it is possible that older nests of P. decipiens are multi-celled. Only
one female P. decipiens is associated with each nest. It is not known whether
nests are re-used by successive generations of wasps.
As far as is known, P. decipiens collects only E. camaldulensis pollen.
P. tricolor only collects pollen of either Eucalyptus calophylla R. Br. or
Eucalyptus cylindriflorà Maiden and Blakely, and Houston (1984) correlates
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 65
seasonality in P. tricolor activity with flowering periods of these two trees.
The larval food mass of P. decipiens is more soft and moist than that of
P. tricolor and lacks regular folds and annulations.
The apparent decline in the population of P. decipiens from 1979 to
1982 may be correlated with very low rainfall and increasing “drought”
conditions in the area. For successful nesting, Р. decipiens requires nesting
sites, water and pollen. In 1981 and 1982 at Fowlers Gap, none of these
requirements appeared to be a limiting factor, the swimming pool being filled
with bore water, and at least some E. camaldulensis being in flower. We
speculate that a minimum fall and soil penetration of rain is necessary to
stimulate or enable emergence of Р. decipiens from the subterranean cells in
which they have completed their larval and pupal development, and that this
minimum requirement was not generally met in the months prior to our 1981
and 1982 visits.
Acknowledgements
We thank Dr J. M. E. Anderson, University of N.S.W., Sydney, for drawing our
attention to the Fowlers Gap masarid populations; Dr C. Carter, Manager, Fowlers Gap
Research Station, for hospitality; Dr T. F. Houston, Western Australian Museum, Perth,
for pre-publication access to his manuscript on P. tricolor; Dr D. Н. Colless, CSIRO,
Canberra, for identification of Bombyliidae; the Bureau of Meterology, Canberra, for
weather data; Dr R. W. Taylor and Dr J. A. L. Watson, CSIRO, Canberra, for comments
on an earlier draft of this paper.
References
Carpenter, J. M., 1982. The phylogenetic relationships and natural classification of
Vespoidea (Hymenoptera). Syst. Ent. 7: 11-38.
Clement, S. L. and Grissell, E. E., 1968. Observations on the nesting habits of Euparagia
scutellaris Cresson (Hymenoptera: Masaridae). Pan-Pacif. Ent. 44: 34-37.
Gess, F. W. and Gess, S. K., 1980. Ethological studies of Jugurtia confusa Richards,
Ceramius capicola Brauns, C. linearis Klug and C. lichtensteineii (Klug) (Hym-
enoptera: Masaridae) in the Eastern Cape Province of South Africa. Ann. Cape
Prov. Mus. (nat. Hist.) 13(6): 63-83.
Houston, T. F., 1984. Bionomics of a pollen-collecting wasp, Paragia tricolor (Hymen-
optera: Vespidae: Masarinae) in Western Australia. Rec. W. Aust. Mus. 11:
141-151.
Morton, S. R. and Rentz, D. C. F., 1983. Ecology and taxonomy of fossorial, granivorous
gryllacridids (Orthoptera: Gryllacrididae) from arid central Australia. Aust. J.
Zool. 31: 557-579. à
Richards, O. W., 1962. A revisional study of the masarid wasps (Hymenoptera, Vespoideo).
British Museum (Natural History), London. 294 pp.
Richards, O. W., 1968. New records and new species of Australian Masaridae (Hymen-
optera: Vespoidea). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 7: 101-104. "MEA
Smith, A. P., 1978. An investigation of the mechanism underlying nest construction in
the mud wasp Paralastor sp. (Hymenoptera: Eumenidae). Anim. Behav. 26:
232-240.
Specht, К. L., 1972. The vegetation of South Australia. 2nd edition. A. B. James,
Adelaide. 328 pp.
Wilson, C. A., 1869. Extract from letter dated Adelaide, 21st April, 1869. Myrmelionidae
and mason wasps. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 1869(4): 17-18.
66 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
THE LIFE HISTORY OF APP/AS ADA CARIA WATERHOUSE AND
LYELL (LEPIDOPTERA: PIERIDAE: PIERINAE)
By G. A. Wood
P.O. Box 122, Atherton, N. Qld 4883
Abstract
The previously unrecorded life history of Appias ada caría Waterhouse and Lyell
is described and a food plant listed.
Introduction
The rare albatross, Appias ada caria Waterhouse and Lyell, is common
at times in the Iron Range area of North Queensland. Here I observed
specimens to fly rapidly along watercourses and regularly examine the foliage
of a trifoliolate plant. Examination of this plant, Crateva religiosa G. Forster,
Capparaceae, revealed ova and larvae.
Life history
Ovum. Spindle shaped, vertically ribbed, height 1 mm about twice width,
white, later turning orange.
First instar. Head white, smooth, shiny. Body green, finely haired, anal plate
brown, smooth, shiny. Length 1.8 mm.
Third instar. Head pale yellow-green, shiny. Body blue-green becoming yellow
toward the yellow anal plate and bearing continuous white line above the
prolegs, smooth, shiny. Head and body with blue conical tubercles. Length
10 mm.
Fifth instar (Fig. 1). Head pale yellow, shiny, rough. Body blue-green with
mid-dorsal yellow line and white line above prolegs. Head and body with
conical tubercles and bristles. Length 35 mm.
Pupa (Fig. 2). Yellow, smooth, shiny, with black dorsal and subdorsal spots,
a thin anterior spine with tip black and curved upwards, a strong dorsal
thoracic ridge, abdomen with segments 2 to 4 produced laterally into flat
black spines, those on 3 and 4 with white centres, cremaster translucent
white. Length 27 mm.
Foodplant. Crateva religiosa (Forst.) Capparidaceae.
Notes
Eggs are laid singly on the new growth of the foodplant. Larvae rest on
silken pads constructed on the midrib of a leaf. Only new growth is consumed
by the larvae, which perish if restricted to mature leaves. Pupae are suspended
beneath the leaves and branches of the foodplant. Adults may be common
after rain has produced a flush of new growth on the foodplants.
The life cycle takes approximately three weeks in the summer months;
egg four days, larva ten days, pupa six days.
А. ada caria ranges from the Dulcie River to MclIwraith Range, and
further south between Cape Tribulation and Daintree (Common and Water-
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 67
Figs 1,2. Appias ada caria Waterhouse and Lyell: (1) fifth instar larva; (2) pupa, dorsal
view.
house 1981). It is interesting to note that the larval food plant has a
similar distribution in Australia except that it is not recorded from the Cape
Tribulation/Daintree area.
Acknowledgement
I wish to thank Mr A. K. Irvine, Division of Forest Research, C.S.I.R.O.
Atherton, for identifying the food plant.
References
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. Pp. i-xiv, 1-682, illustr.
Hewson, H. J., 1982. Capparidaceae. In: Flora of Australia 8: 207-231.
68 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
THE OCCURRENCE IN AUSTRALIA OF CHTHONIUS TETRACHELATUS
(PREYSSLER) (PSEUDOSCORPIONIDA: CHTHONIIDAE)
By Mark S. Harvey
Division of Entomology, CSIRO, Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
Present address: Biological Survey Department, Museum of Victoria, 71 Victoria Cres.,
Abbotsford, Victoria, 3067.
Abstract
The introduced pseudoscorpion species Chthonius (Ephippiochthonius) tetrachel-
atus (Preyssler) is recorded from Australia for the first time based on specimens
collected in a suburban garden in Melbourne, Victoria.
Six genera of Chthoniidae have been recorded from Australia (Harvey
1981) and all of the species so far described appear to be endemic. Thus,
specimens of Chthonius tetrachelatus (Preyssler, 1790) recently collected
under rocks in a suburban garden in Melbourne, Victoria are of interest
because this cosmopolitan species has not previously been recorded from
Australia. It is widely distributed in Europe, North Africa, North America
(Vachon 1941a) and Argentina (Hoff 1950), and is often found in green-
houses and gardens (Jones 1980). Chthonius tetrachelatus has been described
several times in the literature (Hadži 1933; Vachon 1941a, 1941b; Dumitresco
and Orghidan 1964; Ćurčić 1972; Legg 1975), but an abbreviated description
of the Australian material is provided to allow for comparison with specimens
from other countries.
Terminology follows that of Chamberlin (1931).
Chthonius tetrachelatus (Preyssler)
Material examined: VICTORIA: Surrey Hills, 11 Sept. 1981, M. S. Harvey, under
rock in garden, 2 б, 3 9, 1 tritonymph (MH347.01-06), deposited in Museum of Victoria,
Abbotsford; same data except 9 Jan. 1982, 1 9 (MH356.01), deposited in Australian
National Insect Collection, Canberra.
Description: Pedipalps: femur 6.26-6.32 (d), 5.56-6.29 (9), tibia 1.95-2.14 (д),
1.96-2.00 (9), chela 5.41 (д), 4.92 (9) times longer than broad. Fixed chelal finger with
21-22 (9), 24-26 (9) teeth, the first 14-15 of which are separated by two to three times
the basal length of a tooth; moveable chelal finger with 17 (d), 18 (9) teeth, the first
six to seven widely spaced and separated by approximately three times the basal length
of a tooth; moveable chelal finger without proximal lamella but with a pronounced
apodeme. Anterior eyes corneate, posterior eyes represented by a white spot; separated
from each other by a little less than the diameter of one eye. Carapaceal chaetotaxy:
mm4mm: 6: 4: 2:2, occasionally extra microsetae (m) are present on anterior and posterior
rows (see below). Chaetotaxy of sternites II-IV: d, 10. (3)14-16/10(3): (2)7(2); 9,
10: (3)9-10(3): (2)7-8(2). Genitalia as described by Legg (1975) except for the distal
ends of the male dorsal apodeme which are blunt and irregularly serrate in the Australian
specimens but acuminate in Legg's figures.
Dimensions (mm) д (9): Pedipalps: femur 0.595-0.60/0.095 (0.64-0.66/0.105-
0.115), tibia 0.215-0.235/0.11 (0.25-0.26/0.125-0.13), chela 0.78-0.805/0.145 (0.865-
0.89/0.18), hand length 0.315-0.325 (0.37-0.385), moveable finger length 0.435-0.465
(0.48-0.50).
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 69
Discussion
The Australian material runs to C. tetrachelatus in Beier's (1963) key
to the European fauna (notwithstanding the uncertainty of couplet 65 where
one must determine the condition of the posterior eyes), and in most regards
the specimens fit the available descriptions. However, as currently defined
this species is extremely variable in size (e.g. pedipalpal femur length 0.48-
0.75 mm; see summary of published measurements in Ćurčić 1972) and the
possibility exists that more than one species has been confused under this
name.
The number of setae on the posterior carapaceal margin has been cited
as a specific character in the genus but considerable variation exists and this
character should be used with caution. The Australian material of C. tetrach-
elatus varies from two long setae (4 9). two long setae and one microseta
(1 d) to two long setae and two microsetae (1 d). Similar observations have
been made by Hadži (1933), Vachon (19412), Hoff (1951), Helversen (1966),
Nelson (1975) and Callaini (1979).
Chthonius tetrachelatus is currently the only species of the genus to be
recorded from Australia and is distinguished from all other known Australian
chthoniid species by the dorsal depression of the chelal hand slightly anterior
to trichobothria ib and isb (Vachon 1941a, fig. 14; Hoff 1949, fig. 14b), the
feature that is diagnostic of the subgenus Ephippiochthonius The genus
Chthonius is distinguished from the other genera known to occur in Australia
by the presence of short, pennate coxal spines on both coxae II and III.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank P. J. Gullan for reviewing the manuscript, Division of
Entomology, CSIRO for research facilities, and the Australian Biological
Resources Study for funds.
References
Beier, M., 1963. Ordnung Pseudoscorpionidea (Afterskorpione). Bestimmungsbücher
Bodenfauna Europas 1: 1-313.
Callaini, G., 1979. Notulae Chernetologicae. III. Gli pseudoscorpioni della Farma
(Arachnida). Redia 62: 339-354.
Chamberlin, J. C., 1931. The arachnid order Chelonethida. Stanford Univ. Publ., Univ.
Ser., Biol. Sci. 7: 1-284.
Ćurčić, B. P. M, 1972. Nouveaux pseudoscorpions cavernicoles de la Serbie et de la
Macedoine. Acta Mus. Mac. Sc. Nat., Skopje 12: 141-161.
Dumitresco, M. and Orghidan, T., 1964. Contribution a la connaissance des pseudoscor-
pions de la Dobroudja. 11€ note. Ann. Speleol. 19: 599-630.
Hadži, J., 1933. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pseudoskorpionen-Fauna des Küstenlandes.
Bull. Int. Acad. Jugosl. Sci. 27: 173-200.
Harvey, M. S., 1981. A checklist of the Australian Pseudoscorpionida. Bull. Br. arachnol.
Soc. 5: 237-252.
Helversen, О. von, 1966. Pseudoskorpione aus dem Rhein-Main-Gebist. Senckenbergiana
Biol. 47: 131-150.
Hoff, C. C., 1949. The pseudoscorpions of Illinois. Bull. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. 24: 413-498.
70 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
Hoff, C. C., 1950. Pseudoescorpionidos nuevos o poco conocidos de la Argentina
(Arachnida, Pseudoscorpionida). Arthropoda 1: 225-237.
Hoff, C. C., 1951. New species and records of chthoniid pseudoscorpions. Am. Mus.
Novit. 1483: 1-13.
Jones, P. E. (ed.), 1980. Provisional Atlas of the Arachnida of the British Isles. Part 1.
Pseudoscorpiones. Institute of Terrestrial Ecology: Huntingdon.
Legg, G., 1975. The genitalia and associated glands of five British species belonging to
the family Chthoniidae (Pseudoscorpiones: Arachnida). J. Zool. 177: 99-121.
Nelson, S. Jr, 1975. A systematic study of Michigan Pseudoscorpionida (Arachnida).
Am. Midl. Nat. 93: 257-301.
Preyssler, J. D. E., 1790. Verzeichniss Bohmischer Insekten. Prague.
Vachon, M., 1941a. Chthonius tetrachelatus P. (Pseudoscorpions) et ses formes immat-
ures (11€ note). Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. nat., Paris (2) 13: 442-449.
Vachon, M., 1941b. Chthonius tetrachelatus P. (Pseudoscorpions) et ses formes immat-
ures (2° note). Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. nat., Paris (2) 13: 540-547.
CORRECTIONS TO A. F. ATKINS, 1984, ‘A NEW GENUS ANT/PODIA
(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE: TRAPEZITINAE) WITH
COMMENTS ON ITS BIOLOGY AND RELATIONSHIPS’
By A. F. Atkins
Newcastle College of Advanced Education, Waratah, N.S.W.
The following corrections are given for my paper (Atkins, 1984).
Page 49—reference given for Couchman and Couchman should be ‘1977’ not
‘1978’.
Page 50, last paragraph—'Type. New South Wales:’ should read Type. SOUTH
AUSTRALIA: °.
On the same line ‘Adrossan’ should read ‘Ardrossan’.
Page 52, 4th paragraph, 3rd line—‘Hesperilla atralba dactyliota (Meyrick),
Miskin 1891' should read ‘Hesperilla dactyliota (Meyrick), Miskin 1891’.
Page 56, 3rd paragraph, line 5—*. . . and the small, bright subspecies from . . .'
should read‘... and small, bright specimens recorded from . . .".
4th paragraph—'The species assigned to Antipodia cannot be distingu-
ished by the larval and pupal characters to trapezitine, . . .' should read
‘Larval and pupal characters of the species assigned to Antipodia differ from
those of the trapezitine, . . .".
Page 58—references given for Couchman and Couchman should be ‘1977’ and
not ‘1978’,
I thank Mr L. E. Couchman for bringing to my notice some of these
errors and to Mr E. D. Edwards for advice and information.
Reference
Atkins, A. F., 1984. A new genus Antipodia (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae)
with comments on its biology and relationships. Aust. ent. Mag. 11(3): 45-58.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 71
NEW RECORDS OF SCARABAEIDAE (COLEOPTERA) FROM
CENTRAL AUSTRALIA
By P. G. Allsopp and R. J. Lloyd
Department of Primary Industries, P.O. Box 102, Toowoomba, Qld 4350
Abstract
New distribution records and collection notes are presented for 45 species of
Scarabaeidae collected in central Australia. Subfamilies represented are: Melolonthinae,
18 species; Aclopinae, 1 species; Dynastinae, 6 species; Rutelinae, 1 species; Scarabaeinae,
5 species; Aphodiinae, 1 species; Geotrupinae, 13 species.
Introduction
Central Australia lies within the area delimited by the 380mm isohyet of median
annual precipitation for the summer maximum rainfall areas and by the 255 mm isohyet
for the winter maximum or seasonal uniform rainfall areas in the south (Taylor and
Shurcliff 1983). The topography is typified by a number of distinct east-west ranges
forming an archipelago of more mesic habitats within a xeric sea of dune fields, sand
plains, gibber plains and salt flats. This suggests that the ranges may be important
resevoirs of biological diversity and also that they may function as refugia during
periods of increased aridity (Taylor and Shurcliff 1983).
In common with the range flora, the range fauna (and indeed the fauna of all
central Australia) has been collected only sporadically, with most collecting being
concentrated on the MacDonnell Ranges (Taylor and Shurcliff 1983). During the course
of two visits to central Australia (by the senior author in April 1978 and by both authors
in April-May 1982) scarabs were collected at a number of sites. The second visit we think
very important as it occurred 4-5 weeks after very heavy and wide-spread rainfall-153 mm
at Giles Weather Station for 26-28 March and 230 mm at Ayers Rock for 25-28 March.
Melolonthinae
Lepidiota squamulata Waterhouse
1, 20 km NW of Areyonga, N.T., 4.v.1982.
A very abraded and dark brown specimen found dead. This species is the most
widely distributed species of the genus in Australia and has previously been recorded
from three localities in central Australia (Britton 1978). The new record extends the
known Northern Territory distribution towards that of Western Australia.
Liparetrus semiatriceps Lea
1, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
Known from four localities in central Australia (Britton 1980). The present record
extends the distribution to the south and bridges the gap between the Coniston Station,
N.T., and Cossack-Millstream, W.A., records. The specimen was dead when found.
Liparetrus sp.
1, Docker River, N.T., 28.iv.1982.
An apparently new species (Britton pers. comm.) belonging to the rufipennis
species-group but it will not key out past couplet 195 (Britton 1980) as the antennae are
missing. Three other species of the rufipennis species-group, semiatriceps, distinctus Lea
and politus Britton, are known from the southern Northern Territory. The present
specimen was dead when found in a spiders web and is in poor condition. Further
specimens would be required before a new species could be described.
Colpochila rufocastanea (Lea)
12, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982; Wallara, N.T., 2.v.1982.
All specimens were dead when found. The type locality is the Peterman Ranges
(Lea 1930).
72 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
Colpochila spadix (Blackburn)
1, Alice Springs, N.T., 20.iv.1978.
Collected at light. Blackburn (1906) gives the type locality as the Murchison
district, N.W. Australia.
Colpochila sp. “р”
1, Marla Bore, S.A., 25.iv.1978; 3, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982.
АП specimens were attracted to light. The species is described by E. B. Britton
in his forthcoming revision of the genus.
وو“
I
Colpochila sp.
1, Curtin Springs, N.T., 23.iv.1978.
Although dead when collected, the specimen was fresh and apparently had been
attracted to light. It is to be described by E. B. Britton.
Gnaphalopoda simplex (Lea)
1, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
Dead when collected. The type locality is the junction of the Fitzroy and Margaret
Rivers N.W. Australia (Lea 1917), about 800 km to the north-west.
Gnaphalopoda bidentata (Lea)
3, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 5, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
Specimens from Giles were dead when collected, those from Ayers Rock were
attracted to light. The type locality is either Murat Bay or Ooldea, South Australia (Lea
1917), over 550 km to the south.
د“
Sciton sp. “a
4, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
A species to be described by E. B. Britton. The specimens were dead when collected.
Heteronyx sp. nr. doddi Blackburn
1, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982.
An apparently undescribed species (E. B. Britton, pers. comm.) taken at light. The
type locality of Н. doddi is Sth. Queensland but other closely-related species, e.g. squalidus
Blackburn, dispar Blackburn and litigosus Blackburn, are known from inalnd arid Aust-
ralia (Blackburn 1908).
Heteronyx sp. nr. apterus Blackburn
1, Reedy Rockhole, near Kings Canyon, N.T., 3.v.1982.
An apparently undescribed species (E. B. Britton pers. comm.) taken at light. The
type locality of Н. apterus is Perth (Blackburn 1910).
Heteronyx sp. 1
1, Marla Bore, S.A., 25.iv.1978.
Taken at light.
Heteronyx sp. 2
5, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
Dead when collected. Some specimens were very bleached.
Heteronyx sp. 3
1, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
Dead when collected.
Heteronyx sp. 4
1, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
Dead when collected.
Heteronyx sp. 5
1, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
Dead when collected.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 73
Sphyrocallus sp.
3, 10 km W of Docker River Settlement, N.T., 30.iv.1982.
Flying about mid-day. One specimen landed on the edge of a camp fire and the
others were found in a large shallow pan of water which had been exposed for only about
30 minutes. Other specimens were seen but they evaded capture. The genus belongs to
the Systellopini of which there are 14 described species (Dalla Torre 1912). The majority
occur in inland Australia and are poorly known. Sharp (1877) provided a key to eight
species and the above specimens key to S. brunneus Sharp. They do not, however, agree
with a specimen labelled as such in the South Australian Museum or with the description
of 5. bicolor Blackburn (1905) and probably represent а new species.
Aclopinae
Phaenognatha angusta Arrow
1, Tea Tree, N.T., 20.iv.1978.
The species occurs in the central and northern parts of the Northern Territory
and the inland part of Queensland (Allsopp 1981). This specimen was collected outside
the window of an isolated building indicating it had been attracted by light.
Dynastinae
Cryptoryctes wingarus Carne
1, Curtin Springs, N.T., 23.iv.1978.
This species was known only from the holotype male collected at an unknown
location in Western Australia in November 1897 (Carne 1957a). The present specimen,
a male, was found dead and had the middle and hind legs missing. The lateral points of
the anterior horns are longer and more curved than those of the holotype (Carne 1957a,
fig. 415).
Semanopterus rectangulus Blackburn
1, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 1, Glen Helen, N.T. 5.v.1982.
A species widely distributed throughout Australia. The above represents two new
locality records and extends the collection dates to May. Í
Neodon bidens (Blackburn)
2, Ormiston Gorge, N.T., 6.v.1982; 3, Ellery Big Hole, N.T., 7.v.1982.
Carne (1957a) records this species from only Alice Springs and Tennant Creek
during November. The Ormiston Gorge record extends the range more than 100 km to
the west.
Neodon glauerti Carne
1, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 8, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
All specimens were dead when collected. Collected previously at Onslow and
Roebourne, W.A. and Alice Springs (Carne 1957a), the new specimens help close the gap
in the distribution. The only previous date of collection was in November.
Neodon pecuarius Reiche
3, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982.
A species widely distributed throughout “Australia and previously collected in all
months except July (Carne 1957a).
Cryptodus caviceps Westwood
3, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 3, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
Widely distributed throughout Australia but previously only recorded in central
Australia from the Musgrave Ranges (Carne 1957a). The specimens from Giles were dead
when collected but those from Ayers Rock were attracted to lights. The collection
period is extended to April. ?
Rutelinae
Anoplognathus macleayi macleayi Blackburn
1, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982; 2, Palm Valley, N.T., 4.v.1982; 1, Glen Helen,
N.T., 5.v.1982.
74 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
Specimens were dead when collected and severely weathered. Known only from
central Australia (Carne 1957b, 1958, 1981). The Giles record is much further west than
the distribution boundary for Anoplognathus shown by Carne (1958, map 1).
Scarabaeinae
Euoniticellus intermedius Reiche
1, Marla Bore, S.A., 25.iv.1978
A species introduced from Africa (Bornemissza 1976) and now widely distributed
in inland Australia. The specimen was taken from under cow dung.
Onitis alexis Klug
1, Alice Springs, N.T., 24.iv.1982.
Collected at light. An introduced species from Africa (Bornemissza 1976) and now
widely distributed in inland Australia.
Onthophagus consentaneus Harold
1, Wallara, N.T., 2.v.1982.
This species has the most extensive distribution of any Australian Onthophagus
sp. (Matthews 1972). In central Australia Matthews records it from around Alice Springs
and Hermannsburg. The specimen was taken in cow dung.
Onthophagus sloanei Blackburn
2, Alice Springs, N.T., 24.iv.1982; 1, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 3, Wallara, N.T.,
2.v.1982; 1, Palm Valley, N.T., 4.v.1982; 1, Glen Helen, N.T., 5.v.1982; 1, Ellery Big
Hole, N.T., 7.v.1982.
Specimens were taken at light and in cow dung. Matthews (1972) records it from
numerous localities in central Australia. It is the most xerophilic of Australian Onthoph-
agus spp. and is evidently adapted to live primarily in areas of about 200-250 mm of
annual rainfall.
Onthophagus sp. nr. clypealis Lea
1, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982.
Undoubtably a new species (R. I. Storey pers. comm.). Other species of the
planicollis group are found on the east coast and around the Gulf of Carpentaria but all
are rare and nothing is known of their ecology (Matthews 1972).
Aphodiinae
Aphodius lividus Olivier
1, Alice Springs, N.T., 24.iv.1982; 1, Wallara, N.T., 2.v.1982.
A species accidently introduced from Europe and now widely distributed. The
first specimen was ‘taken at light, the second in cow dung.
Geotrupinae
Blackburnium macleayi (Blackburn) |
1, Tea Tree, N.T., 20.iv.1978.
Howden (1979) remarked on the apparent disjunct distribution of this species in
eastern Queensland and coastal central Western Australia. This record bridges the gap
between these records. It was found dead outside a window and had presumably been
attracted to light.
Blackburnium sloanei (Blackburn)
2, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 4, Wallara, N.T., 2.v.1982.
Taken in burrows at Wallara and at light at Ayers Rock. The Wallara burrows were
in a well-watered lawn surrounding the homestead and the beetles were only about 10 cm
below the surface. The species is widely distributed across Australia, the present records
are to the south-west of the previous central Australian collections (Howden 1979).
Blackburnium cooperi Howden
1, Wallara, N.T., 2.v.1982.
Taken in burrows in the same area as В. sloanei. The only previous record from
the Northern Territory was Ayers Rock (Howden 1979), 170 km to the south-west.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 75
Blackburnium harslettae Howden
1, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 1, Wallara, N.T., 2.v.1982.
Known previously from the Northern Territory only from Ayers Rock (Howden
1979). The Wallara specimen is a male major and is the first of that development to be
collected; the type series was three minor males, one female and one whose sex was not
stated. Howden (1984) contends that this major male demonstrates that B. harslettae and
B. triceratops Howden are distinct species despite the reservations expressed by Howden
(1979: 61). The Wallara specimen was dug from a burrow and the other collected at light.
Blackburnium centrale Howden
2, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 1, Ayers Rock, N.T., 1.v.1982.
All specimens were collected at light. These records extend the known distribution
са 100 Кт to the east from the record of the paratype at Armstrong Creek, N.T.
(Howden 1979).
Blackburnium sp.
1, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982.
A female taken at light which could not be assigned to any species.
Bolborachium sp. nr. fissicorne (Bainbridge)
1, Alice Springs, N.T., 24.iv.1982.
Collected from a burrow 15 cm deep in a well-watered lawn.
Bolborhachium sp. “К”
2, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982.
A new species to be described by Н. F. Howden. Howden and Cooper (1977,
fig. 76) do not show any Bolborhachium spp. occurring in central Australia, although
one species has an apparent disjunct distribution in south-western Western Australia and
south-central Queensland that might be a reflection of inadequate collecting. The
specimens were attracted to light.
Bolboaeinus planiceps (Macleay)
2, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982.
Collected at light. Bolbobaeinus spp. are known from northern Australia and some
dry inland localities south to South Australia (Howden and Cooper 1977).
Bolboleaus truncatus (Blackburn)
1, Alice Springs, N.T., 24.iv.1982; 1, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 9, Giles Weather
Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982; 2, Wallara, N.T., 2.v.1982; 1, Tea Tree, N.T., 20.iv.1978.
The first two specimens were collected at light, those from Giles and Tea Tree
were dead when collected and those from Wallara were dug from butrows 10-15 ст
deep. Howden and Cooper (1977, fig. 75) do not record any Bolboleaus spp. from
south-western Northern Territory or adjacent areas of Western and South Australia. The
type locality is *N. Queensland' (Blackburn 1904).
Australobolbus basedowi (Blackburn)
1, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
Dead when collected. The type locality is Central Australia’, the specimens
probably coming from the Musgrave Ranges (Blackburn 1904).
Australobolbus laevipes (Blackburn)
5, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 1, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982.
The Ayers Rock specimens were collected at lights, that from Giles was dead
when collected. The type locality is ‘N.W. Australia’ (Blackburn 1904).
Australobolbus sp. nr. carinatus (Blackburn)
2, Ayers Rock, N.T., 25-27.iv.1982; 3, Giles Weather Stn, W.A., 30.iv.1982; 1, Tea Tree,
N.T., 20.iv.1978.
Those from Ayers Rock were collected at lights while all specimens from Giles
and Tea Tree were dead when collected.
76 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Ev Britton, Phil Carne, Henry Howden and Ross Storey for their
advice on the identification of the species listed in this paper and Eric Matthews for
allowing access to the South Australian Museum collection.
References
Allsopp, P. G., 1981. Revision of the Australian species of Phaenognatha Hope (Cole-
optera: Scarabaeidae: Aclopinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20: 185-195.
Blackburn, T., 1904. A revision of the Australian species of Bolboceras with descriptions
of new species. (Coleoptera, Fam. Scarabaeidae). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 29:
481-526.
Blackburn, T., 1905. Further notes on Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new
genera and species. XXXV. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 29: 270-332.
Blackburn, T., 1906. Further notes on Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new
genera and species. XXXVI. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 30: 263-324.
Blackburn, T., 1908. Further notes on Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new
genera and species. XXXVIII. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 32: 362-386.
Blackburn, T., 1910. Further notes on Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new
genera and species. XL. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 34: 146-230.
Bornemissza, G. E., 1976. The Australian dung beetle project 1965-1975. Aust. Meat
Res. Commit. Rev. 30: 1-30.
Britton, E. B., 1978. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae) Vol. 2. Tribe Melolonthinae. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 60:
1-150.
Britton, E. B., 1980. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae) Vol. 3. Tribe Liparetrini: Genus Liparetrus. Aust. J. Zool.,
Suppl. Ser. 76: 1-209.
Carne, P. B., 1957a. Systematic revision of the Australian Dynastinae (Coleoptera: Scar-
abaeidae). C.S.I.R.O., Melbourne.
Carne, P. B., 1957b. A revision of the ruteline genus Anoplognathus Leach (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 5: 88-143.
Carne, P. B., 1958. A review of the Australian Rutelinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae).
Aust. J. Zool. 6: 162-240.
Carne, P. B., 1981. Three new species of Anoplognathus Leach, and new distribution
records for poorly known species (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Rutelinae). J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 20: 289-294.
Dalla Torre, K. W. von, 1912. Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae I. Coleopt. Cat. 45: 1-84.
Howden, H. F., 1979. A revision of the Australian genus Blackburnium Boucomont
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Geotrupinae). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 72: 1-88.
Howden, H. F., 1984. The Australian Blackburnium harslettae-triceratops complex (Col-
eoptera: Scarabaeidae: Geotrupinae). Coleopts Bull. 38: 190-191.
Howden, H. F. and Cooper, J. B., 1977. The generic classification of the Bolboceratini
of the Australian region, with descriptions of four new genera (Scarabaeidae:
Geotrupinae). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 50: 1-50.
Lea, A. M., 1917. Results of the South Australian Museum expedition to Strzelecki and
Cooper Creeks. September and October, 1916. (n) Insecta. Trans. R. Soc. S.
Aust. 41: 489-630.
Lea, A. M., 1930. On some Coleoptera from northern Australia, collected by Dr. H.
Basedow. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 54: 148-154.
Matthews, E. G., 1972. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia 1. Tribe
Onthophagini. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 9: 1-330.
Sharp, D., 1877. Descriptions of some new forms of aberrant Melolonthini from Aust-
ralia forming a distinct subtribe (Systellopides). Ann. Mus. civ. Storia Nat.
Doria 9: 311-320.
Taylor, S. G. and Shurcliff, K. S., 1983. Ecology and management of central Australian
mountain ranges. Proc. ecol. Soc. Aust. 12: 27-34.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 77
A NEW GENUS OF CLUBIONOID SPIDER FROM
WESTERN AUSTRALIA (ARACHNIDA: ARANEOMORPHAE)
By Barbara York Main
Zoology Department, University of Western Australia, Nedlands, W.A. 6009
Abstract
A new, clubionoid, monotypic genus is described from midwestern Western
Australia. It is arid-adapted, lives in sandy habitats and is conjectured to feed on ants.
Introduction
The spider fauna of the northern two thirds of Western Australia is
poorly known compared to that of other regions of Australia. Few species
from the area have been mentioned in the taxonomic literature apart from
several species named from near Shark Bay (Simon, 1908, 1909), one
species from Roebourne (Hogg, 1903), 20 species listed from the Montebello
Islands (Hogg, 1914), 10 species from the north-west of Western Australia
(Rainbow and Musgrave, 1918) and the occurrence of Conothele in the
Kimberleys (Main, 1957). Nevertheless it is known from various collections,
particularly those in the Western Australian Museum, and naturalists’
observations that a diverse and largely undescribed spider fauna exists north
of the Murchison region.
Thus it is not surprising that a specimen of a new genus which cannot
unequivocally be attributed to a family has been found amongst recently
sorted material in the Western Australian Museum. The spider clearly fits in
the Clubionoidea (Levi, 1982). Although it shares individual salient characters
with one or more of the cluboinoid families it possesses a distinctive combin-
ation of characters. In addition it possesses a unique character—tubular
spiracular openings in the epigastric groove.
On the slender evidence of a single specimen, I am reluctant to add yet
another spider family to the already long list of taxa. One alternative would
be to lump all the clubionoid families except the Gnaphosidae and Platoridae
and include them in the Clubionidae. The latter families are alternatively
placed in a separate superfamily, the Gnaphosoidea (Platnick, 1984). The
retention of the families in question, e.g. Ammoxenidae, Homalonychidae,
Cithaeronidae, Gallieniellidae (the latter two also placed in the Gnaphosoidea
by Platnick(1984)) appears justified on biogeographic and biological criteria.
Each family is representative of a desert or dry region on a separate continent,
island or connected region—the Homalonychidae in Mexico and south-western
U.S.A., the Ammoxenidae in Africa, the Cithaeronidae in Africa through to
India (see Levi 1982), the Gallieniellidae in Madagascar and the Comoro
Islands (Platnick, 1984)—as is also the new genus Meedo from mid-western
Western Australia. The Ammoxenidae, Homalonychidae, and probably the
Cithaeronidae, (all monogeneric families) and Meedo are all characteristic of
sandy desert habitats, the Gallieniellidae of forest litter [generally the dry
sclerophyll forest of Madagascar but also including montane humid habitats
78 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
(Platnick, 1984)]. It is possible that each family and Meedo represents a
separate, analogous derivation from a clubionoid or gnaphosoid stock in
response to an arid habitat. Certainly the tubular spiracular openings of
Meedo appear to be an adaptation to reduce dessication and infiltration of
the respiratory organs by sand. It is even possible that the lung books may
have been replaced by tracheae. It is noteworthy that certain peculiarities of
some of the above taxa, for example the paraxial chelicerae of the Gallieniell-
idae and Meedo, occur also in males of some clubionid genera such as
Clubiona and Chiracanthium.
Because of the uncertain family status of the new genus it is placed
tentatively in the Clubionidae—the traditional “dumping ground" for many
doubtful genera, and with which it shares some features. If retained in the
Clubionidae, a new subfamily may be designated later. However additional
specimens including a male, are required before the spider's affinity is resolved.
The following description of the new taxon is necessarily brief because
it is undesirable to dissect the single specimen for examination by a scanning
electron microscope. Closer examination of the cuticular structures and
clearing of the respiratory system would be particularly enlightening.
Meedo n. gen.
Type species: Meedo houstoni n. sp.
Etymology: The name is taken from the station on which the spider was found.
Diagnosis (based on female only)
Body elongate with cylindrical abdomen; superficial gnaphosid appear-
ance. Eye group slightly less than half the width of the caput. Fovea a narrow,
triangular cleft, apex directed posteriorly. Paraxial, porrect chelicerae with
basal hump or boss, teeth absent, very long fang. Labium broad, short,
anterior part lobate; sclerotised, stem-like base, distinct from sternum. Endites
(maxillae) with median depression. Sternum heart-shaped, flat, very broad
anteriorly. Two tarsal claws, with several teeth. Claw tufts, spines and
trichobothria absent from legs. Fourth legs extraordinarily long. Six spinnerets,
terminal segments broadly conical; anterior pair not contiguous. A pair of
tube-like spiracles in epigastric furrow.
Comments
The genus shares some distinctive characters with the Gallieniellidae,
namely the porrect, paraxial chelicerae with very long fang, the medially
depressed endites (maxillae), the fourth legs longer than the first and the
toothed tarsal claws. It differs by the absence of cheliceral teeth, the typical
clubionid-like spinnerets and the very broad, short, lobate labium, round eyes
and the tube-like spiracles. There is some similarity with other monogeneric
clubionoid families (see Levi, 1982) e.g. the Ammoxenidae, Homalonychidae
and Cithaeronidae all of which lack cheliceral teeth. Meedo is excluded from
these families primarily by the paraxial chelicerae. The Ammoxenidae are
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 79
further distinguished by the labium which is fused to the sternum, long
posterior spinnerets and long, articulated tarsi. Both the Homalonychidae and
the Cithaeronidae differ by having contigous anterior spinnerets on a common
base and by having either claw tufts or spathulate setae. In addition the
Homalonychidae have trichobothria and lack teeth on the tarsal claws.
Meedo houstoni n. sp.
(Figs 1-8)
Type: Holotype 9, 10 km ESE of Meedo station homestead, Western Australia
(25? 40'S 114? 37'E), 3-26 August, 1980, pitfall trap on red sand dune, C. A. Howard
and T. F. Houston (336-23). Western Australian Museum, 1984/654.
Description
With the characters of the genus. Carapace (Fig. 5) length 2.6 mm, width
2.3, caput width approximately 1.2. Abdomen (Figs 2, 3) length 5.5, width
2.5, height 2.4. Colour yellowish to tan with dark greyish smudges along sides
of legs, between and posterior to eyes; articulations of appendages darker
brown; abdomen ventrally uniformly pale yellowish grey, dorsally with a dark
grey marbled pattern with pale patches. Under low power stereo microscope,
carapace and abdomen are glabrous and appear devoid of hairs and bristles
except for a group of short bristles in front of eyes. Legs (Figs 1, 4) glabrous,
with fine hairs and a ventral, brush-like arrangement of short bristles
(pseudoscopula?) on tarsi. Chelicerae clothed with short bristles.
Eye group 0.7 wide. Posterior row of eyes strongly procurved.
Integument has lifted which gives the eyes a double-lensed appearance (Fig.
5). Chelicerae project 0.8 in front of caput, length in profile 1.4; strongly
porrect with a median dorsal prominence and large, bulbous pale boss; fine
bristles along inner (pro) margin of groove but without teeth. Labium twice
as wide as long—0.2 long, 0.4 wide. Maxillae with broad base and long endite
lobes. Sternum (Fig. 6) approximately 1.6 long, 1.3 wide. Very broad in
TABLE 1
Leg formula and measurements of Meedo houstoni sp. nov. The leg formula
is length of leg/length of carapace. The tibial index is 100 x width of
patella/(length of patella + length of tibia) (Petrunkevitch, 1942).
Leg formula: 4 1 2 3
4.26 3.46 2.46 2.07
Leg F P T MT T Total
I 2.3 1.4 2.1 1.8 1.4 9.0
II 1.7 1.1 1.3 1.4 0.9 6.4
III 1.2 0.8 1.1 1.4 0.9 54
IV 2.6 14 2.5 2.9 1.7 11.1
PALP 1.0 0.5 0.5 — 0.7 2.7
Width of patella I at “knee”, 0.3. Tibial index, 8.57
Width of patella IV at “knee”, 0.35. Tibial index, 8.97
80 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
Figs 1-8. Meedo houstoni n. sp., 9 holotype. (1) carapace and appendages; (2) abdomen,
dorsal view; (3) abdomen, profile; (4) tarsal claws of right leg II (note ventral
sclerotised groove); (Б) carapace and abdomen; (6) sternum and coxae, labium,
maxillae (endites) and chelicerae; (7) spinnerets; (8) spiracles and epigynum
(uncleared) with spermathecae visible through integument.
Scale bars, (1)-(3) = 1.0 mm; (5), (6) = 0.5 mm; others not to scale.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 81
anterior and mid-region, anterior margin straight; clothed with short, rod-like
hairs. Fourth pair of legs very long (Table 1) with tarsi and metatarsi bent
forwards underneath. Six spinnerets (Fig: 7) about equal length. Epigynum
inconspicuous, with weakly sclerotised longituninal, trough-like piece anterior
E convoluted spermathecal tubes which are clearly visible through integument
Fig. 8).
Discussion
The glabrous, sparsely clothed integument and constricted spiracular
openings and the occurrence in a red sand dune habitat suggest that the
spider is arid-adapted. As noted earlier the tube-like spiracles would reduce
dessication and prevent sand infiltration of the respiratory organs. The very
long posterior legs which appear to be naturally bent suggest a spring-like
action which may be associated with catching ants by rapid forward lunges
when the legs are straightened. Significantly the Gallieniellidae which similarly
have paraxial chelicerae with a long fang, and long posterior legs, are ant
feeders (Legendre, 1967).
Acknowledgements
I thank Dr L. E. Koch for giving access to unsorted material in the
collection of the Arachnology Department, Western Australian Museum. I
gratefully acknowledge the facilities provided by the Zoology Department,
University of Western Australia.
References
Hogg, Н. R., 1903. Two new Australian spiders of the family Ctenizidae. Ann. Mag. nat.
Hist. (7)11: 308-312.
Hogg, H. R., 1914. Spiders from the Montebello Islands. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1914:
69-92, pls 1, 2.
Legendre, M. R., 1967. A propos de l'enigmatique Gallieniella mygaloides J. Millot
1947, type of la nouvelle famille des Gallieniellidae (Araneae, Dionychia).
C. R. Acad. Sc. Paris. (D) 265: 796-799.
Levi, Н. W., 1982. Araneae. In S. P. Parker (Ed.), Synopsis of living organisms. 2: 77-95.
New York: McGraw Hill.
Main, B. Y., 1957. Occurence of the trap-door spider Conothele malayana (Doleschall)
in Australia (Mygalomorphae: Ctenizidae). West. Aust. Nat. 5: 209-216.
Platnick, N. I., 1984. Studies on Malagasy spiders, I. The family Gallieniellidae (Araneae,
Gnaphosoidea). Am. Mus. Novit. 2810: 1-17.
Petrunkevitch, A., 1942. A study of amber spiders. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 34:
119-464, pls I-LXIX.
Rainbow, W. J. and Musgrave, A., 1918. Insecta and Arachnida from North-west
Australia. Jn Narrative of an expedition of exploration in north-western
Australia. H. Basedow. Proc. R. geog. Soc. Aust. (S.A. Branch) 18: 284-288.
Simon, E., 1908. Araneae, 11€ partie. In W. Michaelsen and К. Hartmeyer (Eds.) Die
fauna sudwest-Australiens. 1: 359-466. Jena: Fischer.
Simon, E., 1909. Araneae 2me partie. Jn W. Michaelsen and К. Hartmeyer (Eds.), Die
fauna sudwest-Australiens. 2: 155-212. Jana: Fischer.
82 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
CORRECTION TO MOULDS, M. S., 1986, "THE HAWK MOTHS
(LEPIDOPTERA: SPHINGIDAE) OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND,
INDIAN OCEAN’
By M. S. Moulds
c/- Dept. of Entomology, Australian Museum, 6-8 College St, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000
In my paper on the hawk moths of Christmas Island (Moulds, 1986)
the specimens identified as Hippotion velox (F.) do, in fact, belong to
Hippotion swinhoei (Moore) and should go under that name.
Dr J. C. E. Riotte has kindly brought to my attention two papers
concerning H. swinhoei from Christmas Island that I had overlooked. Clark
(1923) named H. noel from two specimens taken on Christmas Island.
Riotte (1977) showed that H. noel Clark is a junior synonym of H. swinhoei.
Only H. swinhoei is known from Christmas Island and all Christmas Island
specimens previously assigned to H. velox should be called H. swinhoei.
My key to last instar larvae will almost certainly continue to function as
a means of identifying H. swinhoei larvae by substituting this name for
H. velox.
References
Clark, B. J., 1923. Thirty-three new Sphingidae. Proc. New England zool. Club 8: 47-77.
Moulds, M. S., 1986. The hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Christmas Island,
Indian Ocean, Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4): 37-40.
Riotte, J. C. E., 1977. Zur Synonymie von Hippotion velox und Hippotion swinhoei
(Lep., Sphingidae). Ent. 7. Frankf. a. М. 87(8): 77-84.
BOOK ANNOUNCEMENT
Venoms of the Hymenoptera: biochemical, pharmacological and behavioural
aspects edited by Tom Pick. 1986. Academic Press, London. (Academic
Press Australia, 30-32 Sidmore St, Marrickville, N.S.W. 2204). xi, 570
pages, illust. Price US$92 (cloth), US$49.95 (paperback).
Since the mid-1960s knowledge concerning Hymenoptera venoms has
far exceeded that of the preceding period in history. This book summarises
and updates our research in this field.
The book is divided into 10 chapters written by 8 authors recognised
worldwide as authorities in this field. Subjects covered include morphology of
the venom apparatus, methods of venom collection, stinging behaviour,
chemistry and pharmacology of wasp, bee and ant venoms, and allergy to
Hymenoptera venoms. Each chapter not only provides extensive documentat-
ion of current knowledge but includes a comprehensive list of primary
literature. The index to the book covers 24 pages.
For the Hymenopterist the book is an essential reference. As the Preface
states the information contained in it “will be important not only to experi-
mental entomologists and behaviourists . . . but also to physiologists and
pharmacologists interested in allergy and neurotoxicology, to biochemists
interested in natural products, and to researchers involved in the development
of neuropharmacological drugs and new classes of pesticides."
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 83
BOOK ANNOUNCEMENT
Advances in insect physiology, Volume 18. December, 1985. Academic Press,
Orlando (Academic Press Australia, 30-32 Sidmore St, Marrickville,
N.S.W. 2204). vii, 445 pages, illustr. Price US$79.50/£65.00.
Six important papers are included in this latest volume. They cover
a wide spectrum of insect physiology, i.e. ant pheromones, insect walking,
cyclic nucleotide metabolism and physiology of Drosophila, Lepidoptera
colour patterns, nonspiking interneurons and motor control in insects, and
structure and regulation of the corpus allatum. The nine authors are all
prominent in their fields.
These review papers are essential reading for anyone seriously interested
in these fields. The importance of this Series as a whole is revealed by the
subject titles included in the “Cummulative List of Chapter Titles" given
at the back of each volume. If you have not examined a recent volume you
should do so.
BOOK REVIEW
A colour atlas of insect tissues via the flea by Miriam Rothschild, Yosef
Schlein and Susumo Ito. 1986. Wolfe Scientific Ltd, 3 Conway St,
London W1P 6HE. 179 pages containing 281 colour and b. & w.
photographs. ISBN 0 7234 0891 2. Rec. Australian price $112.00.
This remarkable book is one that I believe deserves wide publicity
amongst entomologists and entomological students. It is basically a collection
of colour light microscope photographs which illustrate the principal internal
organs of an insect. Some line drawings and electron micrographs are also
included.
The flea has been selected to illustrate insect structure because the
internal anatomy is simple and generalised, and provides an excellent vehicle
for the study of many other insects. Structures not found in the flea, or
which may be difficult to visualise, are discussed and illustrated in an appendix.
There is also a comprehensive index.
In the Preface the authors write that the book is, amongst other things,
. aimed at avoiding the confusion we ourselves experienced when first
examining the internal organs of insects апі мете faced with interpreting
sections of their tissues.’ Although the book is designed primarily for students
and workers who are dealing for the first time with the internal organs of
an insect, this outstanding atlas will also provide practical reference for
entomologists, zoologists and researchers in any field concerned with insect
vectors.
The photographs included provide a comprehensive coverage and obvi-
ously have been carefully chosen. It is well bound and well printed. A copy
should at least be in the library of every university and research institute
concerned with insects. І have’no idea how long stocks will last but I would
order now—there is no substitute!
€
C. HOLMES
84 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
ANONYMOUS
1973. Scientific and common names of insects and allied forms occurring in Aust-
ralia. [31d edn.] C.S.I.R.O. Bull. 287: 47 pp.
1975. The Boyd and what is holds. Habitat (Journal of the Australian Conservation
Foundation) 3(1): 9-17, illustr.
Arachnida: Grandurgula sp. and Opiliones
Lepidoptera: Oreisplanus munionga and Anthela oressarcha
Homoptera: The hairy cicada
1979. Report on weekend excursion to Licola. Victorian Ent. 9(2): 20.
Lepidoptera: 6 species listed
1979. Bimbijy safari-DRB Easter camp. Nat. News June 1979: 9-11.
Lepidoptera: checkered swallowtail, Danaius chryssippus
Odonata: 5 species listed by name
Aracnida: whitetoed trapdoor, grey bark spider
1980. No title. Aust. nat. Hist. 20(1): photograph with caption, inside front cover.
Lepidoptera: Theretra queenslandi
1980. Secrets of insect survival. Aust. nat. Hist. 20(1): 23-26, illustr.
1981. Australian Insects 1. Bay Books, Rushcutters Bay. Pp. 1-49, illustr.
1981. ‘Pieris’ or ‘Artogeia’ or else! Victorian Ent. 11(6): 70.
Lepidoptera: Artogeia rapae rapae (= Pieris rapae rapae)
1983. No title. Jn Notes and exhibits. Circ. ent. Sect. К. zool. Sect. N.S.W. 27: 6-7.
Lepidoptera: Ze/otypia stacyi
1983. No title. Jn Exhibits. Victorian Ent. 13(6): 65.
Lepidoptera: Papilio aegeus and Delias harpalyce gynandromorphs
BEATTIE, G. A. C. and McDONALD, F. J. D.
1979. The effect of an aziridinyl chemosterilant, N,N’-hexamethylenebis (1-aziridine-
carboxamide) on the development of the immature stages of Lucilia cuprina
(Wied.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae). Gen. appl. Ent. 11: 13-17, 1 table, text-figs
1-3.
BROADLEY, R. H. and ROSSITER, P. D.
1982. Incidence of Nysius spp. (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae) in south Queensland sun-
flowers. Gen. appl. Ent. 14: 69-71, text-figs 1-3.
BROWN, Graham
1983. The European wasp. Circ. ent. Sect. R. zool. Sect. N.S.W. 24: 13-14, illustr.
CHARARAS, Constantin and CHIPOULET, Jean-Mare
1983. Studies on the digestion of cellulose by the larvae of the Eucalyptus borer,
Phoracantha semipunctata (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Aust. J. biol. Sci.
36(3): 223-233, text-figs 1-7.
CLARIDGE, M. F.
1985. Acoustic behaviour of leafhoppers and planthoppers: species problems and
speciation. Chapter 5 in Nault, L. R. and Rodriguez, J. С. (eds.), The leaf-
hoppers and planthoppers. John Wiley & Sons. Pp. 103-125, 13 text-figs.
COLLESS, D. H.
1983. Geographic variation in an Australian species of Chaoborus (Diptera: Culicidae).
Aust. J. Zool. 31(1): 15-27, 5 tables, text-figs 1-21.
COOPER, D. J.
1983. The susceptibility of Etiella behrii to Bacillus thuringiensis. J. Aust. ent. Soc.
22(2): 93-95, 1 table, 1 text-fig.
COOPER, D. J., PINNOCK, D. E. and BATEMAN, S. M.
1983. Susceptibility of Lucilia cuprina (Wiedemann) (Diptera: Calliphoridae), to
Octosporea muscaedomesticae Flu. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 22(4): 292, 1 text-fig.
Aust. ent. Мад. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 85
DANIELS, G.
1983. The genus Astochia Becker in Australia (Diptera: Asilidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.
22(1): 65-67, text-figs 1-7.
De BAAR, Murdoch
1983. New food plants, life history notes, and distribution records for some Aust-
ralian Lepidoptera. Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6): 97-98.
DOUGLAS, R. G.
1984. A note on Hesperilla chaostola leucophaea Couchman (Lepidoptera: Hesper-
idae). Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6): 84.
DUNN, Kelvyn L.
1984. Attraction of Heteronympha merope merope (F.) to an Acacia sap flow
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Victorian Nat. 101(2): 97.
EVANS, B.
1981. Establishment of the lesser wanderer, Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) (Lepid-
optera: Nymphalidae) on Norfolk Island. Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4): 54.
EVANS, Howard E.
1982. Two new species of Australian Bembix sand wasps, with notes on other species
of the genus (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1): 7-12, text-figs 1-5.
1984. A revision of spider wasps of the genus Turneromyia (Hymenoptera:
Pompilidae). Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 101: 1-59, text-figs 1-86.
EXLEY, Elizabeth M.
1978. A new species of Xanthesma from Australia (Apoidea: Colletidae: Eurygloss-
inae). J. Kansas ent. Soc. 51(4): 781-786, text-figs 1-12.
1983. A remarkable bee from eastern Australia (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Colletidae).
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 22(4): 293-294, text-figs 1-5.
FERGUSON, D. J.
1983. Ogyfis amaryllis amata Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) tended by
Camponotus ants. Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4): 58.
FISHER, R. H.
1983. Butterflies. Chapter 21 in M. J. Tyler et al. (eds), Natural history of the South
East. Occasional Publication No. 3. Royal Society of South Australia, Adelaide.
Pp. 215-222, text-figs 1-8.
1984. Life history of the sciron skipper Trapezites sciron eremicola Burns (Lepid-
optera: Hesperiidae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 108(2): 131-132, text-figs 1 & 2.
FREYTAG, Paul H.
1985. The insect parasites of leafhoppers, and related groups. Chapter 18 in Nault,
L. R. and Rodriguez, J. G. (eds.), The leafhoppers and planthoppers. John
Wiley & Sons. Pp. 423-467, 11 tables.
GAY, F. J. and BARRETT, R. A.
1983. The occurrence in Australia of Prorhinotermes inopinatus Silvestri (Isoptera:
Rhinotermitidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 22(1): 75-77, 1 table.
GOODYER, G. J. and GREENUP, L. R.
1980. A survey of insecticide resistance in the cotton bollworm, Heliothis armigera
(Hubner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) in New South Wales. Gen. appl. Ent. 12:
37-39, 2 tables.
GOUGH, N.
1984. Allometric growth in white fringed weevil larvae. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd
11(10): 144-145.
GREENSLADE, Penelope
1984. The identity of Orchezelandia rubra (Collembola: Entomobryidae). Trans. К.
Soc. S. Aust. 108(2): 129-130, 1 text-fig.
GRIFFIN, G. F.
1983. Rhyothemis graphiptera (Rambur) (Odonata: Libellulidae), a new record from
central Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3): 38.
86 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
GROSS, G. F.
1983. Myriapods, insects and allied forms. Chapter 20 in M. J. Tyler et al. (eds),
Natural history of the South East. Occasional Publication No. 3. Royal Society
of South Australia, Adelaide. Pp. 205-213, text-figs 1 & 2.
GULLAN, P. J.
1983. Spiracular structure of adult females of Apiomorpha Rübsaamen (Hemiptera:
‘Coccoidea: Eriococcidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 22(1): 25-29, 1 table, text-figs 1-11.
1984. A revision of the gall-forming coccoid genus Apiomorpha Rübsaamen (Hom-
optera: Eriococcidae: Apiomorphinae). Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 97: 1-203,
7 tables, text-figs 1-145.
1984. A revision of the gall-forming coccoid genus Cylindrococcus Maskell (Hom-
optera: Eriococcidae). Aust. J. Zool. 32(5): 677-690, text-figs 1-12.
GUNNING, R. V. and EASTON, C. S.
1983. A mutant strain of Heliothis armiger (Hübner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)
detectable in larval and adult stages. Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4): 55.
GWYNNE, D. T., BOWEN, B. J. and CODD, C. С.
1984. The function of the katydid spermatophore and its role in fecundity and
insemination (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae). Aust. J. Zool. 32(1): 15-22, 1 table,
2 text-figs.
GWYNNE, D. T. and RENTZ, D. C. F.
1983. Beetles on the bottle: male buprestids mistake stubbies for females (Coleopt-
era). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 22(1): 79-80, text-figs 1 & 2.
Coleoptera: Julodimorpha bakewelli
HAGAN, Chris E.
1983. The occurrence of Ogyris (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) in empty saturniid coc-
oons. Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6): 95-96.
1984. The immature stages of Culicoides henryi Lee and Reye (Diptera: Ceratopog-
onidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(4): 241-245, 1 table, text-figs 1-11.
HALES, Dinah
1979. Population dynamics of Harmonia conformis (Boisd.) (Coleoptera: Coccinell-
idae) on Acacia. Gen. appl. Ent. 11: 3-8, 3 tables, text-figs 1 & 2.
HAMILTON, J. T.
1979. Seasonal abundance of Pieris rapae (L.), Plutella xylostella (L.) and their
diseases and parasites. Ger. appl. Ent. 11: 59-66, 5 tables, text-figs 1-7.
HANCOCK, D. L.
1983. Princeps aegeus (Donovan) and its allies (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae): system-
atics, phylogeny and biogeography. Aust. J. Zool. 31(5): 771-797, 2 tables,
text-figs 1-10.
1983. Phylogeny and relationships of the Papilio fuscus group of swallowtails (Lep-
idoptera: Papilionidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5): 63-70, text-figs 1-7.
HARDY, R. J. ү
1983. The biology and behaviour of the clover seed moth Coleophora frischella (Lep-
idoptera: Coleophoridae) in Tasmania. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 22(1): 7-14, 2 tables,
1 text-fig.
HARSLETT, Jean
1984. Acacia Plateau outing report. Granite Belt Nat. 151: 5-6.
Lepidoptera: Swallowtail, Macleay's Swallowtail, Blue Triangle, Tailed Emper-
or, Jezabels
HAWKESWOOD, T. J.
1983. Overwintering by Calomela juncta Lea (Chrysomelidae) with Melanterius vulgi-
vagus Lea (Curculionidae) at Brisbane, Queensland. Victorian Nat. 100(3):
115-116.
1983. Observations, on Pyrgoides dryops (Blackburn) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae),
a pollen-feeding beetle on Acacia leiocalyx (Domin) Pedlay, at Brisbane, south-
east Queensland. Victorian Nat. 100(4): 156-158, 1 table, 1 text-fig.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987 87
HYNES, H. B. N. and BUNN, S. E.
1984. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Western Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 32(1): 97-107,
text-figs 1-37.
KEY, K. H. L.
1983. On the identity of a structure of the bursa copulatrix in morabine grass-
KING hoppers (Orthoptera: Eumastacidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 22(4): 295-296.
1984. Immature stages of some Megachilidae (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 23(1): 51-57, 1 table, text-figs 1-30.
KITCHING, R. L. and ZALUCKI, M. P.
1983. A cautionary note on the use of oviposition records as larval food plant
records. Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5): 64-66.
LAMBKIN, T. A.
1983. The early stages of Rapala varuna simsoni (Miskin) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae)
from south-eastern Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4): 56-58, text-figs 1-4.
LAMONT, Byron
1983. Psyllids and meat ants on the tree Albizia lophantha. West. Aust. Nat. 15(7):
157-159, text-figs 1 & 2.
LANDSBURY, Ivor
1983. Notes on the Australasian species of Cymatia Flor 5.1. (Insecta, Heteroptera:
Corixidae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 107(1): 51-57, 1 table, text-figs 1-35.
1984. Some Nepomorpha (Corixidae, Notonectidae and Nepidae) (Hemiptera—Heter-
optera) of north-west Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 108(1): 35-49, 1 table,
text-figs 1-63.
LIEFTINCK, M. A.
1982. Settling up matters of taxonomy, nomenclature, and synonymy in the genus
Austroagrion Tillyard (Zygoptera: Coenagrionidae). Odonatologica 11(4): 287-
295, text-figs 1-10.
de LITTLE, D. W.
1983. Life-cycle and aspects of the biology of Tasmanian eucalyptus leaf beetle,
Chrysophtharta bimaculata (Olivier) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 22(1): 15-18, 2 tables, 1 text-fig.
McALPINE, David К.
1981. Food plant record for Cruria donowani (Boisduval) (Lepidoptera: Agaristidae).
Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6): 84.
1981. Nothoasteia rédiscovered! News. Bull. Aust. ent. Soc. 17(4): 147.
Diptera
1982. A new genus of Australian littoral flies (Diptera: ? Canacidae). Mem. ent.
Soc. Wash. 10: 108-117.
1982. Pollination of orchids by insects. (Summary of lecture). Circ. ent. Soc. N.S.W.
326: 30.
1983. A new subfamily of Aulacigastridae (Diptera: Schizophora), with a discussion
of Aulacigastrid classification. Aust. J. Zool. 31(1): 55-78, 2 tables, text-figs
1-30. +
McCUBBIN, Charles, et a/.
1985. How to breed butterflies. Friends of the Zoo Inc. and Zoological Board of
Victoria, Parkville. [i-ii], 1-33 pp., illustr.
MAJER, J. D.
1983. Notes on a deformed worker of the ant genus Iridomyrmex (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1): 11-12, text-figs 1-2.
MANDAL, Sanjay, CHOUDHURI Anita and CHOUDHURI, D. К.
1983. Activity and distribution of five digestive enzymes in the gut of Gryllotalpa
gryllotalpa Curtis (Gryllotalpidae: Orthoptera) after allatectomy, brain caut-
erization and juvenoid treatment. Aust. J. Zool. 31(2): 139-146, 3 tables,
text-figs 1-5.
88 Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6), February, 1987
O'BRIEN, Lois B. and WILSON, Stephen W.
1985. Planthopper systematics and external morphology. Chapter 4 in Nault, L. R.
and Rodriguez, J. С. (eds.), The leafhoppers and planthoppers. John Wiley &
Sons. Pp. 61-102, 1 table, 13 text-figs.
RUSSELL, R. С., PANTER, С. and WHELAN, Р. I.
1983. Laboratory studies on the pathogenicity of the mosquito fungus Culicinomyces
to various species in their natural waters. Gen. appl. Ent. 15: 53-63, 3 tables.
TAYLOR, K. L.
1984. A new genus and three new species of Spondyliaspidae (Homoptera: Psylloidea)
on Eucalyptus. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(1): 13-19, text-figs 1-15.
TAYLOR, Martin
1984. Nutritional ecology of Samea multiplicalis (salvinia moth). News. Bull. ent. Soc.
Оа 11(10): 145.
NEW BOOK
Jewel Beetles of Western Australia
By Keith Carnaby of Wilga, W.A.
Privately published by the author
458 photographs illustrating over
200 species in full colour
69 pages, 245 x 220 mm
\ Price within Australia $25 plus $4 post & packing
Price overseas US$25 plus $7 post & packing
Stocks are limited
Orders with payment to: Keith Carnaby, Wilga, W.A. 6243.
NEW BOOKS AVAILABLE OR BECOMING AVAILABLE
D'ABRERA, B. “Sphingidae Mundi — Hawk Moths of the World” 256 pages,
25x34 cm. Retail price 97.50 Stg — Prepublication price 90.00 Stg.
ALLARD, V.“The Beetles of thé World" Vol. 6 Gollathini 2. 1985. 92 pp.$108.
JAEGER, E. “А Source-Book of Biological Names & Terms" 3rd Edition, $78.00.
McCUBBIN, C. “Australian Butterflies” $29.95.
MATTHEWS, E. “А guide to the Genera of Beetles of South Australia”. Part 3
$8.25; Part 4 $10.50.
McQUILLAN, P. & FORREST, J. A. “A Guide to Common Moths of the
Adelaide Region” $8.50.
BOND, E. “Manual of Fumigation for Insect Control". 1984. FAO pub. $40.00.
McMAUGH, J. “What Garden Pest or Disease is That?” 312 pp. $36.00.
Please allow $5.00 postage irrespective of number of publications.
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 436 3972
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
EXCHANGE. Needed for research: papered moths from Papua New Guinea—
Arctiidae, Limacodidae, Syntomidae, Sphingidae, Saturnidae and any
green moths of any group. Can offer British butterflies and/or moths,
also various tropical butterflies collected by myself. Ms S. J. Patel, St.
Dabeoc's Cottage, North Stow, Nr. Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk, England.
WANTED. Wooden entomological cabinets. R. Glasson, 34 Charles Avenue,
Minamurra, N.S.W. 2532. Ph. (042)377705.
STOLEN. Cairns, Dec. 1986. Entomological equipment including four 15"
and one 18" nets with 5' extention poles and 12 spare green bags;
1 polished store box containing mostly small N..Qld moths; large
quantity of pins, mostly Asta SS no 3(and some 0, 5, nylon-headed
No 1 & minuten B3; all sizes of insect papers; a quantity of larval tubes;
entomological tool kit in zip pouch, and other assorted gear. All missing
from stolen Landcruiser after its recovery. Please contact Steven and
Bronwyn Underwood, P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066 [phone
(02)4282552] if you have any information.
WANTED. Mercury vapour lamp, 160 watt, clear glass, that does not require
choke. F.G. Sattler, 27 New Farm Rd, West Pennant Hills, N.S.W. 2120.
Phone (02)842910.
BOOKS for sale. The fascinating world of bees by V. V. Rodionov. 309 pages.
Hard cover. Concerns practical bee keéping $9.95. Bees and people by
N. Ioyrish. Hard cover. $6.95. About the curative effects of honey and
bee products. New Era Bookshop, 425 Pitt St, Sydney, Ph 211 1607; .
451 Elizabeth St, Melb., 329 5369; 185 Sturt St, Adelaide, 212 6985.
WANTED. Enthusiastic correspondant seeks contact with Australian Lepid-
opterists. Especially interested in rearing & breeding Nymphalidae. J.
McFeely, 90 Stonecliat Ave, Abbeydale, Gloucester, GL4 9XF, England.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints is purchased. Reprints
are charged at the following rates per page: $17 for 50 copies, $21 for100 copies and
$28 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their require size.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS { 3 1MAR 1987
ALLSOPP, P. G. and LLOYD, R. J. New records of Scarabaeidae
(Coleoptera) ign Central ANIMA oop upc hu TTL 71
ATKINS, Andrew The life history of Trapezites iacchoides Waterhouse , БЕ
and Trapezites phigalioides Waterhouse (Lepidoptera Hesperiidae: Ada
ITrapesitinae) ж ee tel me eee ҮК ER EI DT eI. 53
ATKINS, Andrew Corrections to А. F. Atkins, 1984, “А new genus
Antipodia (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) with comm-
ents on its biology and relationships’ .................. 70
HARVEY, Mark S. The occurrence in Australia of Chthonius tetra-
chelatus (Preyssler) (Pseudoscorpionida: Chthoniidae)........ 68
MAIN, Barbara York A new genus of clubionoid spider from Western
Australia (Arachnida: Araneomorphae). ................. TI
MOULDS, M. S. Correction to Moulds, M. S., 1986, The hawk moths
(Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean’... 82
NAUMANN, I. D. and CARDALE, J. C. Notes on the behaviour and
nests of an Australian masarid wasp Paragia (Paragia) Decipiens
decipiens Shuckard (Hymenoptera: Vespoidea: Masaridae) . . . .. 59
WOOD, G. A. The life history of Appias ada caria Waterhouse and
Lyell (Lepidoptera: Pieridae: Pierinae) .................. 66
BOOK REVIEWS — Advances in insect physiology - Colour atlas of
insect tissues — Venoms of the Hymenoptera............ 82, 83
RECENT LITERATURE- An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds .......... 84
ENLOMOLOGIGALINOIGES К ЕЕЕ T inside back cover
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
HE
CHAMBERS
Rainforest Holiday Apartment «^7,
Lake Eacham, Atherton Tablelands, М.О. d
Modern, spacious, fully self contained units, sleeping
2 -5 in comfort. Surrounded by rainforest. Collect
butterflies, moths, beetles and other tropical insects at
your apartment door. Write for free brochure or ring.
Ph. (070) 95 3754 P.O. Box 87, Yungaburra, N.Q. 4872
ISSN 0311-1881
Amio i
BEETLES OF SOUTHEASTERN AUSTRALIA
by
BARRY P. MOORE
B.Sc., Ph.D., D.Phil.
Fascicle No.7.
Sole distributor
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia 4
ыла
Syy
ES
E
-
^! ^
i 511
CONTENTS S pg
ALLSOPP, ET. G. uid LLOYO, E-E New retards M'Scicibaek!se
сошла) [rom cente jg
ЛУКТУ, Antony The We үп a D юа А. ЖӨ зе
and #удресекр'й анон Watechoee (Lepidootéra пома:
мА, ИЯЯТ2АЖНТПОЮ. AO, ITI
Antibo (Lepidoptera: Рура Trapezitnse) with comme
(oe?
hn
ents'o its biology and reloHomidpse GP re. [NU ACRI
HARVEY, Mark 3; tie ourin e th Aurtrális of Crops come
halons (Preda Отвали Chihonidaz] oy floes 65
MAUS Baar York А now ашк ut d ees E frau тетт
пойна CArachnata: Araesomorgiae "ее Lo DR 17
MOULDS. M, S, COrection 10 a " 1985 Thé bewi maths
рорад: Spi) HUYAXAHO- | 3
NAUMANN; A. D. and CARDAL bo Behaviour ant
heto an Bessette mass oem Daries
nte tr ан CHvomnenooteras Vespoioe Meee 2 2 57
МСБ, C. Ac The lite -biote арры Mg curia Waterhouse aad
Eel (1opulpptera: Рівне Реон ЛОК dL Vues 66
HOOK REVIEWS — Advances іа beet. paytlology.- Colour agis of
insect caps — Venoms of the Tivmenopten j ç 82,453
RECERT LITERATURE An acthowbine нра Of Алмаас
ustoaoteiv: Compiled by MS. and B. Мон 0 ny.
ERTOMOTOGIUAT. NOR | ат
AUSTRALADIAN BUTTERFLY CONF AY
na weg conr ta Kx. ДИ шген
Proce: уту 102; 428 22652
SUPPL. OF BUT ЫРК ROPE ANO TRERTETS ]
ерта eie sn Sa eine sé I EEN |
3 тузе тет Apartment
$ paka Еа. тус Решени. Mu.
LUCANIDAE 101
137 138
Figs 137-138. Lamprima aurata Lat. (Lucanidae). (137) О; (138) 9.
Eucalyptus, Casuarina, and sometimes exotic garden trees. The two forms are
very closely related and probably deserve no more than subspecific rank.
L. aurata is the southern form, common in Tasmania, Victoria and the table-
lands of New South Wales and may be distinguished by its less pronounced
mesosternal process (the forward projection between the middle coxae).
L. latreillei ranges southwards from the tropics to southern New South Wales
(where it is largely coastal in distribution) and is generally of a more brilliant
sheen in both sexes; the mesosternal process projects forward more than in
L. aurata.
Ceratognathus species are small, coal-black beetles, irregularly marbled
with greyish-white scales, C. niger Westw. (9-12 mm) (Fig. 126) being the
best known of about six that occur in our area. Males of the species may be
distinguished from their mates by their rather longer mandibles and antennal
lamellae. These small Stag beetles fly by day and by night.
Among the night-flying forms, we have the small brown and common
Syndesus cornutus Macl. (9-12 mm), with the mandibles markedly bifurcate
in the male (Fig. 141), and the well named Figulus lilliputanus Westw. (6-
7.5 mm), which is one of the smallest Stag beetles in the fauna. Both of these
species come frequently to light. Figulus regularis Westw. (15-17 mm) (Fig.
127) is most often found in rotten logs, from southern N.S.W. to the tropics,
and is by far the commonest species of the genus. All Figulus are black, heavily
armoured and parallel-sided beetles, with the terminal segments of the antennae
flattened, shiny and only weakly serrate; unlike most Stag beetles, they show
no obvious sexual dimorphism.
Figs 127-135, Lucanidae. (127) Figulus regularis Westw.; (128) Lissotes darlingtoni
Benesh, d; (129) L. darlingtoni, 9; (130) L. furcicornis Westw., d; (131)
L. kershawi Lea d; (132) Lissapterus grammicus Lea, major d; (133) L.
grammicus, minor д; (134) L. howittanus Westw., major 9; (135) L. how-
ittanus, 9; (136) L. pelorides Westw., major d. All approximately twice
natural size.
Beetles of South-eastern Australia — B. P. Moore
Fascicle 7, pp. 101-116, July, 1986. ISBN 0 909451 16 8
———Ó'É—
102 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
Some species of RAyssonotus (e.g., nebulosus Kirby) are fully winged
and capable of flight but in others the elytra are cemented together and the
underwings are greatly reduced. However, all members of this genus show a
highly characteristic build, with rather short mandibles (especially in females)
and a massive thorax. R. nebulosus (22-25 mm) (Figs 117-118) is dull black,
its upper surface with attractive marblings of greyish-brown, particularly when
freshly emerged; it ranges from southern New South Wales to far northern
Queensland. R. jugularis Westw. (22-27 mm) (Figs 119, 120), dull reddish-
bronze, occurs in the south-eastern wet forests, where it may be taken in late
summer, from within or beneath very old rotten logs. R. parallelus Deyr.
(19-20 mm) (Fig. 121) is much like a small jugularis but the sides of the
elytra are less rounded and there is much less of the metallic lustre. This
species has much the same range as its larger congener. R. politus Cart.
(16-23 mm) (Fig. 122) occurs from Barrington Tops to Point Lookout in New
England and is of a rather shining metallic bronze; it is confined to the wettest
forests, whereas R. costatus Cart. (19-21 mm) (Fig. 124), dull coppery with
strongly rugose and ribbed elytra, prefers the drier western slopes of the same
ranges. R. laticeps Macl. (14-21 mm) (Fig. 123), bronze-black, and with a
very broad head in the male, occurs in the mountains of southern Queensland.
К. grandis Lea (25 mm), similar to costatus but much larger, is known only
from the type specimen (a male) from Comboyne (N.S.W.), an area that is
now largely cleared of tall forest.
The related genera Cacostomus and Eucarteria each contain a single
winged species, C. squamosus Newm. (12-24 mm) (Fig. 125), black but
largely covered with ashen-grey scales, is mainly nocturnal, whereas Е. floralis
Lea (7.5-11 mm) (Fig. 142), black, with a yellowish-brown streak on each
elytron, is found in the daytime on flowers. Both species may be taken in
northern New South Wales and Queensland.
Hoplogonus simsoni Parry (16-30 mm) (Fig. 143), dull black, is a
flightless species known only from Tasmania, where it appears to be confined
to the north-eastern region. Males are very variable in size and development
but both sexes possess sharp spines at the hind angles of the pronotum and on
the elytral shoulders,
The chief genera of purely flightless species are Lissotes and Lissapterus.
In the former the antennae are lamellate apically, as is usual in the family, but
in the latter the terminal segments are merely weakly serrate, much as in
Figulus. Most Lissotes are restricted to Tasmania, where the rather numerous
species, with their intricately overlapping ranges, are in urgent need of revision.
However, four others are known from Victoria: L. darlingtoni Benesh (13-
22 mm) (Figs 128, 129), common in the mountain forests eastward from
Melbourne; L. furcicornis Westw. (13-19 mm) (Fig. 130), from the Otway
Range and from S. Gippsland; L. kershawi Lea (13-17 mm) (Fig. 131) from
Wilson's Promontory. The fourth is an undescribed species from the high
alps. These small black Stag beetles and their larvae are mostly found beneath,
LUCANIDAE 103
rather than within, old fallen timber; the males may usually be reliably
identified on the form of the mandibles but all females are very similar and
are difficult to determine, except by association with their mates.
Species of Lissapterus are more heavily built and are confined to the
mainland wet forests of the Great Dividing Range. L. howittanus Westw.
(24-34 mm) (Figs 134, 135) is quite common under fallen timber, in the
mountains east of Melbourne; the male (Fig. 134) has a massive head which,
in large specimens, is curiously excavated in front. L. grammicus Lea (14-27
mm) (Figs 132, 133) is much smaller overall and is very variable in the male;
it ranges from Bodalla, northwards to Mt Cambewarra, in New South Wales.
L. hopsoni Cart., from the lower slopes of the Mt Royal Range, NW of
Newcastle, has the canthi more prominently projecting behind the eyes but
otherwise, differs little from grammicus and is probably not a distinct species.
At the highest levels of the same Range, at Barrington Tops, L. tetrops Lea
(22-30 mm) occurs in the beech forests; it is an altogether flatter insect and
the male anterior femora are bluntly dentate. A somewhat similar species (but
with simple male anterior femora) occurs in the New England National Park,
but has not yet received a name. L. pelorides Westw. (montivagus Benesh)
(22-32 mm) (Fig. 136) is widespread in the New South Wales-Queensland
border area and other species, as yet undescribed, are known from further
north.
The higher classification of the Lucanidae and the number of subfamilies
that should be recognised are still matters for discussion and research.
104
Family TROGIDAE
Tarsal formula: 5-5-5
Antennae: short, 10-segmented,
lamellate
Medium-sized to rather large, stout
heavily armoured beetles, with embossed
or tuberculate sculpture; head deflexed,
largely concealed from above by the
prothorax; apex of abdomen entirely
covered by the elytra; front tibiae weakly ,
dentate; front tarsi very short; habits ^
sluggish; larvae scarabaeiform, with three
well developed pairs of legs.
Another uniform and easily recog-
nised family, the Trogidae are mostly to
be found under dried animal remains,
where they represent the final stage in
disintegration of the carcass. The winged Fig. 139
species are also often attracted to lights Trox gigas Mar.
at night. These beetles seem to have been
very successful in adapting to the harsh conditions of the outback, where
some of the most spectacular species occur. They are evidently able to eke
a living from the desiccated remains of both native and domestic animals,
which the dry climate soon renders quite unsuitable for most carrion-feeding
insects, and they can also subsist on the dried droppings of dingoes and other
carnivores, when carrion is scarce.
Trox F. is the dominant genus of the family and is the only one recog-
nised in the local fauna. Т. gigas Har. (23-28 mm) (Fig. 139), our finest
species, is a dull black beetle, often encrusted with adherent dirt, and is
flightless. The elytra are cemented together and are strongly and regularly
tuberculate, with serrate margins. T. dohrni Har. is similar but smaller (15-22
mm), with the elytral tubercles less regularly aligned and the margins bluntly
toothed. Both species just attain the western limits of the area covered by
this work.
Trox tasmanicus Blbn (13-17 mm) is another flightless species, confined
to Tasmania and Flinders Island, but here the elytra are separate and are
irregularly rugose. By contrast, the fully winged species are less strongly but
more regularly sculptured and their identification is often difficult. T. aust-
ralasiae Er. (14-17 mm), T. candidus Har. (11-12 mm) and T. crotchi Har.
(14-16 mm) are among those recorded from the south-eastern States. To these
TROGIDAE 105
must be added the European 7. scaber L. (5-7 mm), which is now widespread
in the region, and which is readily recognised by its small size. In its native
haunts, this species is often found in owls’ nests, where it subsists on
regurgitated pellets and other discarded prey remains; quite possibly it will be
found to have similar habits here.
The Australian Trogidae have been revised by Haaf (1954) and again,
more recently, by Scholtz (1986).
i
106
Family SCARABAEIDAE
(Dung Beetles and Chafers)
Tarsal formula: 5-5-5 (rarely
0-5-5)
Antennae: 9- to 11-segmented,
lamellate-clavate
Small to large, mostly heavily
armoured species of varying form and
habits, but build robust and front tibiae
more or less dentate.
From the beginner’s point of view
at least, this large family presents a be-
wildering array but the subfamilies, of
which there are eleven in this country,
are fortunately more readily recognisable
as discrete groups—and several of the im-
portant ones are currently under revision.
Subfamily GEOTRUPINAE: medium-
sized to rather large, stout and very
convex, reddish-brown species; scutellum
large; elytra completely covering abdo-
men; front tibiae with strong teeth for Fig. 140
digging; antennae 11-segmented, with a Onthophagus pentacanthus Har.
lamellate and almost spherical club; head
and prothorax often adorned with horns, prongs or tubercles and complex
excavations, especially in males; larvae scarabaeiform, with peculiar cruciform
anal lobes.
This subfamily, which is accorded family status by some authors,
includes the European Dor beetles (Geotrupes spp.), one of which* has recently
been introduced here under C.S.I.R.O.’s dung control program. Geotrupines
could be confused only with the predominantly dung-feeding Scarabaeinae,
but the latter have the tip (pygidium) of the abdomen exposed, lack a visible
scutellum and show fewer than 11 antennal segments; scarabaeines are also
generally much darker in colour. Although some exotic geotrupines feed on
dung, many develop exclusively in subterranean fungi, which they detect by
means of an acute sense of smell, located in the antennae. However the
Australian species, as far as it known, are general detritus feeders. Most of our
species are nocturnal and they frequently fly to light; when captured they
stridulate loudly by rubbing the abdomen with a file on the hind coxae. The
larvae live in underground caches of marsupial droppings, etc., provided by
the adults.
* G. spiniger Marsham
CIMA CC; |
SCARABAEIDAE 107
Males of Elephastomus species have a long, forward-projecting horn on
the front of the head that gives them a rather ridiculous appearance. In
E. proboscideus Schreibers (15-21 mm) (Fig. 150), this horn is downturned
and forked at the apex, whereas in gellarus Carne and meraldus Carne it is
simple. The females are less readily identified and readers wishing to determine
their captures should consult Carne's (1965) paper. This genus is confined to
the well watered coastal fringe and adjacent tablelands of the east, from
Queensland to Tasmania.
The other Australian geotrupines have recently been distributed (Howden
and Cooper, 1977) between nine genera. Most of the finer species frequent
the dry, sandy country of the outback and the west but a few extend to the
western fringes of our region. Bolboleaus quadriarmigerus Howden (armigerus
Macl.) (17-20 mm), pronotum with four divergent teeth, occurs in the Bogan
River district of western New South Wales and Blackburnium sloanei Blbn
(19-25 mm) (Fig. 151) is found in the Riverina and adjacent mallee areas.
The males of these species are characteristically adorned with horns and
excavations but all females are rather similar and are difficult to identify in
the absence of their partners.
In eastern coastal districts several smaller species (5-15 mm), now
placed in the genus Australobulbus Howden & Cooper, may be taken at light.
Sexual dimorphism is at a minimum in this genus.
Subfamily HYBOSORINAE: small to medium-sized, globular species; antennae
very short, 10-segmented, with a compact club; front tibiae with 2 or 3 sharp .
apical teeth; elytra entirely covering abdomen. When disturbed these beetles
deflex the foreparts and roll into a ball.
A primitive subfamily of scavengers and largely confined to wet tropical
forests, this group also has a few representatives in the well watered and well
timbered regions of eastern New South Wales. The chief genus is Liparochrus:
L. silphoides Har. (7-9 mm), (Fig. 144) dull black, the eytral striae very fine,
shiny, rugose; L. fossulatus Westw. (5-7 mm), brilliant black, with strongly
punctured striae. The species are more numerous in northern Queensland.
Subfamily APHODIINAE: small, parallel-sided, lightly built species; antennae
9-segmented; elytra completely covering abdomen; head and thorax unarmed;
front tibiae dentate; larvae mainly dung-feeders.
This is a large subfamily, particularly well developed in the northern
hemisphere but thinly represented here. Species of Aphodius are mostly
associated with the dung of large herbivores and several European ones have
been transported far and wide in cattle-ships, to become nearly cosmopolitan;
A. lividus Ol. (3-5 mm), mostly light brown, but disc of pronotum and
elytral sutures almost black is among those already established here. The
shining, all-black A. tasmaniae Hope (10-12.5 mm) (Fig. 145), a common
native species, is larger than most and is unusual also in that its larva is mainly
a grass-feeder: it spends the day in a burrow and emerges at night to gather a
108 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
store of leaves for later consumption. These larvae are sometimes numerous
enough to cause serious depletion of local pastures; the adults fly at dusk and
often abound at lights.
Subfamily SCARABAEINAE: dung beetles, small to medium-sized, convex
to subspherical species; scutellum small or wanting; tip of abdomen exposed;
front tibiae dentate for digging, with the tarsus sometimes lacking; colour
always dark or metallic; larvae humped curl-grubs, feeding in buried dung
masses, etc.
This subfamily includes the well known and time honoured Sacred
Scarab of Egypt (Scarabaeus sacer L.) that featured constantly in the early
folklore of that country. The beetle's diligence, purposefulness and apparent
devotion to its dung-ball evidently caught the eye of the ancients and still
amount to something of a star performance even today. A few of our native
species have similar habits, notably the small, shining black Diorygopyx
and the larger, dull black Aulacopris but most seem not to have developed
such a sophisticated mode of nidification.
Aulacopris comprises two large and very rugose species that are
attracted to human excrement: maximus Matthews (22-30 mm), southern
Queensland and northern New South Wales; and reichei White (16-21 mm)
(Fig. 152), southern New South Wales and eastern Victoria. Both species are
able to fly but are nevertheless confined to the eastern coastal districts. By
contrast, species of Diorygopyx are flightless and occur mainly in the wet
forests of the Great Dividing Range, often with very localised distributions;
there are at least seven species in our area. Details of the biology of these
interesting beetles may be obtained, together with keys to genera and species,
from the revision of Matthews (1974).
Species of Cephalodesmius may be recognised by the presence of
prominent teeth on the clypeal margin of the head and arecent comprehensive
study of their biology by Monteith and Storey (1981) confirmed that plant
material is the primary food. This is gathered by the male and transported to
a burrow, where the female processes it into food-balls for the young. C.
laticollis Pasc. (13-19 mm) (Fig. 153) and C. quadridens Macl. (6-9 mm) are
confined to the coastal forests of the Queensland-New South Wales border
area but C. armiger Westw. (8-15 mm) ranges from there southwards to the
Illawarra district.
Figs 141-149. Lucanidae and Scarabaeidae. (141) Syndesus cornutus F., д (Lucanidae);
(142) Eucarteria floralis Lea, 9 (Lucanidae); (143) Hoplogonus simsoni
Parry, д (Lucanidae); 144-151 Scarabaeidae: (144) Liparochrus silphoides
Har. (Hybosorinae); (145) Aphodius tasmaniae Hope (Aphodiinae); (146)
Onthophagus australis Boisd. (Scarabaeinae); (147) Phyllotocus rufipennis
Boisd. (Melolonthinae); (148) Diphucephala smaragdula Boisd. (Melolon-
thinae); (149) Xy/onychus eucalypti Boisd. (Melolonthinae).
143
142
146
145
144
110 BEETLES ОЕ SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
Most of our scarabaeines belong to the cosmopolitan genus Onthophagus,
of which australis Boisd. (10-12 mm) (Fig. 146) is one of the best known; it
is dark bronze, with black legs and the male has two vertical, lance-like pro-
jections rising from the back of the head. This beetle is often plentiful about
dung of domestic animals, as well as that of native marsupials. O. declivis Har.
(14-15 mm), all-black, with the prothorax curiously bevelled (especially in
the male), often flies to lights at night and the finer O. pentacanthus Har.
(17-18 mm) (Fig. 140) may be taken occasionally in the same way. There are
numerous smaller species of this genus in our area, some of which are also
attracted to carrion. Matthews (1972) has revised the Australian forms.
Because our native Scarabaeidae are so adapted to dealing with the
hard droppings of marsupials, they make very little impression on those of
domestic animals. Thus every year, millions of tonnes of cattle dung litter our
pastures and provide breeding-places for bush-flies and other noxious insects.
To meet the problem, the C.S.I.R.O. is currently introducing exotic (mostly
African) species that bury this material in large quantities and results in
tropical Queensland, with O. gazella F., have been most encouraging; numer-
ous other species, with differing climatic requirements, will be needed to
cover the whole country.
Subfamily MELOLONTHINAE: Cockchafers—small to large, usually dull-
coloured, reddish-brown; head and pronotum unarmed; legs slender but the
front tibiae more or less dentate. The larvae are typical ‘curl-grubs’, feeding
mostly upon grass roots or humus in the soil; many are pasture pests.
This is an enormous assemblage of obscure and mostly unattractive
species of nocturnal habits but a number of the diurnal minority are metallic
or otherwise brightly coloured. The difficulties of identification are such that
beginners are best advised to confine their attentions to the diurnal forms, at
least for their first few seasons. Their early captures are certain to include
some of the exceedingly common Phyllotocus species that often swarm on
native blossom and even on that of garden exotics (such as Pyracantha), which
is shunned by most local beetles. The ochre-red and black P. rufipennis
Boisd. (6.5-8.5 mm) (Fig. 147) is typical of this group but there are many
other species. P. macleayi Fisch. (7-10 mm), ochre-yellow, the apical quarter
to half of the elytra dark brown to black, is less strictly diurnal and often
flies to lights in large numbers on warm midsummer nights. P. bimaculatus Er.
is similar except that its elytra are mainly dark, with only a central pale spot
on each; its flight season is a little later than that of macleayi, although the
two species may sometimes occur together.
Diphucephala species will also be encountered early in the beginner's
fieldwork. These are small flower chafers of a very uniform appearance and
bright metallic green colour, although there are many species. D. smaragdula
Boisd. (5-6 mm) (Fig. 148? was one of the first to be collected and described
SCARABAEIDAE 111
and is common over most of the south-eastern States. D. elegans Blbn
(67 mm) is a finer species that occurs at higher altitudes in the southern
ps.
Although associated with foliage rather than flowers, species of
Xylonychus appear to be diurnal. They are much larger than the above-
mentioned forms and are usually encountered singly. X. eucalypti Boisd.
(17-22 mm) (Fig. 149) is the best known of six species and is noteworthy
for its unusual light, greenish-yellow colour in life, although this is often not
zi preserved in museum specimens: it is evidently widespread in New South
Wales.
Readers wishing to identify the numerous nocturnal species of this
subfamily should consult the works of Britton (1957, 1978, 1980).
Subfamily RUTELINAE: Christmas beetles—medium-sized to large, stout and
generally metallic chafers; head and prothorax without prominences, but
clypeus somewhat extended and reflexed in males; front tarsi weakly dentate;
tarsal claws unequal, and apposable, to form a stout hook; larvae large 'curl-
grubs’, living mostly in the soil.
The largest genus is Anoplognathus, with many fine and brilliant
species in our area. Unfortunately, however, the colours do not preserve well
and mounted specimens of some species form little more than an apology for
the living beetles, in the field. The adults fly both by day and by night and
feed on eucalypt foliage, often stripping entirely certain favoured trees,
season after season, until they succumb. A. viridiaeneus Don. (28-34 mm) is
the finest local species and is brilliant metallic green in life, with bright red
legs; it is strictly coastal in distribution and the larva is thought to feed on the
roots of maritime grasses, etc. Formerly common about Sydney, where it
earned the name ‘King beetle’, it is now becoming increasingly rare, owing to
ever expanding urban development; it has, however, been recorded from as
far north as Maryborough, Queensland. A. montanus Macl. (22-27 mm) (Fig.
154) of the tablelands, is similar but smaller and with a less brilliant sheen.
A. velutinus Boisd. (21-27 mm) (Fig. 170), usually the first species to appear,
is widespread but rather uncommon; it is a light brownish buff, with small dark
spots and irregularly scattered whitish scales, giving a mealy appearance. The
similarly coloured but bare A. olivieri Dalm. (23-30 mm) (Fig. 155) is quite
common about Melbourne and Sydney later in the season. Readers wishing to
identify their captures should consult Carne's (1958) revision.
Males of Repsimus manicatus Swartz (12-21 mm) are remarkable for the
almost monstrous development of their hind tibiae, whereas those of R.
aeneus F. (17-27 mm) are more normal in this regard. Both species vary in
colour from dark bronzy-green to purplish-black; they are especially plentiful
along the sandy banks of large rivers, where the adults feed on the foliage of
sapling gums and tea-trees and the larvae burrow in the soil in search of roots
and humus.
112 BEETLES ОЕ SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
Subfamily DYNASTINAE: medium-sized to large, stout and heavy chafers,
usually black or dark brown; male head and prothorax often bearing horns or
tubercles, or grotesquely excavated; elytra not entirely covering the abdomen;
front tibiae more or less dentate; tarsal claws equal and fixed; larvae stout
curl-grubs, living in soil or decayed wood, etc.
This group includes the well known Rhinoceros beetles, of which one
species (Oryctes rhinoceros L.) is an important pest of coconuts in the
Pacific area, its larvae damaging the crowns of the plants. The Elephant
Beetle, Xylotrupes gideon L. (28-58 mm) (Figs 156, 157), perhaps the most
conspicuous Australian species, is widespread in the tropical regions of the
country and extends southwards just about to our northern limits. As with
most horned beetles, the male's ornamentations vary disproportionately with
overall size, large beetles being well provided but smaller ones quite feebly so;
females are unadorned.
Dasygnathus trituberculatus Blbn (15-33 mm) (Fig. 158) is one of the
largest and most characteristic of the local species; it is a shining black beetle
in which males show a curved and backward projecting horn on the head and
two forward projecting prongs on the prothorax. Females are without these
ornaments but with a sinuate groove behind the leading margin of the
prothorax. The fore tibiae in both sexes are armed with stout teeth that give
great purchase and the beetles are difficult to restrain with the fingers; they
also stridulate loudly when handled.
Dasygnathus belongs to the section of the subfamily where the antennal
lamellae are comparatively small and undeveloped; other local genera in this
group include Cheiroplatys, Novapus and Cryptodus. In Cheiroplatys bifossus
Blbn (20-27 mm) (Fig. 159), the legs are very stout, the teeth of the fore
tibiae are quite blunt and sexual dimorphism is not well marked. The
prothorax carries two shallow median depressions, one behind the other, and
both stronger in males than in females. Novapus also shows blunt foretibial
teeth and males of the species have a single cephalic horn and a deeply and
broadly excavate prothorax; females are unadorned. N. simplex Sharp (16-24
mm) (Fig. 160) is one of two local species with a simple horn, whereas in
adelaidae Blbn (19-24 mm), the horn is bifid.
Species of Cryptodus are very flat and the mouthparts and antennae
(in repose) are protected by expansions of the mentum (lower lip); the species
live in association with termites or ants. Most collectors will be familiar with
Figs 150-160. Scarabaeidae. (150) E/ephastomus proboscideus Schreib., б (Geotrupinae);
(151) Blackburnium sloanei Blbn, д (Geotrupinae); (152) Aulacopris reichei
White (Scarabaeinae); (153) Cephalodesmius laticollis Pasc. (Scarabaeinae);
(154) Anoplognathus montanus Macl., d (Rutelinae); (155) A. olivieri
Dalm., 9 (Rutelinae); (156) Xy/otrupes gideon L., d (Dynastinae); (157)
X. gideon, $; (158) Dasygnathus trituberculatus Blbn, д (Dynastinae); (159)
Cheiroplatys bifossus Blbn (Dynastinae); (160) Novapus simplex Sharp, d
(Dynastinae). All approximately natural size.
160
113
114 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
these very sluggish beetles, which are generally taken from beneath fallen logs,
although they also fly to light. The dull black paradoxus Macl. (17-21 mm)
(Fig. 161) and the larger, shining black tasmanianus Westw. (22-28 mm) are
common local examples.
Cryptoryctes includes light brown species, where the antennal lamellae
are very long (especially in males). These are insects of the dry inland plains
that border our western limits; males have forked cephalic horns, with three
points in trifidus Blbn (14-23 mm) and two in fectus Blbn (17-22 mm). The
prothorax in both species carries two long, upstanding prongs.
Two introduced exotic species are now established in well watered areas
of the south-eastern States; these are the South African Heteronyx arator F.
(11-16 mm) (African black beetle or Black lawn-scarab), all shining black,
and the South American Cyclocephala signaticollis Burm. (12-16 mm) (Fig.
162), light brown with variable small, black flecks. The latter is one of the
few members of the whole subfamily to show distinct markings and is of a
lighter build than most dynastines.
The Australian Dynastinae were revised by Carne (1957).
Subfamily CETONIINAE: Rose chafers—medium-sized to large, flattened
chafers of characteristic form; front tibiae dentate but only weakly so in
most males; elytra truncate, leaving the tip of the abdomen exposed, and
with the epipleura incomplete, exposing the sides of the meso- and meta-
thorax and abdomen. The antennal lamellae are often longer in males than in
corresponding females. Larvae stout and very hairy, less curved than in most
other Scarabaeidae, living in leaf-mould, humus or very rotten wood.
These are mostly brightly coloured diurnal chafers that feed on nectar,
pollen, or sometimes on whole flowers. Their common name is derived from
certain European species that consume the stamens from wild or cultivated
roses, but our species, which include some most attractive and conspicuous
beetles, are mostly seen visiting native blossom. The characteristic ‘cut’ of the
elytra allows the insects to fly with these organs unraised, thus greatly reducing
wing resistance. Flight in cetoniines is therefore very strong and direct, in
contrast to that of most beetles, and much time is spent on the wing, in
search of blossom or oviposition sites. The species are most numerous in the
wet forests of tropical Queensland but the group is represented in all eastern
States except, apparently, Tasmania.
Figs 161-169. Scarabaeidae. (161) Cryptodus paradoxus Macl. (Dynastinae); (162)
Cyclocephala signaticollis Burm. (Dynastinae); (163) Diaphonia gulosa
Janson (Cetoniinae); (164) D. olliffiana (Cetoniinae); (165) D. palmata
Schaum (Cetoniinae); (166) Lyraphora bassi White (Cetoniinae); (167) L.
obliquata Westw. (Cetoniinae); (168) Clithria eucnemis Burm. (Cetoniinae);
(169) Glyciphana brunnipes Kirby (Cetoniinae).
115
7 | 34 9
116 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
The Fiddler Beetle, Eupoecila australasiae Don. (16-21 mm) (РІ. I, A),
shining greenish-black, with bright yellow hieroglyphics, is a common and
well-known visitor to Angophora, Eucalyptus and other bloom over the whole
ofour region; its larva is exceptional in feeding on rather dry but very
weathered wood. Polystigma punctatum Don. (13-19 mm) (РІ. II, D), with its
polka-dot pattern on an ochre ground, is equally common and readily
identified. Chlorobapta frontalis Don. (17-24 mm) (РІ. II, E) resembles the
Fiddler Beetle in size and markings but the elytral hieroglyphics are generally
green. The larvae of this widespread species feed on the matrix of termite
mounds and of termite workings in hollow but living trees, especially eucalypts.
C. besti Westw. (20-25 mm) (РІ. II, F), also distinctively marked, ranges from
E. Gippsland in Victoria to southern New South Wales and the A.C.T. Males
of all species in this genus have dense, brush-like hairs on the hind tibiae.
Species of Diaphonia are less brightly coloured, in black and reddish-
brown, but are nonetheless handsome enough: D. dorsalis Don. (22-30 mm)
(РІ. II, С) is very widespread and is often attracted to garden compost heaps,
where its larvae will develop if undisturbed. The adult beetles are seldom
observed on flowers but are reported to attack ripe peaches and apricots.
D. gulosa Janson (20-26 mm) (Fig. 163), largely chestnut-brown, is common
in tall forests from Melbourne to the Snowy mountains and the A.C.T. and
may be netted as it flies swiftly along shady tracks in high summer. The
distinctively spotted D. olliffiana Janson (26-30 mm) (Fig. 164) appears to be
restricted to eastern coastal districts of New South Wales. D. palmata Schaum
(20-26 mm) (Fig. 165) is also normally spotted but its dark markings are
sometimes greatly reduced; it ranges from New England northwards to the
tropics. Micropoecila cincta Don. (20-23 mm) is rather like a small edition of
D. dorsalis but is much more smooth and shiny; the adult beetle is most often
seen on blossom in early summer and has a curiously discontinuous distribut-
ion, in eastern New South Wales and in south-western Australia. The larva
has been found in the trunks of dead Grass Trees (Xanthorrhoea) and this
may be the factor that limits its distribution.
The four known species of Lyraphora are largely tropical but two of
them extend southwards to central New South Wales: bassi White (19-21 mm)
(Fig. 166), pellucid golden brown, with black spots; obliquata Westw. (15-22
mm) (Fig. 167), black with yellow hieroglyphics, or sometimes largely pale,
with black spots. Schizorrhina Kirby, a genus once encompassing most of the
Australian Cetoniinae, is now restricted to one species, atropunctata Kirby
(25-29 mm) (РІ. П, Н), remarkable for its pale green colour in life, usually
relieved with a few small black dots (except in var. immaculata Lea). The
larva feeds in rich forest humus and the species ranges from central New
South Wales to the rain-forest of north Queensland.
Species of Trichaulax may be recognised by their grooved elytra with
associated bands of dense, shaggy pubescence; they are best represented in
Queensland but T. philipsi Schreib. (22-34 mm) occurs widely in the southern
1*6 BEETLES OF SOUTHEASTERN AUSTRALIA
The Fiddlur Béctle, Fapoecile australoriae Don. (16-21 nii) (PL 1,
dilning еъ Баск, with Aright vebow fuercglyplics, ш> corinne 2 d
well-known visitor to Ал ерю Ге; ортик and other bloom over the hois |
of osr agon; us fura is ot HOGI Tn feeding on rather dry bot very
waathered wood. Polystigena piatan Don. (13-19 man) (PEW, D wi im
polka-dot pattem on an oce mound, (= equally common amd readily
idesified, Chlorobayta frontal Don.-(1724 mr) (Fl, Д, E) resembles Иш
Ет Beetle in iid ond markings hut tbe eiycrel hieroglyphics Ате ponerally
Etin. Tha Teva of ihis widespread species feed On tho matrix of jormite
mourids ind of termite workings їп bolla but living trees, бару cucalypu.
C. bust Wearw. (20-25 mm) (Pt. H. FF, alto distinctively marked, racer йош `
E. Giposland in Victoria t southern Mew South Wales and the ACF. Males
of-all species in thi aorta have dense, brush-ike -huby on Ute Hind е,
— Specie nf Юнун ars Tess brightly coloured, in black and ddid
brown, byt are nonetheless handsome enough’ D. ойча! Don. (22-99 niea)
(PL. 1T, G) ta very eideniread and s often intracted to garden On post heap:
where Из erus will develop if twdistorbed. The adult bceties ane денот ^
observed: on flower: bot art тергей ba визо ripe peathes And Ари. ~,
П, piosa Janecin (20-26 тут) (00:71697, largely chestnur-browh. i common.
` 7n ЫЙ Forests from Melbourne to the Snowy mountstris and the AT. and :
iy Һе netied аз К Pes му along Ишду tracks ty high тыйт. The
dixtinztiviy apotred D. oR(/flana Fansog 26-30 aim) (Fg. 155 3ppeurz to be
‚Фей їл to tien opta бетле! New South Wales, D: бїт Shain
с 40646 mn (Pi. 165) IE Ut narmal!y spotted but its dick markings sce
© sametime: greatly vedueed: К zanges from New England поти tothe |
tropics Micrapatcfia thir Don, (26-23 min) i rather Икеа seil! edition of |
. D, donalis but ts mach more month Abd shiny: dr edulsbeele Ie most aften =. _
een on blossom- te oe Hn a тойу сэби dirge = |
: jon, is eaters New беп! Wales aid in sever Ан? The јал | ^"
dus been fund i tha Trunks. oj ома. Ese Tress (Жайге) wn his. po
CORR dtr da nm Qe 7 ^. |
for Кїйиз species of Lywwphoro келуу tc |
them extend southwards to central New Sputh Wales" Ало mm
` {Fig 106], petlucid vem туа; ‘Witt Ыз Ln itm icd um.
S £3 d black with wath yeljaw bieroy mel
E 29 iot Te obl j| ES o
29 fam тегів i рше green
с quleved with а few small biek do X in vt. т e.
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Aust, ent. Mag.
Af",
LAPT.
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 14, PARTS 1, 2
MAY, 1987
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$16.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
$A17.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£ 8.50) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$20.00 (US$15.00 or Stg.£10.50) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Alan Westcott.
Black field cricket, Teleogryllus commodus (Walker). This native
Australian insect is sometimes a serious pest of pastures and crops in Victoria,
New South Wales and New Zealand. Damage is caused by adults and late
stagenymphs chewing on leaves and stems of young plants at night. Plagues
originate in grasslands and pastures, the crickets swarming at dusk during
warm, calm weather.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 436-3972
Printed by
Drawing Office Printers Pty. Ltd.
253 Condamine St, Balgowlah,
N.S.W. 2093
Austtalian Entomological
Magazine
Aust. ent. Mag.
Volume 14, Parts 1, 2 May, 1987
A NEW SPECIES OF HETEROCONIS ENDERLEIN (NEUROPTERA,
CONIOPTERYGIDAE) FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA
By T. R. New
Department of Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria 3083, Australia
Abstract
Heteroconis argylensis sp. n. is described from the Kununurra area of Western
Australia.
Introduction
Heteroconis Enderlein is one of the most diverse and characteristic
genera of Coniopterygidae in the Australian region (Meinander 1969, 1972).
Little attention has been paid to the Australian taxa since Meinander's
(1972) revision, although additional species have been described from New
Guinea (Tjeder 1973, New in press) and Indonesia (Monserrat 1982).
A small collection of Neuroptera made around the Argyle Diamond
Mine in north-west Australia by Mr A. Postle contains a single male of a
striking new species, which is described in this note. In general, Conioptery-
gidae attract little attention from collectors, and progressive documentation
of the Australian fauna as material comes to hand is warranted. The same
collection also contains two females of Cryptoscenea evansorum Smithers
(1984), earlier known from Barrow Is. and south west Australia.
Genitalic terminology follows Tjeder (1973).
Heteroconis argylensis sp.n.
(Figs 1-8)
Type. Holotype, d, Western Australia, via Kununurra, Argyle Diamond Mine,
12.v.1985, A. Postle (Western Australian Museum, Perth).
Coloration (in alcohol). Head dark brown. Eyes black. Palpi and corniform
process dark brown. Antennae: scape, pedicel, flagellum 1, 2 buff; flagellum
3, 4 darker brown, rest of flagellum dark brown. Thorax dorsally dark
greyish brown, notal spots glossy and almost black; pleura greyish buff.
Legs buff: F, apex of T, t; dark brown. Forewing (Fig. 1) marked with
greyish brown, markings most contrasted near posterior margin, and more
2 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
Figs 1-8. Heteroconis argylensis sp.n., male: (1) forewing; (2) hindwing; (3) corniform
process and base of antenna, lateral; (4) same, anterior; (5) internal genitalia,
lateral; (6) same, ventral; (7) penis, dorsal; (8) genitalia, caudal. (Scale in mm).
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 3
anterior markings scarcely evident. Hindwing (Fig. 2) very slightly fumose;
venation brown.
Morphology. Male with curved and centrally constricted corniform process
bearing ventral short hairs (Figs 3, 4). Antennae relatively long; scape about
twice as long as broad, with dorsal groove; pedicel nearly twice as long as
broad; basal flagellar segment longer than broad, remaining segments quadrate
or slightly broader than long. Legs normal, tibiae not expanded. Wings fairly
narrow, venation as in Figs 1, 2; forewing basal R-M crossvein at second
medial thickening; M-Cu crossvein between medial thickenings.
Male. Genitalia as in Figs 5-8; penis with strong dorsolateral lobes; gonarcus
poorly defined; hypocauda slender, simple, strongly curved dorsally; gono-
coxites broad and posteriorly tapered; styli hooked; parma weakly sclerotised.
Female. Unknown.
Measurement. Forewing 2.1 mm, hindwing 1.9 mm, A 1.1 mm, B 2.2 mm.
Comments. Genitalic features clearly differentiate this species from all
described Heteroconis spp. Several Australian species with marked wings have
the forewing M-Cu crossvein between the medial thickenings and a long
slender hypocauda, and Н. argylensis is probably most closely related to
H. enderleini Meinander, H. nigricornis Meinander, H. planifrontalis Meinander
and H. varia Enderlein. Of these, only H. planifrontalis has a R-M crossvein
close to the second medial thickening, and this species is known from a single
male from the Katherine area of the Northern Territory. H. planifrontalis
lacks a corniform process, and H. argylensis differs from it also by having
unornamented central flagellar segments and in numerous details of genitalic
structure. The hypocauda of H. enderleini and H. nigricornis is apically
furcate, whereas that of H. planifrontalis is simple as in the present species.
Acknowledgement
I am very grateful to Mr A. Postle for the opportunity to examine
Neuroptera collected in Western Australia.
References
Meinander, M., 1969. The genus Heteroconis Enderlein, 1905 (Neuroptera, Conioptery-
gidae). Not. Ent. 19: 49-68.
Meinander, M., 1972. A revision of the family Coniopterygidae (Planipennia). Acta Zool.
Fennica 136: 1-357.
Monserrat, V., 1982. Contribucion al conocimiento de los coniopterigidos (Insecta,
Neuroptera, Coniopterygidae) de la Region Orientale. Ann. Mus. сіу. storia nat.
Genova 84: 9-39.
New, T. R., (in press). Coniopterygidae (Neuroptera) from the Wau area of Papua New
Guinea. Neur. Int.
Smithers, C. N., 1984. The Neuroptera of Barrow and nearby islands off the west coast
of Western Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 11: 61-68.
Tjeder, B., 1973. Coniopterygidae from the Snow Mountains, New Guinea (Neuroptera).
Ent. Tidskr. 93: 186-209.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
MESODINA MEYRICK FROM THE
A NEW SPECIES OF
NORTHERN TERRITORY (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)
By E. D. Edwards
CSIRO, Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601
Abstract
Mesodina gracillima sp. n. is described from the Northern Territory. Adults and
the male and female genitalia are figured and compared with the other species of
Mesodina Meyrick. The status of M. cyanophracta Lower stat. rev. is discussed.
Introduction
G. Campbell collected a female specimen, closely
halyzia (Hewitson), at Fort Dundas, Melville Island,
he specimen was sent to Dr G. A. Waterhouse who, in
his subsequent publications, made no reference to it and no doubt believed
that the locality, distant from any previously known locality, required
confirmation. He may also have known that botanists at that time were
unaware that a species of Patersonia (Iridaceae), the foodplant of other species
of Mesodina, occurred in the Northern Territory. Between 1968 and 1970
F. and W. Omer-Cooper obtained four further specimens from the area
between Oenpelli and the Blyth River. Three of these and the Campbell
specimen were recorded by Peters (1969) who incorrectly sexed two of them.
Since then larvae have been found and two further adults have been reared.
Specht and Mountford (1958) mentioned the rediscovery of Patersonia
macrantha Benth. in the Northern Territory and explained how the type
locality of the plant was incorrectly recorded as Western Australia. Since
then the plant has been recorded many times in the area where the Mesodina
specimens have been taken (Geerink 1974).
Specimens of Mesodina from the Northern Territory are superficially
very similar to specimens of M. halyzia from south-eastern Australia.
Common and Waterhouse (1981) considered that they may represent a
separate subspecies. However, the genitalia in both sexes show marked
differences from M. halyzia, sufficient to indicate that the Northern Territory
population is a separate species. This has prompted a reconsideration of the
status of M. halyzia var. cyanophracta Lower. Waterhouse and Lyell (1914)
and subsequent authors treated it as a subspecies of M. halyzia but Lower
(1911) foreshadowed that its status may need to be reconsidered in the future.
In 1933 Mr T.
resembling Mesodina
Northern Territory. T
Key to the species of Mesodina Meyrick
1. Underside of fore wing with large orange patch in cell extending almost
to base j
E ob abod н aeluropis Meyri
— Underside of fore wing without large orange patch in cell И ёз ЖА;
2. Underside of hind wing bluish grey ... .cyanophracta Lower stat. rev.
Underside of hind wingreddishgrey ............. 3
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 5
3. Male fore wing almost always without small subapical spots above ....
TEL. e bio doodo danua nl. halyzia (Hewitson)
— Male fore wing with one or two small subapical spots above (in the
twoimalesiknown) merna КККК ИЕ gracillima sp. n.
Mesodina gracillima sp. n.
(Figs 13-16, 20, 24)
Types:—Holotype д labelled “12.185 133.17E 15 km SW by S of Nimbuwah Rock, N.T.
Emg 13 Jun 1973 E. D. Edwards and M. S. Upton Genitalia Slide M582 Reg. No. 3320",
in Australian National Insect Collection. 1 d, 5 99 paratypes: 1 d "Maningrida, N.T.
1/8 August 1968 Е. Omer-Cooper”; 1 $ ‘“Cadell-Blyth В. area N.T. 7.10.1968
Е. Omer-Cooper”; 1 9 “Fort Dundas, Melville Island N.T. 3 Oct 1933 T. G. Campbell
KL 09818 С. A. Waterhouse Collection"; 1 9 *Maningrida, N.T. 25/31 July 1968
F. Omer-Cooper"; 1 9 “10 mi. NE of Oenpelli, N.T. 5 Dec 1970 W. Omer-Cooper";
all in Australian Museum; 1 9 “13.205 132.30E 16 km NE by N of UDP Falls МЛ.
Emg 6 July 1980 L. Craven, Larva coll 5 Jun 1980, spin web at shelter entrance 9 Jun
1980 from within Kakadu Nat. Pk. Larva in shelter on Patersonia macrantha" in
Australian National Insect Collection.
Distribution:—The species is known from Melville Island and in western
Arnhem Land from the Blyth River area in the east to the Oenpelli area in
the west and south to near UDP Falls.
Male (Figs13,15):—Head reddish grey with some black scales, antennal shaft
black above, pale yellow ringed with black beneath, apiculus blunt, black
anteriorly, pale yellow posteriorly, nudum 15 segmented; labial palpus
with second segment reddish grey above, white beneath, terminal segment
brown. Thorax above grey, beneath white; legs pale reddish grey above,
white beneath. Abdomen above grey, beneath white; legs pale reddish grey
above, white beneath. Abdomen above grey, beneath white with reddish grey
on sides. Fore wing costa almost straight, apex moderately pointed,
termen almost straight; above dark brown with scattered pale grey scales
towards base particularly along costa and dorsum; tliree large very pale
yellow spots, опе at end of cell, one between Мз and CUA, , one between
CuA, and CuA; , опе or two small subapical very pale yellow spots; cilia pale
grey, paler at tornus; beneath grey-brown, costa and apex reddish grey, spots
as above, cilia grey brown, at tornus pale grey. Hind wing rounded, slightly
truncate at tornus; above dark brown, some paler hair scales towards base,
cilia pale grey; beneath reddish grey, two rows of reddish grey spots outlined
in dark brown, one median the other submedian, anal area dark grey, paler
proximally, cilia pale grey. Fore wing length 14 mm. Genitalia (Fig. 20).
Combined tegumen and uncus long and slender terminating in a single down-
curved tip; gnathos with fine spinules sparse and inconspicuous. Valva with
ampulla well developed with truncate tip, harpe narrow, toothed, dorsal
surface with toothed projection; saccus well developed. Aedeagus long and
slender.
Female (Figs 14, 16).—Similar to male but fore wing with apex and termen
more rounded, three subapical pale yellow spots. Fore wing length 14-16 mm.
6 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
7 | 10mm
Figs 1-8. Males odd numbers and females even numbers; upperside and underside:
(1-4) M. aeluropis; (5-8) M. cyanophracta stat. rev.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 7
10mm; 15 hah yA | 16
Figs 9-16. Males odd numbers and females even numbers; upperside and underside:
(9-12) M. halyzia; (13-16) M. gracillima sp. n.
8 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
Figs 17, 18. Male genitalia with left valva removed: (17) M. aeluropis ANIC Slide M581;
(18) M. cyanophracta stat. rev. ANIC Slide M572.
Genitalia (Fig. 24). Sterigma elongate, ductus bursae narrow, corpus bursae
with long narrow posterior section, accessory pouch well developed.
Derivation:—The name gracillima is Latin for most slender, referring in
particular to the aedeagus and the ductus bursae as well as the appearance of
the adult.
Life History:—The species has been collected in June, July, August, Oct-
ober and December. Many larvae were found in late May but no adults
were seen suggesting that few if any were flying at that time. However known
localities are relatively inaccessible during the wet season from December to
May and the dates may reflect this.
The early stages are very similar to those of Mesodina halyzia and
M. cyanophracta. The larvae rest head downwards in shelters on the foodplant.
Larvae have been found on the foodplant growing in flat terrain with deep,
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 9
19
20
Figs 19, 20. Male genitalia with left valva removed: (19) M. halyzia ANIC Slide M580;
(20) M. gracillima sp. n. ANIC Slide M582.
white sandy soil, apparently weathered from sandstones, supporting a
Eucalyptus woodland with a sparse grass and herb understory.
Foodplant:—Patersonia macrantha Benth. (Iridaceae).
Discussion
Meyrick (1901) described the genus Mesodina to include the two
species М. halyzia (Hewitson) (type species by original designation) and
M. aeluropis Meyrick. Characters to distinguish Mesodina from other trapez-
itine genera are given by Edwards (1979).
I have examined the holotype male of M. halyzia in the British Museum
(Natural History). Waterhouse (1937) rejected the locality on the label of
Port Denison (Bowen Q.) but the holotype represents the species from south-
eastern Australia to which the name has been applied. Lower (1911) described
M. cyanophracta from five specimens and a male was selected as the holotype
by Waterhouse (1933). According to the International Code of Zoological
Nomenclature this is a valid designation of a lectotype. There are two speci-
mens labelled as from the type series in the South Australian Museum one is a
10 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
22 21 ر
Figs 21, 22. Female genitalia: (21) M. aeluropis ANIC Slide M585; (22) M. cyanoph-
racta stat. rev. ANIC Slide M583.
female and the other a male labelled *Mesodina cyanophracta Lower male
TYPE Perth W.A. L3758" and on the reverse “N. B. Tindale Nov. 1948
replacing label destroyed by Wyatt". The male specimen has two otlier labels
"Perth W.A." and “Passed through C. W. Wyatt theft coll. 1946-1947”. As
many specimens stolen by Wyatt had the labels removed there must remain
some doubt as to the authenticity of the specimen. There is, however, no
reason to doubt that M. cyanophracta is the correct name for the species
from south-western Australia.
In adult males of M. cyanophracta and M. aeluropis (Figs 1, 3, 5, 7)
three pale subapical spots are almost always present on the fore wing and
almost always absent in M. halyzia (Figs 9, 11). The two males known of
M. gracillima have one or two subapical spots. The colour of the underside of
the hind wing in both sexes is grey in М. aeluropis with large well-marked
spots (Figs 3, 4); bluish grey in M. cyanophracta with small poorly defined
spots (Figs 7, 8) and reddish grey in both M. halyzia and M. gracillima. In
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 11
23 E 24
Figs 23, 24. Female genitalia: (23) M. halyzia ANIC Slide M587; (24) M. gracillima
sp. n. Aust. Mus. Slide.
M. gracillima the spots are more distinct and the dark brown outline is better
developed on the proximal margins of the spots (Figs 15, 16); the spot in the
submedian row between veins CuA; and 1А+2А is distinct in M. gracillima
and indistinct in M. halyzia (Figs 11, 12). The females of M. aeluropis are
distinctive with large bright yellow fore wing spots (Fig. 2) while females of
the other species are similar to one another on the upperside (Figs 6, 10, 14)
but M. cyanophracta 1s distinctively coloured beneath. The hind wings of
M. halyzia and M. gracillima are similar in shape but those of M. cyanophracta
and М. aeluropis are slightly more rounded at the tornus.
The terminal segment of the labial palpus of M. gracillima and M.
cyanophracta is slightly shorter than in M. halyzia and M. aeluropis. The
nudum of the antenna contains 15 segments in M. gracillima; 15-16 in
M. cyanophracta; 15-17 in М. halyzia and 16-17 in M. aeluropis. The tip of
the apiculus is blunter in M. cyanophracta and M. gracillima than in М.
halyzia and M. aeluropis. The base of the terminal segment in the apiculus is
12 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
about half as broad as the broadest segment in the former two species and
less than half as broad in the latter two species.
M. gracillima is smaller than the other species; the fore wing length in
each of the two males is 14 mm. Males of M. halyzia average about 15-16 mm;
M. cyanophracta average about 15 mm but some are smaller and M. aeluropis
average about 17 mm.
The male genitalia of M. gracillima differ markedly from those of the
other species of Mesodina (Figs 17-20). The aedeagus is much narrower, the
valva is narrower, the harpe is narrow and relatively pointed and the ventral
margin of the valva is almost straight. In the female genitalia the sterigma is
differently arranged, the ductus bursae is much narrower and the posterior
half of the corpus bursae is narrow compared with the other species of
Mesodina (Figs 21-24). |
The genitalia of both sexes of all four taxa show marked differences
and these differences are as marked as the differences in genitalia between
M. halyzia and M. aeluropis. The genitalia of M. gracillima, in particular,
differ so markedly from those of M. halyzia that it must be considered a
separate species. To continue to regard М. cyanophracta as a subspecies of
M. halyzia, when in some characters it differs more from M. halyzia than
M. gracillima does, seems untenable and it should be considered a separate
Species.
Acknowledgements
I thank Mr L. Craven, CSIRO Division of Plant Industry, for a larva, Dr C.N.
Smithers of the Australian Museum for the loan of specimens, Mr A. Atkins for kindly
providing photographs of specimens in the British Museum (Natural History) and for
comments, and Mr J. Green for the photographs. I also thank Dr E. S. Nielsen, Dr M.
Horak and Dr I. F. B. Common for comments.
References
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia, Angus and
Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Edwards, E. D., 1979. Two new species of Croitana Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesper-
iidae) from central Australia. Aust. ent: Mag. 6: 29-38.
Geerink, D., 1974. Revision of Australian Iridaceae. Bull. Jard. bot. natn. Belg. 44: 29-60.
Lower, O. B., 1911. Revision of the Australian Hesperiadae. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.
35: 112-172.
Meyrick, E., 1901. A new genus and species of Australian Hesperiadae. Entomologist's
mon. Mag. 37: 168.
Peters, J. V., 1969. Notes on the distribution of Australian Hesperioidea and Papilion-
oidea (Lepidoptera). Aust. Zool. 15(2): 178-184.
Specht, R. L. and Mountford, C. P., 1958. Records of the American Australian Scient-
ific Expedition to Arnhem Land. 3. Botany and Plant Ecology. Melbourne
University Press, Melbourne, 522 pp.
Waterhouse, G. A., 1933. Notes on the type specimens of Hesperiidae (Lepidoptera) in
the museums in Australia with special reference to those in the South
Australian Museum. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 5: 49-62.
Waterhouse, G. A., 1937 Australian Hesperiidae VII. Notes on types and type localities.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 62: 107-125.
Waterhouse, G. A. and Lyell, G., 1914. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robertson,
Sydney, 239 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 13
REDESCRIPTION AND GENERIC POSITION OF
PSOCUS STRIATIFRONS McLACHLAN (PSOCOPTERA: PSOCIDAE)
By C. N. Smithers
The Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney
Abstract
Psocus striatifrons McLachlan is redescribed after examination of the type
specimen and transferred to Tanystigma Smithers.
Introduction
McLachlan (1866, p. 351) described Psorus striatifrons from “Australia
meridionali". This was one of the earliest species of Psocoptera to be described
from Australia. In a postscript to the same paper (loc. cit., p. 352) he
transferred it to Stenopsocus Hagan.
Stenopsocus is of mainly Palaearctic and Indo-Malayan distribution with
one species occurring from West Irian, through Papua New Guinea, to
northern New South Wales. Despite fairly extensive collecting in southern
Australia the genus has not been found and some doubts arose as to the
correct generic position of S. striatifrons. Brief examination of the type, a
female, in the Hope Department, Oxford, confirmed that it was a member of
the Psocidae and not one of the Stenopsocidae. Through the courtesy of
Mr Ivor Lansbury I have been able to borrow the type for closer study. The
results are presented here. |
The type specimen was pinned on a micropin through card attached to
a standard insect pin. Labels attached to the pin are as follows:—
1. A small white label, hand written, bearing the words “8. Australia". (Note:
not “Australia meridionali" as in McLachlan 1866).
2. A blue diamond-shaped label with W in black ink.
3. A blue label with hand written “Рѕосиѕ striatifrons McL”.
4. A white label with narrow red border, with printed words "TYPE" and
“Coll. Hope Oxon." and hand written “Trans. Ent. Soc. 1866, p. 351”.
5. A large black bordered label with printed words “TYPE” and “HOPE
DEPT. OXFORD? and hand written “Рѕосиѕ striatifrons M'Lachlan."
The specimen has now been removed from the pin, using detergent,
dissected and mounted on a slide to which the same labels have been glued.
Condition of type.—The type was in fairly good condition. It lacked
antennae, except for the scape and pedicel of the right side. The distal part of
the right fore wing was missing and the left fore wing damaged. The right eye
and the subgenital plate were missing.
Redescription of the type of Psocus striatifrons McLachlan
Female
Coloration.—As described by McLachlan (1966 p. 351).
Morphology.—Length of body not measurable owing to collapsed state
of abdomen. Median epicranial suture very distinct, anterior arms evanescent.
14 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
Postclypeus very well developed and strongly bulbous. Eyes fairly small, not
reaching level of vertex. IO/D (Badonnel): 3.1: PO: 0.75. Anterior ocellus
much smaller and more ovoid than lateral ocelli. Measurements of hind leg:
Е: 0.55 mm.: T: 1.15 mm.: t : 0.27 mm.: tz: 0.15 mm.: rt: 1.7: 1: сі: 21, 0.
Ctenidiobothria very small, poorly developed. Fore wing venation (Fig. 1).
Pterostigmal spurvein well developed, fine, not reaching Rs. Си, а fused with
M for a length. Fore wing length: 3.0 mm: width: 1.2 mm. Fore wing
(Fig. 1). Epiproct (Fig. 4). Gonapophyses (Fig. 3). Subgenital plate missing.
Ninth sternite sclerification (Fig. 2).
Figs 1-4. Tanystigma striatifrons (McLachlan), 9 (1) left fore wing; (2) ninth sternite;
(3) gonapophyses; (4) epiproct.
Aust. ent. Мад. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 15
Discussion
Position of Psocus striatifrons
Hagen (1866) distinguished Stenopsocus from Psocus on the basis of
the presence of a pterostigmal spurvein in Stenopsocus. He did not include
the presence of a crossvein between Cu,, and M in his characters for the
genus. The distinguishing features were indicated in a key and the one
feature he gave was sufficient to make the distinction clear. Genitalic features
were not, at that time, used in generic definitions. McLachlan, when
describing P. striatifrons, took the pterostigmal spurvein to be longer than
it is. This is an understandable error as the fairly extensive postpterostigmal
mark obscures the extent of the spurvein unless the specimen is examined
with special care. As it is, venational features alone establish the specimen as
belonging to the Psocidae not the Stenopsocidae. The form of the genitalia
confirms this position. In the Stenopsocidae the females have reduced
gonopophyses of relatively simple form.
Within the Psocidae the species falls within the definition of Tanystigma
Smithers and is very similar to other species in the genus. Tanystigma
(Smithers, 1983) is characterized by a combination of the following features:
Rs and M fused for a length in fore wing: pterostigmal spurvein present:
pterostigma elongate, relatively narrow and concave basad of spurvein; first
section of Сил longer than second and at an angle to it; external valve of
gonapophyses lobed; subgenital plate with short lobe and divergent scleritized
bands. Most of these features can be seen in the type of P. striatifrons.
Tanystigma is known only from Australia. Tanystigma striatifrons
(comb. nov.) can be distinguished from the other species as follows. It is
smaller than T. dubium (New) and T. bifurcata Smithers which both have a
fore wing length greater than 4 mm and more extensive wing markings.
T. dubium and T. bifurcata have a distinct dark area near the wing margin
between К, and R;,5. The sclerification of the ninth sternite is distinctive.
T. edwardsi (New) has entirely hyaline wings except for the dark pterostigma
which is very long and narrow with a poorly developed hind angle. T: elongata
Smithers has very extensive wing markings, especially in the distal part of the
fore wing where they occupy most of the cells anterior to M. T. inglewoodense
(New) is larger (fore wing length 3.9 mm.) than T. striatifrons and the wing
markings are a little more extensive; the mark which borders Rs and M
fusion is particularly well developed. In T. latimentula (Smithers) the wings
are hyaline and in T. paulum (Smithers) the female fore wing has the
transverse band reduced to a patch basad of the separation of M and Cu and
a mark basad of the nodulus. Т. paulum is also larger (fore wing 4.0 mm.).
Both T. notialis (Smithers) and T. tardipes (Edwards) are very much larger
(fore wings 4.8 mm.).
The species of Tanystigma can be distinguished by the following key.
Identification should be checked by reference to the original descriptions,
especially those of the genitalia which show useful differences in proportions
which are not easily expressed in a key.
16 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
Key to species of Tanystigma
1. Fore wing membrane hyaline except for pterostigma and post-
pterostigmalimark Ж Ен eer тет 2
= Fore wing with at least some markings in addition to pterostigma
andipostpterostiemaiimarka e ee КЕКИ a 4
2% Rorerwingilongerithanjdsotmm e TT . edwardsi
—"Eoreiwing'shorterttliantd:»smm ieee d TTA 3
3. Male phallosome with parameres almost straight (male only
Кпоп) ЗУ EE T EE EU Ea E ru: latimentula
— Male phallosome with parameres strongly incurved ..... paulum (d)
4% ноге Оо ee PM US x E striatifrons
Ботеро а еа ои 5
5. Боге wing with at least a small dark area in cell К; near wing
margin aie e qd бе RO T TE eC ONT” Dm PTS 6
— Fore wing with cell К, near wing margin hyaline .......... 8
6. Fore wing with extensive dark markings in cells Ку, Кз, and
Re ТОКУ REINO ED RN eT eon elongatum
— Fore wing with cell Rs hyaline ...................... 7
7. | Fore wing with some shaded membrane at fusion of Rs and
МЕЕ ү у с ЖЕНЕ. л-г: o DR POS dubium
— Fore wing without shading at fusion of RsandM ...... bifurcatum
ST Eoreiwingilongersthantd/simme я 9
— Foregwingeshorterathans4° Imm Seas ЕТЕ 10
9. Distal end of male parameres divided. Female subgenital plate
lobe long and narrow, much longer thanwide............ notialis
— Distal end of male parameres pointed. Female subgenital plate
lobefshortwasaswidefasOng MR P TETTE tardipes
10. Fore wing with dark shading around Rs and M fusion . . inglewoodense
— Fore wing without dark.shading around Rs and M fusion . . paulum (9)
Conclusion
Examination of the type of Psocus striatifrons shows that the species
should be transferred to Tanystigma and that it is distinct from other species
of that genus.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Mr I. Lansbury for allowing me to borrow the type of
Ps. striatifrons and Miss Barbara Duckworth for preparing the illustrations to this paper.
References
Hagen, H., 1866. Psocinorum et Embidinorum Synopsis Synonymica. Ver. zool. -bot.
Ges. Wien 16: 201-222.
McLachlan, R., 1866. New genera and species of Psocidae. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond.
(3)5: 345-352.
Smithers, C. N., 1983. A reappraisal of Clematostigma Enderlein with notes on related
genera (Psocoptera: Psocidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5): 71-79.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 17
THE SPECIFIC STATUS OF PAUROPSALTA NIGRISTRIGA
GODING AND FROGGATT (HOMOPTERA: CICADIDAE) WITH
THE DESCRIPTION OF AN ALLIED NEW SPECIES
By M. S. Moulds
Research Associate, Australian Museum, 6-8 College St., Sydney, N.S.W. 2000
Abstract
The Australian cicada Pauropsalta nigristriga Goding and Froggatt is distinct
from Pauropsalta melanopygia (Germar) and is here removed from the synonomy of the
latter. P. infrasila sp. n., a species from north-eastern Queensland and closely resembling
P. nigristriga, is described.
Introduction
Ashton (1914) suggested that Pauropsalta nigristriga Goding and
Froggatt, 1904, was a junior synonym of Pauropsalta melanopygia (Germar,
1834) and Burns (1957), followed by Duffels and van der Laan (1985),
list it as such in their catalogues. However, the true identity of P. melanopygia
has been uncertain as the type could not be found. Recently Dr A. Ewart
and Mr I. Lansbury located the type of P. melanopygia (and other Australian
cicada types of Germar) in the Hope Entomological Collections, University
of Oxford, which Dr Ewart will discuss in a forthcoming paper (Ewart, in
‘prep.). I have now examined the type of melanopygia (type locality Melville
Island, Northern Territory) and it is clear that P. melanopygia and P.
nigristriga are not synonymous.
P. nigristriga is usually an uncommon species which is often sympatric
with a far more common cicada that is very similar in appearance; the
latter, P. infrasila sp. n., is described below. Both species will be figured in
colour by Moulds (in press).
The following abbreviations are used: AE private collection of Dr A.
Ewart, Brisbane; AM Australian Museum, Sydney; ANIC Australian National
Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra; BMNH British Museum (Natural History),
London; JM private collection of Dr J. Moss, Brisbane; JO private collection
of Mr J. Olive, Cairns; MM Macleay Museum, University of Sydney; MV
Museum of Victoria, Melbourne; MSM author's collection; QM Queensland
Museum, Brisbane.
Pauropsalta nigristriga Goding and Froggatt, 1904, stat. rev.
(Figs 1,3, 4)
(Plate 9, figs 3, 3a in Moulds, in press)
Material examined.-NORTHERN QUEENSLAND: Holotype ó, Endeavour River, no
date, no collector (ANIC, on permanent loan from MM). 1 д, Annan River, Cooktown,
1905, Brown, ex W. W. Froggatt collection (ANIC, on permanent loan from MM). 1 б,
1 9, 24 km along Gunawarra road, S of Mt Garnet, 7.111.1973, А. & М. Walford-Huggins,
18 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
(figured pl. 9, figs 3 and 3a ‘Guide to Australian Cicadas’); 1 d, 1 9, Mt Molloy,
1.1.1974, A. & M. Walford-Huggins; 1 9, Clohesy River crossing, Mareeba-Kuranda road,
18.11.1973, A. & M. Walford-Huggins; 1 d, 16 km S of Mt Molloy, 4.1.1974, A. & М.
Walford-Huggins; 1 d, Davies Creek crossing, Mareeba-Kuranda road, 25.1.1976, A. & M.
Walford-Huggins; 1 $, Annan River crossing, Grass Tree Pocket road, 8.1.1982, eucalypt-
casuarina, G. & A. Daniels; 1 d, Laura River at old h'stead, 4.iv.1983, A. Walford-
Huggins; 1 d, York Downs, 50 km E of Weipa, 28.xii.1983, M. S. & B. J. Moulds; 1 б,
10 km S of Woodstock, S of Townsville, 2.11.1981, M. S. & B. J. Moulds; 1 d, Cairns,
24.1.1981, J. Olive (MSM). 5 dd, 1 9, Kuranda, 12.1.1950, 7/14.1.1950, 5.iii.1950, С.В.
[George Brooks], ex A. N. Burns collection; 1 d, 1 9, Mowbray River, 9.iii.1952, С.В.
[George Brooks], ex A. N. Burns collection; 1 $, Mareeba, 28.1.1950, С.В. [George
Brooks], ex A. N. Burns collection; 1 д, Mareeba, 3.xii.1950, 7. С. Brooks, ex F. E.
Wilson collection (MV). 1 д, 1 9, Tinaroo Lake, Atherton Tablelands, 20.xii.1981, J.
Olive; 1 9, Clifton Beach, north of Cairns, 11.1.1986, J. Olive (JO). 2 дд, Mareeba,
31.xii.1950, J. С. Brooks; 1 d, Mt Molloy, Dr Riches, Exch. 1914; 2 Gd, Kuranda,
14,21.1.1951, J. G. Brooks; 1 9, Cairns, 1.1.1951, J. С. Brooks; 1 $, 32 km SW of Mount
Garnet, 7.1.1976, D. K. McAlpine (AM). 7 GG, 2 99, Station Creek, N of Mt Molloy,
4.11.1981, J. Moss; 1 9, Ellis Beach, N of Cairns, 7.iii.1966, К. Norris (JM).
ADULT
Similar to P. infrasila sp. n. but differing as follows:—Rostrum reaches
only to bases of hind coxae. Male abdomen below black at apex; genitalia
(Figs 3,4) with pygofer produced laterally to form a large lobe angled ventrally
on distal half or so. Female ovipositor sheath extending more than 2 mm
(& 2.5-3.0 mm) beyond apex of abdomen.
HABITAT
Dry sclerophyll forest, often high up in eucalypt trees.
DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 1)
Northern Queensland south from “York Downs" near Weipa, through
Laura, Cooktown, Cairns, Atherton Tablelands and Mount Garnet districts,
to 50 km S of Townsville; usually uncommon. Adults have been taken from
late December to early April.
Pauropsalta infrasila sp. n.
(Figs 2, 5, 6)
(Plate 9, figs 2, 2a in Moulds, in press)
Types.-NORTHERN QUEENSLAND: d holotype and 9 allotype, Isabella Falls, Bald
Hills Stn [= Louisiana Stn], 30 km N of Cooktown, 13.11.1982, M. S. & B. J. Moulds
(AM). Paratypes.—2 99, Punsand Bay, Cape York, 17.1.1987, R. B. Lachlan; 1 d, same
locality but 16.v.1986, К. B. Lachlan & M. R. Palfreyman; 1 6, Coen, 13.1.1964, M. S.
Moulds; 9 dd, 4 99, same data as holotype & allotype (1 d figured pl. 9, fig. 2, ‘Guide to
Australian Cicadas’); 6 dd, 4 99, swamp at head of Isabella Ck, 12 km N of Bald Hills
homestead, 30 km N of Cooktown, 14.ii.1982 M. S. & B. J. Moulds; 1 $, Bald Hills Stn
near turnoff to Laura, 3.1.1981, M. S. & B. J. Moulds; 1 d, 2 99, Bald Hills Stn, 4 km N
of Isabella Falls, 29.xii.1984, G. & A. Daniels; 3 99, Bald Hills Stn, 8 km № of Isabella Ck
crossing [= Isabella Falls], 9,13.1.1982, С. & A. Daniels; 1 9, Bald Hills Stn, 9 km N of
Isabella Falls, 29.xii.1984, G. & A. Daniels; 1 d, 7 99, Cooktown, 17.1.1982, M. S. & B.
J. Moulds (1 9 figured pl. 9, fig. 2a ‘Guide to Australian Cicadas’); 1 9, Mount Cook,
Cooktown, 12.1.1982, С. & A. Daniels; 1 9, Mount Cook, Cooktown, 31.xii.1983, M. S.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 19
Figs 1- 6. (1) distribution of P. nigristriga; (2) distribution of P. infrasila; (3,4) Р.
nigristriga, male pygofer in lateral and ventral views respectively; (5, 6)
P. infrasila sp.n., male pygofer in lateral and ventral views respectively. ps,
pseudoparamere; upl, upper pygofer lobe.
20 Aust. ent. Мад. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
& B. J. Moulds; 1 d, Grassy Hill, Cooktown, 11.1.1982, G. & A. Daniels; 1 9, Annan
River crossing, Grass Tree Pocket road, 7.1.1982, eucalypt-casuarina, G. & A. Daniels;
1 d, Wrotham Park via Chillagoe, 28.1.1978, R. I. Storey; 1 $, 2 99, 27 km E of Forsayth
[near Georgetown], 24.xii.1977, R. I. Storey (MSM). 1 d, same data as holotype; 1 9,
Cape Flattery road, via Cooktown, 29.x.1981, R. I. Storey & I. J. Titmarsh (DPIM).
1 д, 1 $, Claudie River, д only bearing date 18.1.1914, J. A. Kershaw; 2 дд, 8 99, Claudie
River, ii.1914, Dr Macgillivray; 1 d, 1 9, Kuranda, 1.1908, К. W. Armitage (MV). 6 дд,
1 9, Grassy Hill lookout, Cooktown, 7.11.1973, J. Moss; 1 9, Chillagoe, 28.1.1978, К.І.
Storey (JM). 1 d, swamp at head of Isabella Ck, 12 km N of Bald Hills homestead
. [= Louisiana Stn], 30 km N of Cooktown, 14.1.1982, M. S. & B. J. Moulds; 1 9 same
data as holotype (AE). 1 d, 1 9, same data as holotype; 1 9, Hibberd Point, Weipa,
5-8.1.1975, С. B. Monteith (QM). 1 d, 1 9, same data as holotype (BMNH). 1 $, 1 $,
same data as holotype (ANIC). 1 9, Mt Cook nr Cooktown, 31.xii.1983, M. S. & B. J.
Moulds (JO).
Other material examined. —2, дд, 1 9, Claudie River, xi.1913-ii.1914, and 28.1.1914, J. A.
Kershaw, all badly damaged (MV).
ADULT
Male
Head.—Black with dull yellow markings. Postclypeus glossy black; most
anterior part bearing a dull yellow spot; lateral margins dull yellow; dorsally
depressed, almost flat; midline only weakly grooved but lateral transverse
ridges distinct. Anteclypeus black. Rostrum brown at base becoming black
towards apex; reaching just beyond apices of hind coxae. Antennae brown.
Thorax.—Pronotum brown with black and yellow markings. Anterior
and lateral margins narrowly edged yellow, posterior margin much more
broadly edged yellow, midline yellow except for a short distance at posterior
end, a dull yellow spot either side of midline adjoining yellow posterior
marginal band, black along pronotal grooves and either side of yellow dorsal
midline. Mesonotum black with orange yellow markings; an orange-yellow
marking on either side of midline extending from extremities of anterior
arms of cruciform elevation to pronotum, these markings straight along their
outer edge, greatly expanded inwards near centre on inner edge but the
expansions never quite meeting; upper margin of each wing cavity orange-
yellow, cruciform elevation orange-yellow; always a pair of small black dots,
one against inner extremity of each anterior arm of cruciform elevation, these
sometimes completely within the orange-yellow markings, but usually only
adjoining the orange-yellow. Metathorax glossy black at hind wing base,
remainder orange-yellow.
Legs.—Fore legs mostly brown with black markings, femora and tibiae
pale yellow at their junction. Middle and hind legs more or less similar in
colouring to fore legs but tibiae, and tarsae except for distal end, pale yellow.
Wings.—Hyaline; costa orange-brown; veins black; fore wing basal
membrane brown, tending black; hind wing vein 2A weakly infuscated brown
Aust. ent. Мад. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 21
with extensive brown plaga extending half to three quarters length of 3A.
Opercula.—Small; not closing tympanal cavities; widely separated; pale
yellow and flat except for black, low, rounded swelling on basal quarter or so.
Tymbals.—Four long, black ribs spanning each tymbal and another
spanning only about half, between each a very short rib; anterior edge black
and strongly sclerotised.
Abdomen.—Brownish orange above and below; tergite 1 and anterior
half of 2 essentially black; posterior edge of tergites 2-8 pale yellowish;
anterior half or so of tergites 3-7 black but the black petering out laterally;
tergite 8 substantially black. Sternite 2 essentially black, partly brown;
forming a spine-like, glossy black projection separating tymbal and tympanum
cavities; sternites 3-9 entirely without black pigmentation, sternite 3 broad,
8 very small.
Genitalia (Figs 5, 6).—Pygofer with upper pygofer lobes large, almost
straight and tapering to a rounded point in lateral view; dorsal apical spine
large. Uncus deeply bifurcate, the lobes long, slender, sickle-shaped in lateral
view. Aedeagus long and slender, apex flanged; a ventral pair of delicate
tubular pseudoparameres at base of shaft.
FEMALE
Similar to male but abdominal tergites with the black dominating
except on tergite 8 which is almost entirely pale yellowish; abdominal segment
:9 brown on anterior two thirds or so, pale yellowish on apical remainder, the
brown bearing a dorsal pair of paramedian black fasciae that almost converge
at their posterior ends. Ovipositor sheath extending about 1-1.5 mm beyond
apex of abdomen.
MEASUREMENTS
Range and mean (in mm) for 20 dd and 20 99. Length of body: 8
19.9-24.0 (22.19), 9 19.8-24.4 (21.98). Length of fore wing: ó 23.6-30.5
(26.27); 9 24.0-29.3 (26.51). Width of head: d 6.2-7.2 (6.62); 9 6.1-7.1
(6.68). Width of pronotum (max. at pronotal collar): д 6.3-7.9 (7.07); 9
6.5-8.0 (7.24).
HABITAT
Open tropical bushland, in eucalypts and other trees.
DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 2)
Northern Queensland from Cape York, Weipa, Coen, Cooktown
district, Atherton Tablelands, Chillago and 27 km E of Forsayth near
Georgetown. It is usually a common species in the Cooktown district
but there are few specimens from other areas. Most adults have been taken
during January and February but there are records from late October to
March and a single mid May record from Cape York.
22 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
Discussion
The close similarity in external morphology and coloration of these
two species is not shared by the male genitalia. Male genital structure is, in
fact, remarkably different in major characters (compare Figs 3 and 4 with
5 and 6), ie. upper pygofer lobes (hypertrophied/simple), uncus (stout
terminal spines/long and slender terminal spines) and aedeagus (a dorsal pair
of very long pseudoparameres/a ventral pair of comparatively short and delicate
pseudoparameres). Such differences, in two otherwise similar and partly
sympatric species, must clearly separate these species biologically.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to С. & A. Daniels, R. B. Lachlan, J. Olive, M. R. Palfrey-
man, R. I. Storey and A. & M. Walford-Huggins for collecting specimens on
my behalf. The hospitality of Mr Mike Bredillet of Bald Hills Stn, where many
of the new species were collected, is greatly appreciated. Dr J. Moss and Mr J.
Olive also allowed me to examine material in their private collections and the
curators of AM, ANIC, MM,and MV gave access to material in their care. For
the loan of the type of P. melanopygia from Hope Entomological Collections
I thank Mr I. Lansbury. Dr G. B. Monteith critically read the manuscript
for which I am indeed appreciative. The Linnean Society of N.S.W. provided
financial support by way of a Joyce W. Vickery Scientific Research Grant
which is gratefully acknowledged.
References
Ashton, H., 1914. Catalogue of the Cicadidae in the South Australian Museum, with
descriptions of several new species. Trans. Proc. R. Soc. S. Aust. 38: 345-358,
pl. XVII.
Burns, A. N., 1957. Check list of Australian Cicadidae. Ent. Arb. Mus. Georg Frey
8(2): 609-678.
Duffels, J. P. and van der Laan, P. A., 1985. Catalogue of the Cicadoidea (Homoptera,
Auchenorhyncha) 1956-1980. Series Entomologica, Vol. 34. 414 pp. Junk,
Dordrecht, Netherlands.
Ewart, A., in prep. A revision of the genus Pauropsalta (Homoptera: Cicadidae) in
eastern Queensland. :
Moulds, M. S., in press. A guide to Australian cicadas. N.S.W. University Press, Kensington.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 23
PSEUDOTAENIA WATERHOUSE] (V. d. POLL) (COLEOPTERA:
BUPRESTIDAE) IN NEW SOUTH WALES
By K. R. Pullen
21 Nicholson Crescent, Turner, A.C.T. 2601
Abstract
Earlier believed extinct in New South Wales, Pseudotaenia waterhousei is shown
to be widespread and locally common in the interior of the State. The larval host in the
southern part of the insect's range is Acacia doratoxylon. A summary of the recorded
hosts of Pseudotaenia spp. is provided.
Introduction
Pseudotaenia Kerremans is one of nine genera of the buprestid subfamily
Chalcophorinae currently recognized in the Australian fauna (Carter, 1929;
Levey, 1978). Carter lists eight species of Pseudotaenia, limited in distribution
to Queensland (five species) and Western Australia. They include the largest,
and arguably some of the finest Australian species in the subfamily.
Unlike many other Australian Buprestidae, in particular members of
the predominant genus Stigmodera and its allies, the Chalcophorinae are not
known to feed on floral nectar as adults; rather, they frequent foliage, often
of the larval hostplant. Recorded hosts of adult Pseudotaenia include tree
species from several unrelated genera (Table 1). However, all known larval
hosts are species of Acacia (Table 1). '
No adult foodplant has been confirmed for Ps. waterhousei (V. d. Poll),
and Hawkeswood (1983) suggested that adults may not feed at all. M. De
Baar (cited by Hawkeswood, 1983) observed adults on lower trunks of the
larval host Acacia leiocalyx at Dunmore State Forest in south-east Queensland.
In central Queensland, Barnard (1890) described similar behaviour by the
beetles on lancewood (Acacia shirleyi), suggesting that the latter species is
the larval host there. Both Acacia spp. belong to the section Juliflorae (Pedley,
1978), and there are evident similarities in terms of habitat and growth habit
between A. leiocalyx at Dunmore State Forest (Hawkeswood, 1983) and
A. shirleyi further west and north (Groves, 1981). E. Adams of Edungalba,
central Queensland (pers. comm., 1986) remembers hearing from H. Barnard
that in January “from about 2 pm onwards [adults] come down the trunks
of the trees on the shady side". Barnard “Һай taken as many as 50 . . . during
one evening at ‘Coomooboolaroo’ near Duaringa". Adams considers that
most were probably ovipositing females.
Occurrence of Pseudotaenia waterhousei in N.S.W.
Although Carter (1929) did not record the range of Ps. waterhousei as
extending to N.S.W., Hawkeswood (1983) listed three “extremely old"
specimens in the Australian National Insect Collection (ANIC) from Bimbi
and Dubbo in the central west of the State. However, he considered the
24 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
species to have become extinct in N.S.W., citing the lack of recently collected
Specimens and the great changes that have occurred in the habitat since last
century.
In fact, Ps. waterhousei continues to survive at discrete localities over a
wide area of the western slopes of N.S.W. I have already noted several of
these localities (Pullen, 1984); Fig. 1 shows places in N.S.W. where Ps.
waterhousei is now either known or suspected to occur. The known localities
are numbered as follows:—
1. Bimbi: 1 іп ANIC (Hawkeswood, 1983).
2. Dubbo: 2 in ANIC (Hawkeswood, 1983).
3. Black Range, 16 km SW of Trundle: 1 in Australian Museum, Sydney, coll. 8 Jan.
1964 by B. Lowery.
4. Western foot of Weddin Mountains, near Grenfell (Fig. 2): on 13 Dec. 1981
the author and R. Pullen found adults emerging from trunks of living Acacia
doratoxylon A. Cunn. (Mimosaceae) at a site just inside the boundary of the
Weddin Mountains National Park and only about 13 km N of Bimbi (Pullen,
1984). A. Sundholm (pers. comm., 1985) subsequently (25 Dec. 1983) obtained
a log billet from a heavily infested tree at the same site; 1 adult 9 emerged the
next day.
К Round Hill Nature Reserve: examination by the author of А. doratoxylon trees
on an isolated rocky hill in Nov. 1983 revealed numerous characteristic emergence
holes and remains of an adult beetle.
6. Approximately 20 km NE of Kennebri: on 8 Apr. 1985, A. Sundholm (pers.
comm., 1985) and J. Bugeja exposed a dead adult and several presumed larvae
when cutting open “ап Acacia sp., possibly leiocalyx”.
IÊ Sandy Hollow: on 24 Oct. 1985 the author found remains of 1 adult in a tunnel
in a fallen Acacia doratoxylon; numerous emergence holes typical of Ps. water-
housei were observed in many other A. doratoxylon trees.
8. Mt. Kaputar National Park: G. Williams (pers. comm., 1985) in Nov. 1985 found
"quite a few" dead adults in dead trunks of Acacia ?leiocalyx; “опе trunk, of
ca. 11 cm width, had collapsed exposing 4 [dead] adults".
9. The Rock: 1 dead adult was taken from a gallery in a dead A. doratoxylon by
the author on 28 Dec. 1985; several very fresh emergence holes of characteristic
appearance were observed in another A. doratoxylon.
10. Near Bethungra: 2 dead adults were present in a dead A. doratoxylon tree
examined by the author on 28 Dec. 1985; old emergence holes (Fig. 3) were
present in other trees, although not commonly.
In addition, the author has observed characteristic emergence holes in
trunks of A. doratoxylon at the following two localities, although no actual
beetles could be found.
11. Мопіа Gap, Lachlan Range (Nov. 1983).
12. Western slopes of Warrumbungle Range (Oct. 1985). Here similar emergence holes
were observed also in Acacia cheelii Blakely. Confirmation of this species as a
host of Ps. waterhousei awaits the finding of adults or identifiable larvae.
No evidence of Ps. waterhousei was found in stands of A. doratoxylon
examined at the following two sites:
13. Molonglo Gorge, near Queanbeyan (Jul. 1985).
14. Cromer Hills, near Holbrook (Dec. 1985).
a
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 25
epresence confirmed PW
0o emergence holes observed
О no evidence found
Fig.1. Distribution of Pseudotaenia waterhousei in N.S.W. Great Dividing Range indicated
by 500m contour. Towns shown: A, Albury; C, Cobar; D, Dubbo; G, Griffith; N,
Narrabri; S, Singleton; W, Wagga Wagga. Refer to text for key to numbered localities.
Fig.2. Stand of Acacia doratoxylon on western foot of Weddin Mountains.
Fig. 3. Presumed emergence holes of Pseudotaenia waterhousei in trunk of dead Acacia
doratoxylon. Near Bethungra.
26 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
Discussion
Acacia doratoxylon, or *currawang", is widely distributed on the
western slopes and plains of N.S.W., extending into north-eastern Victoria
(Maslin & Pedley, 1982). The alternative common name of lancewood
reappears among several given by Cunningham et al. (1981), and the species
often forms dense, almost monospecific communities clearly similar to
A. shirleyi communities described by Speck (1968) and Groves (1981) in
Queensland.
Where extensive stands of A. doratoxylon remain, Ps. waterhousei, on
the evidence of (presumed) emergence holes, would seem to be a common
species. This is evidently the case at Monia Gap and at the Weddin Mountains,
and probably on other residual escarpments in mid-western N.S.W. The
existence of an apparently thriving population east of the Great Divide at
Sandy Hollow is interesting, although perhaps not surprising in view of the
strong “western” element in the flora and vegetation of the upper Hunter
valley (Anderson, 1968). The Rock, at latitude 35.16S, remains the southern-
most known locality of Ps. waterhousei. The northern slopes of the Cromer
Hills near Holbrook are clothed in A. doratoxylon, but the absence of any
sign of the beetle or of any emergence holes in numerous trees examined by
me strongly suggests that the site is outside the range of Ps. waterhousei.
Acacia doratoxylon does not extend north beyond about 30°S latitude
in northern N.S.W., where its range meets that of A. leiocalyx (Maslin &
Pedley, 1982), the latter species being the only other confirmed host of
Ps. waterhousei (see Table 1). Both A. Sundholm (pers. comm., 1985) and
G. Williams (pers. comm., 1985), describing populations of Ps. waterhousei
respectively near Kennebri (locality No. 6, above) and at Mt. Kaputar National
Park (locality No. 8, above), tentatively identified the host as А. leiocalyx, and
the transition to that host probably occurs in that area. A. leiocalyx in fact
extends to the coast in northern N.S.W. and southern Queensland (Maslin &
Pedley, 1982), although Ps. waterhousei appears confined to the western part
of the host’s range.
Hawkeswood (1983) ООО great concern about the continuing
survival of Ps. waterhousei However, the preference of its southern host
Acacia doratoxylon for skeletal soils on rocky ridges and hillslopes (Coster-
mans, 1981; Cunningham et al., 1981) has ensured that extensive commun-
ities of the tree remain, even in places where the surrounding flat country
was cleared for agriculture long ago. This fact, together with the known
presence of the beetles in two national parks (Mt. Kaputar and Weddin
Mountains) and two nature reserves (Round Hill and The Rock) should allay
any fears for its survival in N.S.W. The ‘lancewood’ species of Acacia in
Queensland occupy similar habitats, and Ps. waterhousei should be sought in
such places.
27
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
(661 51911£)) ‘WM 01 € рә}2111$ә1 ѕәоәйѕ pojv[o1 e *(pq42dns muavjopnasg =) vq4odns р4оцаоәуруг) se $
7121114 рлоц02]0ц2 $ *
(0681) preureg evoovsourW (8/61 “Хәтрәд :896T AdS :1(aj4tus шәрә y =) pooaeoueg $C eater) [пре
(#861) umda әтәзезоштр иојхојрор ләрәү BAIR]
(E861) POOMSIJMEH 9voo?SOUITA x«[72018] v1272y PAIR]
(поа ^P ^A) Jasnoysajom
(T861) ЧО$тә}әд $ POOMSIJMEH aratso WIN 1495048 ләроү PAIR]
1187) руо[10$
(0681) preureq әвәоюшитеп$егу "ds puipnsp?) xpe
(С$шоц]) рариршоурѕ
(рәзерип) snour&uouy ILIDLUWLYYA (CL6T ‘HOA X exerg :121472d ziuoj11dj y =) eppredesies j[npe
(peiepun) snowAuouy evootuuleuy (8961 “Апәд :2s]20x2 viuoj1d] y =) use pa1 3[np?
(0681) preureg А «90105 әцу Jo әрә 9U} 1eou, "шер шо0)7-$1 JO $991} царе
(‘punes) z;zusisi4ponb
(9967) swepy ILIMAN (Ņ861 “17 12 ривоя :vuvasnjow snjddjvang =) ход Aa13 ympe
(9961) suepy ILIMJIÁW (#861 “17172 ривоя :2221/7042114 snidájpong =) ueqiooo таре
($61) 19]daOH area01I1AW (8961 ‘әд :рирә8рашро snid&qpong =) 11naxov[q j[npe
(0681) preureg ILIMAN 291} pa[Ieu3 Aavoy L * * * pojeo[-peo1q, “ds snjdájvong [аре
(9961) surepy :($с61) 191q0H әәзезоштрү (ojdydodapy zi272 y) моүе8ид BAI]
(punes) хр/р
eouoloJow Апше jsoy popiooew pluapjopnasg jo ‘ds
'seroeds miuapjopnasg jo sjuv[d jsoy [пре pue үелге pepiooow
I TISVL
28 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
Acknowledgements
Dr J. F. Lawrence of the CSIRO Division of Entomology in Canberra
and Mr G. A. Holloway of the Australian Museum, Sydney, kindly allowed
access to collections in their care. Messrs E. E. Adams of Edungalba, A. M.
Sundholm of Sydney and G. A. Williams of Lansdowne gave information
freely. My father Mr Roy Pullen helped and shared in the rediscovery of
Ps. waterhousei at the Weddin Mountains in 1981.
References
Adams, E., 1966. Comment of Pseudotaenia ajax Saund. (Buprestidae). News Bull. Aust.
ent. Soc. 2(4): 111.
Anderson, R. H., 1968. The trees of New South Wales. 4th ed. (Sydney), N.S.W. Dept.
of Agriculture. xxvi * 510 pp.
Anonymous, (undated). Picture cards (beetles series). Shell Co. of Australia. No. 317:
Yellow-spotted jewel beetle, Pseudotaenia quadrisignata Saund. (A near
complete card series has been lodged in the CSIRO Black Mountain Library,
Canberra).
Barnard, G., 1890. Chalcophora in the scrubs of central Queensland. Entomologist
23: 179-181.
Blake, S. T., & Hoff, C., 1972. The honey flora of Queensland. Brisbane, Queensland
Dept. of Primary Industries. 234 pp.
Boland, D. J., Brooker, M. I. H., Chippendale, G. M., Hall, N., Hyland, B. P. M., Johns-
ton, В. D., Kleinig, D. A., & Turner, J. D., 1984. Forest trees of Australia.
4th ed. Melbourne, Nelson & CSIRO. 687 pp.
Carter, H. J., 1929. A check list of the Australian Buprestidae. Aust. Zoologist 5:
265-304, pl. 31-33; 6: 107-108.
Costermans, L., 1981. Native trees and shrubs of south-eastern Australia. Adelaide,
Rigby. 422 pp.
Cunningham, G. M., Mulham, W. E., Milthorpe, P. L. & Leigh, J. H., 1981. Plants of
western New South Wales. (Sydney), N.S.W. Govt. Printing Office. 766 pp.
Groves, К. Н. (ed.), 1981. Australian vegetation. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press.
449 pp.
Hawkeswood, T. J., 1983. Notes on the biology and distribution of a rare jewel beetle
Pseudotaenia waterhousei (Van de Poll) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Victorian
Nat. 100: 238241.
Hawkeswood, T. J. & Peterson, M., 1982. A review of the larval host records for Aust-
ralian jewel beetles (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Victorian Nat. 99: 240-251.
Hobler, Е. H., 1925. A beautiful buprestid (Coleoptera). Qd Nat. 5: 42-43.
Levey, B., 1978. A new tribe, Epistomentini, of Buprestidae (Coleoptera) with a redef-
inition of the tribe Chrysochroini. Syst. Entomol. 3: 153-158.
Maslin, B. R. & Pedley, L., 1982. The distribution of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae)
in Australia. Part 1. Species distribution maps. W. Austral. Herb. Res. Notes
no. 6: 1-128.
Pedley, L., 1978. A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland. Part 2. Austrobaileya 1(2):
75-234.
Perry, R. A., 1968. Lands of the Dawson-Fitzroy area, Queensland. Appendix 2. Plant
names and their common equivalents. CSIRO Land Res. Series, no. 21: 198-
199.
Pullen, K. R., 1984. Pseudotaenia waterhousei—alive and well in NSW. News Bull. Aust.
ent. Soc. 20: 17, 27.
Speck, N. H., 1968. Vegetation of the Dawson-Fitzroy area. Pp. 157-173 in: Lands of
the Dawson-Fitzroy area, Queensland (ed. R. A. Perry). CSIRO Land Res.
Series, no. 21.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 29
NOTE ON AERIAL SWARMING OF PER/SSOMMA
(DIPTERA: PERISSOMMATIDAE)
By David K. McAlpine
Australian Museum, Box A285, Sydney South, 2000
Abstract
Aerial swarming of males of Perissomma mcalpinei Colless is described.
Introduction
Flies of the family Perissommatidae were described for the first time in
1962, and almost all that is known about them is included in the two papers
of Colless (1962; 1969). Some observations on living adults of Perissomma
fusca Colless and larvae of P. fusca and P. mcalpinei Colless were recorded.
Field Observations
Observations on Perissomma mcalpinei were made near the scenic
lookout at Mount York, Blue Mountains, New South Wales, at an altitude of
1070 m. This locality is 10 km as the crow flies SW of Mount Wilson, the type
locality of the species. The habitat is dry sclerophyll forest on well drained
rocky ground (sandstone) on a hill top at the termination of a range system.
Nearby development includes a road, carpark, and walking tracks with a
remnant of a flower garden.
The generalisation of Colless (1969) that P. mcalpinei lives naturally in
rain forest and wet sclerophyll forest is not supported by this occurrence, as
a true wet sclerophyll is at some distance and there is no rain forest in the
vicinity. The habitat at Mount Boyce, Blue Mountains, where I swept a female
of P. mcalpinei on 19.v.1967, is similar to that at Mount York.
The date of observation, 6.vii.1986, is at about the coldest time of
year, the average temperature for July at nearby Mount Victoria being 5.4°С.
This accords with collection dates for adults of Perissomma spp. in general
given by Colless (1962; 1969), which are mostly in June and July, but at
Mount Donna Buang, near Warburton, Victoria, I obtained 2 adults of
P. mcalpinei on 8.iv.1963.
Numbers of these small, delicate flies were seen in mid afternoon on
and near a plant of waratah (Telopea speciosissima, family Proteaceae) about
1 m high, and some also at an adjacent plant (? Agapanthus sp., family
Alliaceae, not native). A few specimens were first observed singly in the
sunlight on leaves or flying above them for some time. They were then
observed also in small aerial swarms of 2 to about 5 flies just above these
plants. Individuals in the swarms did not hover, but flew in a rather rapid
zigzag path which made it slightly difficult to capture them with a pocket
pet of с. 15 cm diameter. Sometimes, after flying above a leaf for a little time,
an individual would alight on it. One pair was seen in copula on a leaf. As the
area fell into shade, activity of the flies ceased, but this could have been due
to disturbance by the collectors.
30 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
The sample of 33 specimens of P. mcalpinei collected on this occasion
included only 2 females. Many of these were taken from the flying swarms,
which evidently consisted entirely or almost entirely of males. Male aerial
swarms are known for Diptera of many families (Downs, 1969; Oldroyd,
1964) and generally are considered to signal the males' availability for mating.
The active, often sustained flight of P. mcalpinei contrasts with the
flight behaviour of P. fusca as recorded by Colless 1962. He found them to be
"extremely sluggish, to such an extent.that, in the laboratory, they are most
conveniently handled with forceps, like apterous insects. They rarely fly,
even when disturbed, and the occasional short flight lasts for only a second or
Тесс
Acknowledgement
I am indebted to B. J. Marlow for assistance in collecting these insects.
References
Colless, D. H., 1962. A new Australian genus and family of Diptera (Nematocera:
Perissommatidae). Aust. J. Zool. 10: 519-535.
Colless, D. H., 1969. The genus Perissomma (Diptera: Perissommatidae), with new species
from Australia and Chile. Aust. J. Zool. 17: 719-728.
Downes, J. A., 1969. The swarming and mating flight of Diptera. Алп. Rev. Ent. 14:
271-298.
Oldroyd, H., 1964. The natural history of flies. (The world Naturalist Series). Weiden-
feld and Nicolson. London. 324 pp.
NEW RECORDS OF BUTTERFLIES (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONOIDEA)
FROM KANGAROO ISLAND, SOUTH AUSTRALIA
By R. P. Mayo
140 Riverview St., Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066
Introduction
Kangaroo Island is a rich area for South Australian butterflies; Fisher (1985)
records 24 species from this island out of a total of 64 known to occur in South
Australia. During field work in late October and early November, 1985, I found two
additional species for Kangaroo Island, bringing the total number of species now known
to 26.
New records
NYMPHALIDAE
Vanessa itea (Fabricius)
A single specimen was sighted but not collected on 29 October, 1985, 10 km
south of Penneshaw.
LYCAENIDAE
Theclinesthes miskini miskini (T. P. Lucas)
Two males were taken at American Beach on 1 November 1985. Both were
flying rapidly around Adriana klotzschii on top of a sand dune in company with
T. albocincta.
Reference
Fisher, R. H., 1985. Butterflies (Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea, Papilionoidea) of Kangaroo
Island. Aust. ent. Mag. 12(1): 1-8.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 31
ESCAPE BEHAVIOUR OF INSECTS ON FIRE-BLACKENED TREE
TRUNKS IN EAST GIPPSLAND
By В. С. Piper*, С. A. Olden** and E. H. Traill
x6 Mulindie Close, Edmonton, Queensland, 4869.
1:53 Wembley Avenue, Bridgewater, South Australia, 5155.
14 Willaby Avenue, Glen Iris, Victoria, 3146.
Abstract
Escape mechanisms of 44 insect species observed on fire-blackened tree trunks in
dry sclerophyll forest at Granite Mountain, in East Gippsland are recorded.
Introduction
The dry sclerophyll forests of East Gippsland have always been subject
to the influence of fires. These fires originally were the result of natural
occurrences such as lightning strikes or the occasional use of fire by aborigines.
Settlement by Europeans in these areas for the purpose of raising stock
meant that the forests-were burnt more often than before. It was found that
an interval of five years between fires was optimal as it allowed for the
accumulation of sufficient forest litter to ensure a successful burn. Forage
growth was promoted by these fires and systematic forest burning became an
established farming practice (McKinty 1969).
Current management practices used by the Victorian Forests Commiss-
ion include the use of fuel reduction burning to an extent necessary to
prevent the spread of large wildfires. These low intensity fires are carried
out mostly during autumn, using either ground or aerial ignition techniques
(Anonymous 1981).
We collected insects from fire-blackened tree trunks at two sites (1 and
2) at Granite Mountain, approximately 40 km north of Cann River in East
Gippsland, Victoria from 3-16 January 1982. Both sites had experienced a
fire nine months prior to our study.
Site 1 was a dry ridge top with a mixed dry sclerophyll forest predom-
inantly consisting of Eucalyptus sieberi (silver top), but also including
Eucalyptus obliqua (messmate), Eucalyptus globoidea (white stringybark) and
Eucalyptus fastigata (cut tail).
Site 2 was an alluvial creek flat which also had a mixed dry sclerophyll
forest. The main tree species were E. globoidea and Е. cypellocarpa. Minor
species present were E. sieberi and Eucalyptus radiata (narrow leaf pepper-
mint).
Insects were collected from tree trunks either directly into glass vials
with the aid of jewellers forceps or by means of a hoop net. Observations on
escape mechanisms were noted prior to collection of each specimen. Speci-
ments from this study have been deposited in the Museum of Victoria, excépt
for ants which were deposited in the Australian National Insect Collection.
32 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
TABLE 1
Insects collected from fire-blackened tree trunks in East Gippsland
Order Family Genus & Species а Pos d Drs
Coleoptera Carabidae Adelotopus haemorrhoidalis Ет. 1 D
Promecoderus elegans Cast. 1 D
Alleculidae Anaxo cylindricus Germ. 1 A
Tanychilus striatus Newm. 1 A
Buprestidae Nascio vetusta Bois. 1 A
Cerambycidae Undetermined 1 A
Curculionidae ^ Aterpus tuberculatus Gyll. 1 B
Cherrus sp. 2 A
Rhinaria cultratus (F.) 1 A
Tyrtaeosus sp. 1 A
Elateridae Conoderus nitidulus Cand. 1 A
Lagriidae Lagria grandis Gyll. 2 D
Melyridae Carphurus triimpressus Lea 1 D
Diptera Tabanidae Cydistomyia victoriensis (Ric.) 1 С
Tachinidae Macropodexia longipes Macquart 2 С
Rutilia vivipara (F.) 1 C
Senostoma sp. 1 G
Asilidae Laphria rufifemorata Macquart 2 C
Neoitamus margitis (Walker) 10 C
Neoitamus sp. 1 C
Lepidoptera Psychidae Undetermined (2 spp.) 3 F
Hemiptera Achilidae Undetermined (3 spp.) 3 D
Cicadellidae Undetermined 1 D
Cicadidae Undetermined 1 C
Eurybrachyidae Platybrachys sp. 1 D
Lygaeidae Daerlac sp. 2 D
Pentatomidae ^ Diemenia rubromarginata (Guer.) 2 D
Reduviidae Stenolemus edwardsii (Bergr.) 1 E
Hymenoptera Anthophoridae Exoneura sp. 1 C
Formicidae Camponotus sp. 1 E
Crematogaster sp. 1 E
Iridomyrmex sp. (2 spp.) 4 E
Myrmecia pilosula (Fr. Smith) 3 E
Myrmecia sp. (2 spp.) 3 E
Podomyrma sp. 1 E
Polyrhachis sp. (2 spp.) 2 E
Rhytidoponera tasmaniensis 1 E
Blattodea Blattellidae Undetermined 1 C
* A. Remaining stationary (often in crevices), relying on camouflage to avoid detection.
B. Becoming immobile (retracting legs) and dropping to the ground.
Taking flight.
Roving freely over the bark, relatively undisturbed by attempts at capture, but
employing biting and/or stinging mechanisms upon capture.
G
D. Running and/or jumping across the bark surface.
E;
F.
Living within the protection of a web or case.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 33
Results and discussion
Observations from sites 1 and 2 have been combined as the two
collection sites were not sufficiently different from one another and this
study too small to allow for valid comparisons to be made. A list of the
species collected, along with escape mechanisms observed prior to capture
of each specimen in given in Table 1.
The escape mechanisms listed in Table 1 give only a general indication
of the ability of each species to avoid capture. A species may often rely on
several different strategies in order to avoid predation.
Many of the species collected were black or dark brown in colour
enabling them to blend with the fire-blackened bark. In addition, some of
these species possessed spines and protuberances which further assisted in
camouflaging them against the rough texture of the bark. A particularly
striking example of this feature was seen in the weevil, Aterpus tuberculatus.
Adult asilids, tabanids and tachinids align their bodies vertically, often
facing downwards when resting on the black trunks. This makes it even more
difficult to distinguish the outlines of their black bodies against the vertical
fissures of the bark. The orientation of these insects also assists in regulating
body temperature. Dark insects have been shown to absorb more solar
radiation than lighter coloured insects. By varying their body orientation
these insects can control their body temperatures (Chapman 1975).
Daerlac sp. mimics ants of the genus Camponotus in body shape,
colouration and movement, the latter which were also collected in this study,
The findings of this study suggest that many insects have successfully
utilized the microhabitats provided by burnt tree trunks. It seems likely that
predators such as birds would have played an important role in influencing
these insects. Escape mechanisms amongst these insects vary greatly and in
some instances a species may employ several mechanisms, resulting in
increased protection.
Additional collecting from fire-blackened tree trunks will reveal the
presence of many more species. Numerous microlepidopteran adults and
spiders were observed during our study but were not collected due to difficulty
in obtaining identifications.
Acknowledgements
For identification of specimens we are grateful to Dr A. Neboiss and Mr K. Walker
(Museum of Victoria); Dr R. Taylor (CSIRO); Mr G. Daniels, Dr E. Exley and the late
Dr T. Woodward (University of Queensland); and Dr B. Cantrell (Queensland Department
of Primary Industries). Mr E. Ferguson (Victorian Forests Commission) kindly provided
identification of the trees.
References
Anonymous, 1981. Environmental effects statement on pulpwood harvesting from state
forests in East Gippsland, W. D. Scott & Co. Pty Ltd, Melbourne. Pp. 7.32-7.34.
Chapman, R. F., 1975. The insects structure and function. The English Universities
Press, London. Pp. 636-645.
McKinty, J. A., 1969. Forestry in east Gippsland. Proc. R. Soc. Vict. 82(1): 129-139.
34 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
THE LIFE HISTORY OF YOMA SABINA PARVA (BUTLER)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE: NYMPHALINAE)
By G. A. Wood
P.O. Box 122, Atherton, N. Qld, 4883
Abstract
The life history of the Australian lurcher, Yoma sabina parva (Butler), is described
and a larval foodplant listed.
Introduction
The Australian lurcher is distributed through the Northern Territory,
the islands of Torres Strait, and Cape York to Cairns and the Atherton
Tableland (Common and Waterhouse, 1981).
In an effort to discover its life history a female Yoma sabina parva was
enclosed with various small herbaceous plants occuring in swampy areas. I
had previously observed lurchers to frequent these situations apparently
attracted to various succulent plants. The caged female subsequently
oviposited and adults were raised on one of these plants.
Life history
Foodplant. Ruellia sp., Acanthaceae.
Egg. Diameter 1 mm. Shiny silver-green, smooth, spherical, with fine vertical
ribs.
First instar. Length 2.5 mm. Head smooth, shiny black, rounded square in
shape. Body green, turning yellow toward the posterior end, covered with
long, forward curved, black hairs.
Third instar. Length 6 mm. Head the same as in first instar but with two
spined, dorso-lateral horns. Body smooth, lustrous, black, except for protho-
rax, base and toward posterior end of body, which are orange. Each segment
with four large branched spines, dorso-lateral and lateral.
Fifth instar (Fig. 1). Length 35 mm. Head as in third instar but with 1 mm
long black hairs and spines on horns produced to filaments to 4 mm long.
Body smooth, dull black, lateral spines with orange patches at their base,
joined by a cream line. Prolegs brown. Body with pale white hairs 0.5 mm
long.
Pupa (Fig. 2). Length 22 mm. Smooth, with a pair of lateral anterior
projections, mesothoracic ridge pointed and with small dorsal projections on
abdominal segments three to seven. Dorso-lateral projections on all segments,
those on third and fourth abdominals largest. Mesothorax with two pair of
large lateral projections, abdominal segments three and four with small lateral
projections. Variable grey-brown, with projections on metathorax and
abdominal segments one and two white, spiracles black. Suspended by
cremaster.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987 35
Figs 1, 2. Yoma sabina parva: \1) fifth instar larva on foodplant; (2) pupa.
Notes. Eggs are laid singly underneath the leaves of the foodplant. Larva
shelter beneath the leaves and feed day or night. The foodplant is small and
the larva quickly strip it then move about in search of other plants. Pupation
occurs on nearby vegetation.
The life cycle, commencing mid December, took thirty two days. Ova
hatched in four days, the larval stage took twenty two days, and the pupal
duration lasted eight days.
Reference
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
36 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(1, 2), May, 1987
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
CARNABY, Keith
1987. Jewel beetles of Western Australia. Privately published by the author, Wilga,
Western Australia. 69 pages, illustr. [Published 9th February, 1987.]
CARVALHO, José C. M. and GROSS, Gordon F.
1978. The distribution in Australia of the grass bugs of the tribe Stenodemini
(Heteroptera—Miridae—Mirinae). Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 18(2): 75-82, text-figs 1-24.
CARVER, Mary
1984. Metopolophium dirhodum (Walker) (Homoptera: Aphididae) newly recorded
from Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(3): 192.
CLYNE, Densey
1984. Tales of a moth-lover. Caterpillars with 'flick-knives', moths the size of bats,
loopers that live with spiders, and other strange tales from Down Under. BBC
Wildlife 2(12): 590-595, illustr col. & b. & w.
Lepidoptera: moths (popular style notes)
COBOS, A.
1978. Ensayo sobre los géneros de la subfamilia Polycestinae (Coleoptera: Buprest-
idae). Pt. 1. Eos (Revista Espanola de Entomologia) 54: 15-94.
Australian genera discussed: Prospheres, Xyroscelis (as Xiroscelis)
COLEMAN, N. C. and MONTEITH, G. B.
1981. Life history of the north Queensland day-flying moth, Alcides zodiaca Butler
(Lepidoptera: Uraniidae). N. Od Nat. 45(No. 179): 2-6, text-figs 1-7.
COMMON, І. Е. В.
1981. Insects. In McKenzie, №. І. (ed.), Wildlife of the Edgar Ranges area, north-
west Kimberly, Western Australia. Wildl. Res. Bull. West. Aust. 10: 60-67,
text-figs 1-10.
1985. A new Australian species of Heliothis Ochsenheimer (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24(2): 129-133, text-figs 1-10.
HUNTER, D. M.
1983. The maintenance of body temperature in adult Australian plague locusts. J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 22(2): 135-136, 2 tables.
SHIELDS, O.
1984 A revised, annoted checklist of world. Libytheidae. J. Res. Lepid. 22(4): 264-
266.
Lepidoptera: Libytheidae
SHIMA, Hiroshi
1984. The genus Paradrino from Japan and the Indo-Australasian region (Diptera:
Tachinidae). Inter. J. Ent. 26(1-2): 143-156, text-figs 1-9.
SINCLAIR, E. R. and HADDRELL, R. L.
1985. Flight of stored products beetles over a grain farming area in southern Queens-
land. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24(1): 9-15, 4 tables, 2 text-figs.
SMITH, A. M.
1984. Larval instar determination and temperature-development studies of immature
stages of the common armyworm, Mythimna convecta (Walker) (Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(2): 91-97, 4 tables, 1 text-fig.
SMITH, R. E. W. and PEARSON, R. G.
1985. Survival of Sclerocyphon bicolor Carter (Coleoptera: Psephenidae) in an
intermittent stream in north Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24(2): 101-102,
2 tables.
WILSON, M. R. and CLARIDGE, M. F.
1985. The leafhopper and planthopper faunas of rice fields. Chapter 16 in Nault, L.
R. and Rodriguez, J. G. (eds.), The leafhoppers and planthoppers. John Wiley
& Sons. Pp. 381-404, 4 tables, 5 text-figs.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
NEW BOOK. A Guide to Tasmanian Centipedes by Bob Mesibov. Price $7
incl. postage. Orders direct to author, P.O. Box 224, Zeehan, Tasm-
ania, 7469.
NEW BOOK. Jewel Beetles of Western Australia by Keith Carnaby. 1987.
458 photos illust. over 200 spp. in colour, 69 pages. Price within Aust.
$25 plus $4 post & packing; price overseas US$25 plus $7 post &
packing. Orders with payment to Keith Carnaby, Wilga, W.A. 6243.
CONTACT WANTED. Swedish collector planning to visit Sydney next Spring
and looking for insect contact. Please write to Rolf Rober, Sandviksr,
202, 16240 Vallingby, Sweden.
WANTED. Whole cocoons of Emperor Gum Moth (Antheraea eucalypti).
Pupae need not be alive but cocoons should be in good condition.
Please send to C. N. Smithers, Australian Museum, College St., Sydney,
N.S.W., 2000.
JOURNALS FOR SALE. J. Aust. ent. Soc. Vols 17-26(1) and Aust. ent. Mag.
Vols 3-13 complete less B. P. Moore's beetle fascicles. Bob Mesibov, P.O.
Box 224, Zeehan, Tas. 7469.
EXCHANGE. Amateur entomologist wishes to exchange tiger beetles (Cole-
optera: Cicindelidae). Mr Hirofumi Sawada, 304 Uramachi Okuno,
Aomori, 030, Japan.
DATA LABELS -— PRINTED TO ORDER
$12.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will only be accepted if a minimumof 50 reprints is purchased. Reprints
are charged at the following rates per page: $17 for 50 copies, $21 for100 copies and
$28 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their require size.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS
EDWARD, E. D. A new species of Mesodina Meyrick from the Northern
Territory (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) ................... 4
McALPINE, David К. Note on aerial swarming of Perissomma (Diptera:
Perissommatidae) Ж mrs O ee eee ИЕР ca 29
MAYO, R. P. New records of butterflies (Lepidoptera: Papilionoidea)
from Kangaroo Island, South Australia.................. 30
MOULDS, M. S. The specific status of Pauropsalta nigristriga Goding
and Froggatt (Homoptera: Cicadidae) with the description of an
alliedinew?speciesz4. BGS) ү Деб Eur Se Д.А: 17
NEW, T. R. A new species of Heteroconis Enderlein (Neuroptera,
Coniopterygidae) from Western Australia ................ 1
PIPER, R. G., OLDEN, G. A. and TRAILL, E. H. Escape behaviour of
insects on fire-blackened tree trunks in East Gippsland........ 31
PULLEN, K. R. Pseudotaenia waterhousei (V. d. Poll) (Coleoptera:
Buprestidae) in New South Wales .................... 23
SMITHERS, С. N. Redescription and generic position of Psocus striat-
ifrons McLachlan (Psocoptera: Psocidae) ................ 13
WOOD, G. A. The life history of Yoma sabina parva (Butler) (Lepid-
OpteraaNympnalinac) Pe MEET 34
RECENT LITERATURE- An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds .......... 36
ENTOMOLOGIGATANO TICES see TT inside back cover
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
THE
CHAMBERS
Rainforest Holiday Apartment: ES A
Lake Eacham, Atherton Tablelands, N.Q.
Modern, spacious, fully self contained, 3 bedroom unit,
sleeps 5 in comfort. Surrounded by rainforest. Collect
butterflies, moths, beetles and other tropical insects at
your apartment door. Write for free brochure or ring.
Ph. (070) 95 3754 P.O. Box 87, Yungaburra, М.О. 4872
ISSN 0311-1881
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE 7 3
Aust. ent. Mag.
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 14, PART 3
AUGUST, 1987
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
| Australian Entomological Press,
14.Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$16.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
$A17.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£8.50) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$20.00 (US$15.00 or $tg.£10.50) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Alan Westcott.
Black field cricket, Teleogryllus commodus (Walker). This native
Australian insect is sometimes a serious pest of pastures and crops in Victoria,
New South Wales and New Zealand. Damage is caused by adults and late
stagenymphs chewing on leaves and stems of young plants at night. Plagues
originate in grasslands and pastures, the crickets swarming at dusk during
warm, calm weather.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 436-3972
Printed by
Drawing Office Printers Pty. Ltd.
253 Condamine St, Balgowlah,
N.S.W. 2093
Australian Entomolo ical
Oy e
bf ye
۰
nn
Volume 14, Part 3
NOTES ON THE FEEDING HABITS OF BURROWING BUGS
OF THE GENUS ADRISA (HETEROPTERA: CYDNIDAE)
By Ian Faithfull
83 Easey St, Collingwood, Victoria, 3066
Abstract
Two species of Cydnidae, Adrisa atra Dallas and A. erichsoni Signoret, are
recorded feeding on seeds of Acacia Mill. (Mimosaceae) for the first time.
Woodward, Evans and Eastop (1970) note that little is known of the
habits of the Australian Cydnidae but “тапу are probably root feeders”.
Miller (1971) states that the food of the family is mainly the roots of plants
and animal matter. Exceptions to the root feeding habit are species of the
northern hemisphere genus Sehirus Amyot & Serville which feed on stems
and seeds of plants of the family Labiatae (Woodward, 1949; Southwood
and Hine, 1950; McDonald, 1968). Facultative blood sucking has been noted
in Geotomus pygmaeus Dallas (Miller, 1971).
About 11 pm on 29 January 1983 adult specimens of Adrisa atra
Dallas (family Cydnidae) were found in the litter under a planted Acacia
tree 5 km south-east of Yanakie, Victoria. This was during a period of severe
drought, the ground being very dry with little new vegetative growth. One
of the bugs had its rostrum inserted in the hilum of the seed of the Acacia.
The bug carried the seed with its rostrum still inserted and apparently by
holding the seed with its mid legs. After about 20-30 s the insect disengaged
its rostrum. The Acacia has not been positively identified but was probably
A. retinodes Schlechtendal.
On 3 February 1983 a female Adrisa erichsoni Signoret was captured
in Melbourne and confined with soil and seeds of Acacia saligna (Labill.)
H. Wendl. During the following days the insect was observed feeding on and
carrying the seeds and several seeds were found with the endosperm eaten
out. The female produced at least six gregarious nymphs with bright orange-
38 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987
red and black barred abdomens which sheltered beneath her body. The
nymphs were first seen on 1 March. By 4 March the adult was dead along
with two nymphs. Three of the progeny survived until 9 March but despite a
definite increase in their size all were dead by 20 March.
Amongst the Hemiptera the habit of seed feeding is best developed in
the Lygaeidae. The majority probably feed on ripe seed dropped to the
ground (Woodward et al., 1970). In the Cydnidae the only record of mature
seed feeding appears to be that of McDonald (1968) who observed Sehirus
cinctus albonatus Dallas feeding on Stachys palustris L. Woodward (1949)
observed nymphs and adults of Sehirus bicolor (L.), a British species, feeding
on young seed heads of Ballota nigra L. and Southwood (Southwood and
Hine, 1950) saw the same species stem feeding from Lamium album L. These
host plants belong to the Labiatae (Lamiaceae). My observations detailed
above for Adrisa appear to be the first record of seed feeding on plants of
the Mimosaceae (Woodward, 1983, pers. comm.).
The 18-24 day incubation period for S. bicolor eggs found by
Southwood and Hine agrees with the outside limit established with the
Melbourne female of A. erichsoni: if she deposited her egg mass soon after
capture then a maximum period of 27 days elapsed before hatching. Female
Sehirus seem to live for about one month after oviposition (Southwood and
Hine, 1950), so the maximum 30 days recorded here for the single Adrisa
female corresponds with the English record. Parental care is shown by several
groups of the Pentatomoidea and nymphs of many species are gregarious in
the first instar (Woodward et al., 1970). Female Cydnidae protect their egg
masses and newly hatched nymphs remain with the female for some 48 hours
(Southwood and Hine, 1950). The observation of gregariousness in the
nymphs of Adrisa and their protection by the female do not conflict with
these generalities.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to the late Dr T. E. Woodward who provided reference
material and criticised the manuscript, Dr R. C. Froeschner for identifying
the cydnids and the Herbarium of Victoria for attempting to identify the
Yanakie Acacia from inadequate material.
References
McDonald, F. J. D., 1968. Some observations on Sehirus cinctus (Palisot de Beauvois)
(Heteroptera: Cydnidae). Canadian J. Zool. 46: 855-858.
Miller, N. C. E., 1971. The biology of the Heteroptera. Second Edition. E. W. Classey
Ltd., Hampton, Middlesex.
Southwood, T. К. E. and Hine, D. J., 1950. Further notes on the biology of Sehirus
bicolor (L.) (Hemiptera: Cydnidae). Ent. mon. Mag. 86: 299-300.
Woodward, T. E., 1949. Notes on the biology of some Hemiptera—Heteroptera. Ent.
mon. Mag. 85: 193-206.
Woodward, T. E., Evans, J. W. and Eastop, V. F., 1970. Hemiptera. Ch. 26. In The
Insects of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne. Pp. 387-457.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987 39
THE BUTTERFLIES OF MURRAY ISLAND, TORRES STRAIT,
QUEENSLAND
By G. A. Wood
P.O. Box 122, Atherton, N. Qld 4883
Abstract
Butterfly species collected on Murray Island are listed and comments made on
the variability and status of some of these. Euploea batesii belia Waterhouse & Lyell is
shown to be a junior synonym of E. b. resarta Butler and Taenaris artemis zetes Brooks
a junior synonym of T. a. jamesi Butler. It is also suggested that Euploea core on Murray
forms part of a clinal variation through the Torres Strait Islands and that E. algea amycus
appears to form part of this cline. Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) is recorded within
Australian limits for the first time; Jamides amarauge Druce is recorded from Murray
Island for the first time.
Introduction
Murray Island is an extinct volcano in far eastern Torres Strait, lying
9*55'S and 144^03'E, which is approximately 135 km southeast of the
Papua New Guinea coast and 195 km from the tip of Cape York Peninsula.
Approximately half of the island is covered with grass. Most of the
remaining half is overgrown native gardens containing many exotic plants.
Little of the original vegetation remains in an undisturbed state, land clearing
and annual burning being responsible for this situation.
Lying 45 km north-east of Murray Island, and in a direct line with е.
closest point of the Papua New Guinea coast, is Darnley Island. Because of
the isolation of Murray Island little collecting has been undertaken and
material is poorly represented in collections. Two collecting trips were made
by the writer, one in 1984 between 20 April and 4 May and the other during
the same period in 1985.
A total of fifty species were taken. Five specimens of Hypolimnas
antilope (Cramer) represent the first taken within Australian limits. Jamides
amarauge Druce is recorded from Murray Island for the first time. Eight
species recorded from Darnley Island have not been taken on Murray Island.
Most of these are probably vagrants from the Papua New Guinea mainland
which have not reached as far as Murray Island.
Examination of the material collected has called into question the
validity of some races and of one species previously recognised for the island.
Euploea batesii resarta Butler, 1876
Euploea batesii belia Waterhouse & Lyell, 1914; Butterflies of Australia: 22. N. syn.
The race belia was erected on eight specimens. Euploea batesii is a
common and variable species on Murray Island and there is no justification
for the race belia. The 50 specimens taken show the continuous variation
found in resarta (Fig. 1). Euploea batesii resarta is found throughout New
Guinea and the Louisade and D’Entrecasteaux archipelagos. D’Abrera (1977)
states that it is “A very variable race".
40 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987
Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay, 1826)
Euploea core on Murray Is. appears to represent part of a clinal variation
and the variability between specimens seems sufficient to encompass specimens
designated Euploea algea amycus Miskin. A large series taken on Murray Is.
show specimens resembling core and algea but the great majority display
intermediate characters (Fig. 2).
With respect to core Ackery and Vane-Wright (1984) state they can
offer no autapomorphies to define this well known butterfly. They describe
algea as a polytypic cladospecies—based on a single doubtful autapomorphy.
Their key separates the two on the male sex brand being larger in algea than
in core, with the additional problem that some specimens are not clearly one
or the other. This is certainly the case on Murray Is., where the extent of the
white spotting is equally variable.
Taenaris artemis jamesi Butler, 1876
Taenaris artemis zetes Brooks, 1944, Proc. К. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)13: 114. N. syn.
Three specimens of this species taken on Murray Island cannot be
separated from specimens taken on Darnley Island. АП three lack the larger
ocelli and the additional small ocellus at the costa upon which the race zetes
is based.
Fig. 1. Variation in Euploea batesii resarta from Murray Island.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987 41
Fig. 2. Variation in Euploea core corinna from Murray Island: the top four specimens
are males; the 4 bottom specimens females.
42
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987
List of species collected on Murray Island
HESPERIIDAE
Hasora chromus chromus (Cramer)
Badamia exclamationis (Fabricius)
Notocrypta waigensis proserpina (Butler)
Ocybadistes ardea heterobathra (Lower)
Suniasa sunias rectivatta (Mabille)
Telicota augias krefftii (W. S. Macleay)
Cephrenes trichopepla (Lower)
Borbo cinnara (Wallace)
Pelopidas agna dingo Evans
Pelopidas lyelli lyelli (Rothschild)
PAPILIONIDAE
Graphium macfarlanei macfarlanei (Butler)
Graphium eurypylus (Linnaeus)
Papilio aegeus ormenus Guérin-Méneville
Papilio fuscus indicatus Butler
Papilio ambrax ambrax Boisduval
Cressida cressida cressida (Fabricius)
Atrophaneura polydorus queenslandicus
(Rothschild)
PIERIDAE
Catopsila pomona pomona (Fabricius)
Eurema hecabe phoebus (Butler)
Cepora perimale latilimbata (Butler)
NYMPHALIDAE
Danaus hamatus hamatus (W. S. Macleay)
Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay)
Euploea tulliolus tulliolus (Fabricius)
Euploea batesii resarta Butler
Melanitis leda bankia (Fabricius)
Mycalesis sirius sirius (Fabricius)
Mycalesis terminus terminus (Fabricius)
Mycalesis perseus perseus (Fabricius)
Orsotriaena medus moira Waterh. & Lyell
Xois arctoa arctoa (Fabricius)
Taenaris artemis jamesi Butler
Doleschalia bisaltide australis Felder
Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius)
Hypolimnas misippus (Linnaeus)
Hypolimnas alimena lamina Fruhstorfer
Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer)
Yoma sabina parva (Butler)
Junonia orithya albicincta Butler
LYCAENIDAE
Athene seltuttus affinus (Waterh. & Lyell)
Catopyrops ancyra mysia (Waterh, & Lyell)
Danis cyanea arinia (Oberthur)
Jamides phaseli (Mathew 2
Jamides amarauge Druce
Jamidea sp.
Catochrysops panormus platissa
(Herrich-Schaffer)
Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus)
Zizeeria karsandra (Moore)
Zizina labradus labradon Waterh. & Lyell
Famegana alsulus alsulus (Herrich-Schaffer)
Euchrysops cnejus cnidus Waterh. & Lyell
1, Previously unrecorded from within Australian limits.
2. A large series taken agree with the comment of Johnson (1983) concerning Darnley
Island specimens. They differ from mainland specimens in brightness and width of the
dark margins on the wings, but some resembling mainland specimens were taken with
specimens ranging to pale blue.
3. Previously unrecorded from Murray Is.
4. These are the same as a pair of Jamides sp. taken on Darnley by Johnson (1983).
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank G. B. Monteith, Queensland Museum, and E. D.
Edwards, C.S.I.R.O., Canberra, for help with identification of specimens and
access to literature. Thanks are extended to M.S. Moulds for help with the
manuscript.
References
Ackery, P. R. and Vane-Wright, R. I., 1984. Milkweed butterflies. British Museum
(Natural History), London. 425 pp.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition,
Angus and Robertson, Sydney, 682 pp.
D’Abrera, B., 1977. Butterflies of the Australian region. Second edition. Lansdowne,
Melbourne. 415 pp.
Johnson, S. J., 1983. A brief look at the butterflies of Darnley Island. News. Bull. ent.
Soc. Qd 11(8): 117-119.
Aust. ent. Мад. 14(3), August, 1987 43
THE LIFE HISTORY OF NEPTIS PRASLINI STRAUDINGEREANA
DE NICEVILLE (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE: NYMPHALINAE)
By G. A. Wood
P.O. Box 122, Atherton, N. Qld, 4883
Abstract
The life history of Neptis praslini straudingereana de Niceville is described and a
food plant listed.
Introduction
The black and white aeroplane, Neptis praslini straudingereana, is
distributed from Cape York to Tully (Common and Waterhouse, 1981).
While bushwalking at Iron Range I observed a female of this species to
oviposit on the foliage of a climbing plant. Eggs were collected and the
resultant larvae were raised on cuttings of the foodplant.
Life history
Foodplant. Phylacium bracteosum Benn. Fabaceae.
Egg. 1 mm high. Green, deeply pitted, densely covered with short hairs,
spherical (slightly higher than wide).
First instar. Length 4 mm. Head pale brown, round,, roughly textured. Body
pale green, roughly textured, with a raised band of tubercles between
segments. :
Third instar. Length 10 mm. Head elongate, pitted, with short spines, short
hairs, and with pointed vertical, dorso-lateral horns. White, with black central
line which forks and outlines the frons. Also with branching black lines from
horns to base of head. Body covered with small tubercles; meso- and
metathorax with a pair of forward curving, outward directed, spiny dorso-
lateral processes, those on metathorax longest. Abdomen with a pair of spiny,
dorso-lateral processes, on segments two, eight and nine; processes on
segments two and nine directed backwards, those on eight outwards. White
with large, down-curving, green ‘saddle’ between metathoracic processes and
processes on ninth abdominal segment; within green ‘saddle’ a small black
area encompassing the processes on the second abdominal segment.
Fifth instar (Fig..1). Length 23 mm. Head as in third instar but with spines
more obvious, colour greenish-white. Body as in third instar but pale green,
darkening toward the rear where a broken white basal line is located.
Processes on mesothorax and abdominal segments eight and nine white with
black spines, those of large green ‘saddle’ replaced with white which commen-
ces at the base of the fourth segment and curves up along the body to
terminate with the processes on the ninth abdominal segment. Pairs of
processes on meso-.and metathorax joined by white and dark green transverse
lines. Spiracles black, edged white.
Pupa (Fig. 2). Length 16 mm. Anterior end with two lateral projections,
thorax with strong dorsal ridge; abdomen with dorsal ridge and dorso-lateral
44 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987 -
Figs 1, 2. Neptis praslini straudingereana: (1) fifth instar larva on food plant; (2) pupa.
projections on second segment. Head and thorax silver-cream with black
striae. Abdomen silver-cream with scant suffusions of black. Suspended by
cremaster.
Notes. Eggs are laid singly beneath the leaves of the foodplant. Larvae
shelter beneath the leaves and feed day or night. Pupation occurs on the
foodplant.
A life cycle, completed in thirty six days, commenced in early
December. The egg hatched in six days, the larval stage took twenty one days,
and the pupal duration was nine days.
Reference
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987 45
NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF CANDALIDES CYPROTUS CYPROTUS
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
By Andrew Atkins* and Anne Heinrich?
* Newcastle College of Advanced Education, P.O. Box 84, Waratah, 2298
1 'Oakstead" East Seaham, 2324
Abstract
The early stages of Candalides cyprotus cyprotus (Olliff) are described and
figured. Observations of its behaviour are discussed.
The unusual behaviour of the first instar larvae “ring-barking” the flowers of
Conospermum spp. is described. A suggestion is made that the larvae may be obtaining
some substance from the flower pedicels. In this process the flowers are destroyed and
more lateral leaves may be produced on the plants which could provide more food for
the next generation of larvae.
C. cyprotus cyprotus appears to be strongly associated with Conospermum spp.
in the coastal heaths and sandy woodlands in the Sydney, Gosford and Hunter regions.
This association with Conospermum spp. rather than Jacksonia scoparia may indicate
that they are not conspecific with other populations e.g. Candalides cyprotus pallescens
(Tite) and even any other populations feeding on Grevillea spp.
Introduction
Candalides cyprotus (Olliff), is distributed locally in southern Australia
from central Queensland to Western Australia (Common and Waterhouse
1981). One described subspecies, C. cyprotus pallescens, is restricted to
Queensland and northern New South Wales. The life history of C. cyprotus
is not fully known but the food plants recorded are Jacksonia scoparia R. Br.
in Queensland and New South Wales, Grevillea sp. at Braidwood, N.S.W. and
Grevillea bracteosa near Geraldton, W.A. (Common and Waterhouse 1981,
Atkins 1984).
Candalides cyprotus cyprotus (Olliff)
The following observations were recorded from populations of C. cyp-
rotus cyprotus occurring in coastal dune-heath at Port Stephens, central
coast N.S.W.
Foodplant.—Conospermum taxifolium Sm. (Proteaceae).
Egg. (Fig. 1).—0.6 mm diameter; pale green, with reticulated pattern of six-
sided pits and blunt projections (Fig. 5). Egg hatches in nine days.
Larva.—First instar: length 1 mm; pale yellow-green, covered with numerous
long setae. Second to final instar (Fig. 2): length 2 mm to 15 mm; pale green
to purplish-green with lateral row of emerald green spots; first three (thoracic)
segments with paired dorsal tubercles coloured turquoise at tips; abdominal
segments with similar single dorsal tubercles; anal segment with single dark-
green dorso-lateral tubercle and single long, blue, distally placed lateral
tubercle; body covered with short, dark-brown setae. head, brown, retractable
under first segment. Larval duration approximately 8 weeks.
Pupa (Fig. 4).—Length 12 mm; dull black, heavily textured; slightly serratea,
paired projections on frons and dorsal portion of thorax. A dorsal projection
46 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987
of each of the last seven abdominal segments tapered posteriorly and flanged
laterally.
Notes.—Adults of C. cyprotus cyprotus were observed from August to
January but apparently were single-brooded in central N.S.W., the pupal
duration being at least nine months. In the Hunter region the butterfly
appeared to be absent from woodland areas where J. scoparia was abundant.
Males “‘hilltopped” on sand-dunes in warm sunny weather but females
were less frequently seen, preferring to remain at rest in the shelter of
vegetation, near groups of Conospermum spp. or on the ground in sandy
clearings. When active, the female flew strongly a metre or two above the
ground, briefly visiting flowers, particularly species of the family Proteaceae.
The eggs were laid singly on the pedicel or peduncle of an inflorescence
of C. taxifolium. The freshly hatched larvae crawled to a flower and ate
portions of the inner surface of the calyx-tube. Later the larvae moved down
the plant to eat the leaves. Near the completion of the first instar the larvae
returned to the flowers and proceeded to “ring-bark” each pedicel methodic-
ally, causing each flower to wither and drop to the ground. Second to final
instar larvae fed on the leaves of the plant, stripping all but the mid-rib. They
fed mainly in the morning and evening and remained unconcealed on the plant
when at rest.
The pupation sites were not recorded in the field, but the dark colour
of the pupa and the long pupal duration suggested that concealment was
necessary and pupation may occur in debris or leaf litter.
Discussion
The peculiar eating habits of the first instar larva is one worthy of
attention. A suggestion is put forward here in an attempt to explain the
behaviour. The first instar larvae of this butterfly may require some substance
which is only present in the flower pedicels and this may compel them to
“ring-bark” the pedicels. Further studies would be required to check this.
The plant may respond by increasing leafy growth. The possible increase
in leafy growth may be explained thus; auxin, a plant hormone, is produced
in the shoot-tips of plants and is also probably abundant in embryos, young
leaves, flowers and fruits. Auxin has been shown (Raven et al. 1982), amongst
other roles, to have an inhibitory effect in relation to the growth of lateral
buds. If the terminal shoot-tip with the apical meristem were removed, the
auxin influence ceases, stimulating outgrowth of dormant lateral buds. The
plant would renew the shoot system instead of building woody tissues (Harper
1978).
The inflorescence of C. taxifolium, a corymbose panicle, is formed at
the uppermost leaf-axils. This type of inflorescence is a raceme type which
continues to grow in length more or less indefinitely i.e. the apical meristem
persists (Rost et al. 1979). If the first instar larva of C. cyprotus cyprotus
"ring-bark" and kill the flowers and terminal shoot, then the influence of
auxin would be removed and the lateral shoots would then develop. The
possible increased leaf surface area over the whole plant would be beneficial
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987 47
5mm
Figs 1-Б. Life history of Candalides cyprotus cyprotus (Olliff): (1) egg, lateral and
dorsal view; (2) 5th instar larva, lateral and dorsal view; (3) larval setae;
(4) pupa, lateral and dorsal view; (5) detail of egg reticulation.
48 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987
to the larvae of the next generation of the butterfly. This would also require
further field studies to determine if this occurs in this case.
C. cyprotus cyprotus appears to be strongly associated with Conosper-
mum spp. in the heaths and sandy woodlands of the Sydney, Gosford and
Hunter regions. In these areas the butterfly appears to be absent from
woodlands containing Jacksonia scoparia. This suggests that C. cyprotus
cyprotus and C. cyprotus pallescens and even other populations feeding on
Grevillea spp. may not be conspecific. Further investigations into the feeding
preference, behaviour of the juvenile stages and taxonomic studies of the
adults are required to settle this question.
References
Atkins, A. F., 1984. Notes and records for some butterflies from eastern Australia,
1980-1984. Victorian Ent. 14(3): 26-29.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
Harper, J. L., 1978. Population biology of plants. Academic Press, London.
Raven, P. H., Evert, R. F., and Curtis, H., 1982. The biology of plants. 31d edition,
Publishers Inc., New York.
Rost, T. L., Barbour, M. G., Thornton, R. M., Weier, T. E., and Stocking, C. R., 1979.
Botany. A brief introduction to plant biology. J. Wiley & Sons, New York.
NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF TWO SKIPPERS
(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE) FROM NEW SOUTH WALES
By R. P. Mayo
12 Dena Ave, Narara, N.S.W. 2250.
Abstract
A new locality for Toxidia andersoni (Kirby) and Signeta tymbophora (Meyrick
and Lower) is recorded.
In New South Wales Toxidia andersoni is recorded as fairly common in
the New England National Park and as rare at several other localities (Common
and Waterhouse, 1981). It is also recorded from Mount Allyn, N.S.W. (Wilson,
1984). Signeta tymbophora is known from Mount Warning and from Gosford
to Mount Dromedary (Common and Waterhouse, 1981).
On 26 and 27 January, 1986 I collected a female Toxidia andersoni
and four male specimens of Signeta tymbophora on North Brother Mountain,
near Laurieton, N.S.W. Both species occurred around the edges of a patch of
rainforest near the summit of the mountain.
These records represent the most northern known coastal locality for
both species.
Reference
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia, Revised Edition.
Angus and Robertson, Melbourne.
Wilson, W. J., 1984. New distribution records for some Queensland and New South
Wales butterflies. Aust. ent. Mag. 11(3): 59.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987 49
MEALYBUGS (COCCOIDEA: PSEUDOCOCCIDAE) FROM THE
AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL BOTANIC GARDENS, CANBERRA
By ! P. J. Gullan, ?S. R. Donaldson and !G. A. Knox*
1Department of Zoology, Australian National University, Canberra, ACT 2601.
? Australian National Botanic Gardens, Black Mountain, Canberra, ACT 2365.
Abstract
This paper reports on 14 species of mealybugs from eight genera collected from
the Australian National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, between January 1981 and March
1984. The appearance in life and habit of the adult female, host-plant associations and
plant damage are recorded for each mealybug species.
Introduction
The Australian National Botanic Gardens (ANBG) located on Black
Mountain, Canberra, ACT, contain the largest living collection of Australian
native plants. Control of coccoids (Coccoidea: scale insects and mealybugs)
is a significant horticultural task for the gardening staff. Coccoids are some of
the most common nuisance insects in the ANBG and are controlled by
utilizing an intergrated method involving predators, parasitoids, pruning, hand
removal, or spraying, drenching and injection of the systemic insecticide
dimethoate (Rogor 406).
In 1981, S. R. Donaldson began assembling a reference collection of the
coccoids of the ANBG to aid the identification of horticultural pests.
Identification and further collection were carried out in collaboration with
P. J. Gullan from 1982 to the present. С. A. Knox collected and catalogued
specimens and prepared many of the slide-mounts that are essential for
species identification. The preserving and slide-mounting techniques of
Gullan (1984) were used for all microscopic preparations. Slide-mounted .
females and dry specimens in situ have been deposited in the Australian
National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra.
The recent taxonomic revision of Australian mealybugs (family Pseudo-
coccidae) by Williams (1985) greatly facilitated identification of the mealybug
species. Williams (1985) also reviews biological information on mealybugs of
economic importance. Many of the mealybugs reported in this paper can
cause considerable damage to native plants if not controlled.
This paper records the appearance in life and habit of the adult female,
host-plant data and plant damage for each of the 14 mealybug species collected
in the ANBG between January 1981 and March 1984. Information on natural
enemies is included. The botanical nomenclature is that of Beadle, Evans and
Carolin (1972) and Willis (1972). The host-plant data augment those available
in Williams (1985). Williams (1985) could not examine live females of most
Australian mealybug species and therefore the descriptions in this paper
supplement his descriptions of slide-mounted females.
* Present address: Department of Industry, Technology and Commerce, Canberra, ACT.
БО Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987
Records
Australicoccus grevilleae (Fuller)
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 ovoid to sub-globose, dark purple, with a dense white
cottony wax covering 0.3-0.5 mm thick; wax-covered 9 globose, 2-5 mm in diameter.
Habit.—Stationary on stems and in leaf axils, often densely aggregated.
Host plants.—Many Grevillea spp., especially G. arenaria R.Br., G. miqueliana F. Muell.
and G. mucronulata R.Br. This mealybug has been recorded from many Grevillea spp.
in NSW, ACT, Vic, SA, WA, and NT (Williams 1985).
Plant damage and natural enemies.—Lack of vigour, reduced flowering, reduced leaf
size and leaf number, associated with minor sooty mould; caused damage all year. In
the ANBG, neuropteran and coccinellid larvae and two species of hymenopteran
parasitoid have been collected or reared from infestations. This mealybug has caused
major damage to suburban plantings of G. rosmarinifolia A. Cunn. and G. victoriae
F. Muell., which are frequently used as hedges and screens within the ACT.
Australicoccus hibbertiae (Maskell)
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 sub-globose, reddish to purple black, with a white
granular wax covering 0.1-0.5 mm thick, forming discrete tufts on dorsum of mature
specimens and a wax cushion below; wax-covered 9 globose, 1.5-3.0 mm in diameter.
Habit.-On stems, leaf bases and bases of flowers or fruits, usually occurring singly.
Host plants.—Hibbertia calycina (DC.) N.A. Wakefield and H. stricta (DC.) R.Br. ex
F. Muell. A. hibbertiae appears to be confined to Hibbertia and has been collected in
NSW, Vic and SA (Williams 1985).
Plant damage.—Minor lack of vigour in H. calycina, but this plant occurs naturally in the
ANBG. Minor defoliation of H. stricta,
Dysmicoccus anicus Williams
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 oval, flattish, 2.0-3.2 mm long, grey, segments distinct,
covered with white powdery wax, bearing robust lateral wax filaments 0.1-0.3 mm long
and 4 (2 pairs) robust caudal filaments 0.5-1.7 mm long and about 0.2 mm thick.
Habit.—In crevices of distorted growth or *witches broom' caused by a rust belonging to
Uromycladium.
Host plants.—Acacia implexa Benth. and A. melanoxylon R.Br. This species has been
recorded from Acacia spp. in Qld, ACT and SA and from the bark of Eucalyptus
camaldulensis Dehnh. in SA (Williams 1985).
Plant damage.—Unknown, usually associated with damage caused by other agents.
Dysmicoccus banksi Williams
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 elongate oval, flattish, 2-3 mm long, grey, segments
distinct, covered with white powdery wax forming indistinct dorsal longitudinal stripes
and bearing slender lateral wax filaments 0.1-0.2 mm long and 4 (2 pairs) slender caudal
filaments up to 2 mm long but less than 0.1 mm thick.
Habit.—On stems, in large numbers in warm weather.
Host plant.—Acacia verticillata (L 'Hérit.) Willd. This mealybug has been collected from
NSW, ACT and Vic only on Acacia spp. (Williams 1985). It has not previously been
recorded on A. verticillata.
Plant damage.—Minor lack of vigour and minor sooty mould.
Erium globosum (Maskell)
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 sub-globose, pinkish tan, covered by a thick white waxy
secretion about 1 mm deep; wax-covered 9 globose, 3-6 mm in diameter.
Habit.—On stems, often densely aggregated.
Host plants.—Acacia howittii F. Muell., A. mucronata Willd. ex Wendl. and A. oxycedrus
Sieber ex DC. The present data and those of Williams (1985) show that E. globosum
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987 51
has been recorded from seven species of phyllodinous wattle in ACT, Vic, SA and WA.
There are no records from bipinnate wattles.
Plant damage and natural enemies.—Major lack of vigour, reduced flowering and caused
defoliation on mature foliage. The larvae of Cryptolaemus montrouzieri Mulsant
(Coccinellidae) controlled this mealybug in the ANBG during warmer months.
Maconellicoccus australiensis (Green and Lidgett)
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 ovoid, 1.5-3.5 mm long, light grey brown, lightly covered
with white powdery wax, body segments distinct due to aggregation of wax in deep
intersegmental grooves in three dorsal longitudinal bands, producing a striped appearance.
Habit.-On stems, foliage and young seed pods, often heavily infesting branches.
Host plants.—Acacia drummondii Lindl, spp. elegans and A. melanoxylon R.Br. This
mealybug has been recorded from many Acacia spp., both bipinnate and phyllodinous,
in Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic and SA (Williams 1985).
Plant damage.—Frequently caused shoot distortion and dieback. Brookes (1971)
discusses damage caused by this mealybug.
Melanococcus senticosus Williams
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 oval, dorsally convex with abdomen slightly concave
ventrally at maturity, 2.0-3.5 mm long, dorsum green, venter black, segmentation
distinct, powdery wax sparse and almost absent dorsally, confined to margins of body
and abdomen ventrally. No ovisac produced. Immature 9 grey.
Habit.—On rhachides and pinnae of bipinnate leaves; infestation normally heavy.
Host plant.—Acacia dealbata Link. The only other record of this mealybug is from the
phyllodinous wattle A. podalyriifolia Cunn. ex G. Don in Old (Williams 1985).
Plant damage and natural enemies.—Little effect on vigour and no shoot distortion
despite high density. In the ANBG, the coccinellid predators Cryptolaemus montrouz-
ieri and Parapriasus australasiae (Boisduval) have been associated with an infestation and
meat ants, Iridomyrmex purpureus (F. Smith), have been observed attending mealybugs
to obtain honeydew. :
Nipaecoccus ericicola (Maskell)
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 oval, dorsally convex, becoming ovoid to sub-globose at
maturity, 1.5-2.8 mm long, claret to purple-black coloured, with white sparse powdery
wax dorsally and squat lateral wax filaments, 0.1-0.2 mm long, on abdominal segments, ·
longest on anal lobes. Ovisac produced ventrally, composed of white glassy wax fila-
ments,
Habit.—Mostly in axils of leaves and flowers or at shoot apices; very mobile.
Host plants.—Hibbertia obtusifolia DC., Persoonia pinifolia R.Br., P. linearis (Andr.) x
Р pinifolia, Phebalium stenophyllum Benth) Maiden and Betche, Prostanthera lasianthos
Labill and Westringia longifolia R.Br. This common and widespread species has been
recorded from Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic, SA and Tas on host-plant species belonging to 10
families (Williams 1985). Collection of this mealybug on Phebalium in the ANBG adds
an eleventh host-plant family (Rutaceae) to this list.
Plant damage. Shoot distortion and fruit abortion.
Nipaecoccus exocarpi Williams
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 ovoid, purplish, covered in white wax with distinct tufts
laterally апа irregular aggregations dorsally, cuticle barely visible. Ovisac pale yellow,
produced ventrally, most conspicuous posteroventrally, composed of glassy wax fila-
ments; 9 plus ovisac 2-3 mm long.
Habit.—Along branchlets, usually near tips.
Host plant.—Exocarpos cupressiformis Labill. This mealybug has been recorded only
from Exocarpos spp. in the ACT and Vic (Williams 1985).
Plant damage and natural enemies.—Lack of vigour and sectional death of branchlets.
52 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987
In the ANBG a coccinellid predator, C. montrouzieri, and a dipteran parasitoid,
Meliscaeva sp., are natural control agents.
Planococcus citri (Risso)
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 oval, flattish, 1.5-3.0 mm long, yellow, covered in white
powdery wax, with lateral wax filaments 0.1-0.5 mm long and up to 0.1 mm thick; pair
of caudal filaments not appreciably longer than others, but robust and up to 0.8mm long.
Ovisac produced posteroventrally, composed of white glassy filaments. This species can
easily be confused with Planococcos pacificus Cox (Cox 1981) which has not been
collected in the ACT.
Habit.—On all plant parts. Mostly confined to glasshouses in the ANBG.
Host plants.-Very wide range in the ANBG. This cosmopolitan species is polyphagous
(see Williams 1985).
Plant damage.—Severe if unchecked.
Pseudococcus chenopodii Williams
Appearance.—Body of immature adult 9 oval, grey with sparse covering of powdery wax
and lateral and caudal wax filaments.
Habit.—On stems near flower buds.
Host plant.—Phebalium stenophyllum (Benth.) Maiden and Betche, but probably an
accidental occurrence. Williams (1985) records this species from NSW and SA apparently
feeding exclusively on members of the plant family Chenopodiaceae. Only one collection
of two adult specimens of P. chenopodii has been made in the ANBG, however these
were found on a member of the Rutaceae. Plants of Chenopodium album L. grow in
the vicinity of the collection site and the mealybugs may have been wandering on a
non-host plant.
Plant damage.—None apparent.
Pseudococcus hypergaeus Williams
Appearance.—Unknown since the 2 specimens collected were preserved without record
of their appearance in life.
Habit.—On young stems.
Host plant.—Persoonia pinifolia R.Br. Williams (1985) records P. hypergaeus from Qld,
NSW, Vic, SA, Tas, and NZ on 12 host-plant genera, including Persoonia, in 7 families
and notes that there is some variation amongst specimens presently assigned to this
species.
Plant damage.—None apparent.
Pseudococcus longispinus (Targioni Tozzetti)
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 oval, flattish, 2.0-3.5 mm long, pale yellow to ochre,
covered in white powdery wax, with lateral wax filaments 0:2-1.0 mm long, length
increasing posteriorly, and up to 0.1 mm thick; 2 pairs of long caudal filaments 0.1 mm
thick with anal lobe pair up to 3 mm long.
Habit.—On all plant parts, usually in large numbers. Mostly confined to glasshouses in
the ANBG.
Host plants.-Very wide range in the ANBG. Р. longispinus has been recorded from
numerous host plants іп Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic, SA, Tas and WA and “is probably one of
the commonest Australian mealybugs, found on numerous host plants in greenhouses
and in the open, especially on pears, grape-vines and Citrus" (Williams 1958, p. 317).
Plant damage.—Extensive if unchecked. See Williams (1985) for discussion of the
economic importance of this mealybug in Australia.
Pseudococcus sp.
This undescribed species will be formally named and described elsewhere.
Appearance.—Body of adult 9 elongate oval, flattish 2.0-2.8 mm long, pale yellow to
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987 53
pale salmon colour when mature, sparsely covered in white powdery wax, with lateral
wax filaments 0.1-0.7 mm long, decreasing in length from posterior to anterior of body
and 4 (2 pairs) robust caudal filaments up to 1.6 mm long апа 1.0-1.5. mm thick, with
anal lobe pair thickest. Immature 9 greyish.
Habit.—In folds of leaves prior to leaf opening, predominantly at leaf bases.
Host plant.—Xanthorrhoea australis R. Br. ssp. australis (family Xanthorrhoeaceae).
This is the first record of a mealybug on Xanthorrhoea.
Plant damage.—Chlorosis and mild pitting sometimes occurred.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank the Director of the Australian National Botanic
Gardens for permission to collect and study coccoids, Doug Williams of the
Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London, for assistance with several
mealybug identification, Tom Weir and Don Colless of the Division of Entom-
ogy, CSIRO, Canberra, for identification of the coccinellid species and the dip-
teran parasitoid, respectively, and Dr J. A. Armstrong and a referee for their
comments on the manuscript. This work was supported by a grant from the
Faculties’ Research Fund, of the Australian National University, Canberra.
References
Beadle, N. C. W., Evans, O. D. and Carolin, R. C., 1972. Flora of the Sydney region.
A. H. and A. W. Reed, Sydney, Wellington and London. 724 pp.
Brookes, Н. M., 1971. Two species of Eurycoccus Ferris on Acacia in Australia (Hom-
optera: Pseudococcidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11: 129-134.
Cox, J. М., 1981. Identification of Planococcus citri (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae) and
the description of a new species. Systematic Entomology 6: 47-53.
Gullan, P. J., 1984. A revision of the gall-forming coccoid genus Apiomorpha Rübsaamen
(Homoptera: Eriococcidae: Apiomorphinae). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser.
No. 97: 1-203.
Williams, D. J., 1985. Australian mealybugs. British Museum (Natural History), London.
431 pp.
Willis, J. H., 1972. A handbook to plants in Victoria. Volume П. Dicotyledons. Melb-
ourne University Press, Carlton. 832 pp.
BOOK REVIEW
Plant virus epidemics: monitoring, modelling and predicting outbreaks.
Editors G. D. McLean, R. G. Garrett and W. G. Ruesink. 1986.
Academic Press Australia, 30-32 Sidmore St, Marrickville, N.S.W. 2204.
ISBN 0 12 485060 X. xxi, 550 pages, illustr.
It is indeed pleasing to see this book; as the Forward states “There has
been no previous book devoted to this largely neglected topic . . . The extent
of the work done and the progress made will come as a revelation to many
readers as much of the information had previously appeared in a fragmented
or inaccessible form".
24 papers are included, arranged in 4 main sections: Monitoring (8
papers), Modelling (8 papers), Predicting (6 papers) and Control (2 papers).
In addition, the first and last papers form a prologue and epilogue. Of the
40 authors (from four continents) 15 are Australian, and all are prominent
in their fields.
Б4 Aust. ent. Мад. 14(3), August, 1987
A selection of titles gives an idea of the scope of this work: The
distribution of virus disease and the migrant vector aphid; Predators-agents
for biological control; Parasites and parasite impact on aphid populations;
Modelling the effects of changing windfields on migratory flights of the
brown planthopper; and Integrated control of insect vectors of plant virus
diseases. These review-type papers are invaluable, not only for summarising
current knowledge but also for their extensive lists of primary references.
There is a comprehensive index spanning 14 pages. C. HOLMES
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
COOKE, B. D.
1984. Factors limiting the distribution of the European rabbit flea, Spilopsyllus
cuniculi (Dale) (Siphonaptera), in inland South Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 32(4):
493-506, 1 table, text-figs 1-8.
COOPER, Robert, HORNITZKY, M. and MEDCRAFT, B. E.
1984. Non-susceptibility of Apis mellifera to Culicinomyces clavisporus. J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 23(3): 173-174.
COTTRELL, C. B.
1984. Aphytophagy in butterflies: its relationship to myrmecophily. Zool. J. Linn.
Soc. Lond. 79: 1-57, 3 tables.
COURTICE, A. C. and DREW, R. A. I.
1984. Bacterial regulation of abundance in tropical fruit flies (Diptera: Tephritidae).
Aust. Zool. 21(3): 251-268, 4 tables, 1 text-fig.
CYBINSKI, D. H.
1984. Douglas and Tinaroo viruses: two Simbu group arboviruses infecting Culicoides
brevitarsis and livestock in Australia. Aust. J. biol. Sci. 37(3): 91-97, 2 tables,
1 text-fig.
MOULDS, M. S.
1980. The identity of the dragonfly Macromia viridescens Tillyard (Odonata: Cord-
uliidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18: 343-347.
1981. Larval food plants of hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) affecting comm-
ercial crops in Australia. Gen. appl. Ent. 13: 69-80, text-figs 1-13.
1983. Summertime is cicada time. Aust. nat. Hist. 20(12): 429-435, illustr. col.
1984. Psaltoda magnifica sp.n. and notes on the distribution of other Psaltoda
species (Homoptera: Cicadidae). Gen. appl. Ent. 16: 27-32.
1984. Larval food plants of hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) affecting garden
ornamentals in Australia. Gen. appl. Ent. 16: 57-64.
1985. Illyria, a new genus for Australian cicadas currently placed in Cicada L.
(= Tettigia Amyot) (Homoptera: Cicadidae). Gen. appl. Ent. 17: 25-35.
1985. A review of the Australian hawk moths of the genus Macroglossum Scopoli
(Lepidoptera: Sphingidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 12(5): 81-105.
1985. A new species of Choristhemis Tillyard (Odonata: Synthemistidae). J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 24(2): 113-116, text-figs 1-5.
1986. The hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean.
Aust. ent. Mag. 13(3, 4): 37-40.
Correction: Aust. ent. Mag. 13(5, 6): 82.
1986. Marteena, a new genus for the cicada Tibicen rubricinctus Goding and Froggatt
(Homoptera: Tibicinidae). Gen. appl: Ent. 18: 39-42.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987 55
MURRAY, M. D. and MARKS, E. N.
1984. Blood-sucking Diptera of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(4):
265-268, 1 text-fig.
MUTT, José A. Mari and. GREENSLADE, Penelope
1985. A revision of the genus Australotomurus (Collembola: Entomobryidae: Orch-
esellinae). Aust. J. Zool. 33(2): 217-243, text-figs 1-83.
NEBOISS, A.
1984. Reclassification of Cupes Fabricius (s.lat.), with descriptions of new genera
and species (Cupedidae: Coleoptera). Systematic Ent. 9: 443-477, text-figs
1-123.
1984. Calocidae of North Queensland (Calocidae: Trichoptera). / Morse, J. C. (Ed.)
Fourth International Symposium on Trichoptera. Series Entomologica 30:
267-276.
1984. Distribution of Trichoptera in the SW Pacific area. Victorian Ent. 14(2): 14-17,
1 table.
1986. Atlas of Trichoptera of the SW Pacific-Australian region. Junk, Dordrecht/
Boston/Lancaster. Series Entomologica 37. v-viii, 1-286.
1986. Identity of two caddis-fly species described by Brauer and Navás (Trichoptera).
Aquatic Insects 8(2): 99-104, text-figs 1-12.
NEW, T. R.
1981. Paropsine beetle larvae as possible pollinators of Acacia baileyana in Victoria.
Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4): 55.
1983. Colonisation of seedling acacias by arthropods in southern Victoria. Aust. ent.
Mag. 10(1): 13-18, 2 tables.
1983. The egg and first instar larva of Italochrysa insignis (Neuroptera, Chrysopidae).
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3): 29-32, text-figs 1-10.
1983. The food of adult Osmylidae: Kempyninae (Neuroptera). Aust. ent. Mag.
10(4): 45-46, 1 table.
1983. Revision of the osmylid subfamilies Porisminae and Eidoporisminae (Insecta:
Neuroptera). Aust. J. Zool. 31(5): 763-770, text-figs 1-20.
1984. Chrysopidae: ecology on field crops. Jn Canard, M., Semeria Y. and New, T. R.
(eds), Biology of Chrysopidae. Series Entomologica 27: 160-167.
1984. The need for taxonomic revision in Chrysopidae. Jn Canard, M., Semeria, Y.
and New, T. R. (eds), Biology of Chrysopidae. Series Entomologica 27: 37-42,
5 tables.
1984. Revision of the Australian Ascalaphidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). Aust. J. Zool.,
Suppl. Ser. 100: 1-86, text-figs 1-322.
1984. Insect conservation—an Australian perspective. Junk, Dordrecht. Ser. Ento-
mologica Vol. 32. xiii, 184 pages, 4 tables, 39 text-figs.
NEW, T. R. and BOROS, C.
1983. The early stages of Micromus tasmaninae (Neuroptera: Hemerobiidae). Neur-
optera International 2(4): 213-217, text-figs 1-9.
NiCOLAS, G. and FARROW, R. A.
1984. First recorded breeding by the tropical migratory locust, Locusta migratoria
migratorioides R. & F., in the Australian Capital Territory. Aust. ent. Mag.
11(2): 34.
NIELSON, Mervin W.
1985. Leafhopper systematics. Chapter 2 in Nault, L. R. and Rodriquez, J. G. (eds.),
The leafhoppers and planthoppers. John Wiley & Sons. Pp. 11-39, 4 tables,
2 text-figs.
RAND, J. and SCHICHA, E.
1981. The tea red spider mite, Oligonychus coffeae (Nietner) (Acari: Tetranychidae)
as an avocado pest in Australia. Gen. appl. Ent. 13: 9-10.
SAGE, T. L. and GREGG, P. C.
1985. A comparison of four types of pheremone traps for Heliothis armiger
(Hiibner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc, 24(2): 99-100, 1 table.
Б6 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(3), August, 1987
THEISCHINGER, G., р
1984. The species of the genus J/liesoperla McLellan (Insecta: Plecoptera: Gripopt-
erygidae). Aust. J. Zool. 32(4): 573-602, text-figs 1-227.
1984. A revision of the Australian stonefly genus Austrocercella ІШеѕ (Insecta:
Plecoptera: Notonemouridae). Aust. J. Zool. 32(5): 691-718, text-figs 1-127.
1985. A revision of the Australian genus Telephlebia Selys (Odonata: Aeshnidae:
Brachytroninae). Aust. J. Zool. 33(2): 245-261, text-figs 1-63.
THEISCHINGER, G. and WATSON, J. A. L.
1985. The genus Episynlestes Kennedy (Odonata: Synlestidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.
24(2): 143-148, text-figs 1-21.
THOMAS, P. L. and DAVIS, N. C.
1984. A method for rearing the buffalo fly, Haematobia irritans exigua De Meijere.
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(2): 81-82, 1 table.
THOMPSON, O.
1984. Wanderer butterflies. Latrobe Valley Nat. 246: 3.
VALENTINE, P. S.
1984. Sound production in lycaenid larvae and pupae. Victorian Ent. 14(3): 22.
Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae
VILJOEN Ray
1984. March outing. Darling Downs Nat. 359: 2.
Hymenoptera: Amegilla pulchra (Alkaline Bees) nest in old termite nest.
WALKER, K. L.
1986. Revision of the Australian species of the genus Homalictus Cockerell (Hymen-
optera: Halictidae). Mem. Mus. Vict. 47(2): 105-200.
WATSON, J. A. L.
1984. A second Australian species in the Orthetrum sabina complex (Odonata:
Libellulidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(1): 1-10, text-figs 1-35.
WATSON, J. A. L., GAY, F. J. and BARRETT, R. A.
1984. The identity of Kalotermes improbus Hagen (Isoptera: Kalotermitidae). J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 23(3): 193-197, 2 tables, text-figs 1-4.
WATSON, J. A. L. and THEISCHINGER, G.
1984. Regions of taxonomic disjunction in Australian Odonata and other freshwater
insects. Odonatologica 13(1): 147-157, 4 tables.
WELLINGS, P. W.
1985. Growth, development and survival of Acyrthosiphon kondoi (Homoptera:
Aphididae) on five cultivars of lucerne. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24(2): 155-160,
2 tables, 1 text-fig.
WELLS, A.
1979. The Australian species of Orthotrichia Eaton (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae).
Aust. J. Zool. 27: 585-622, text-figs 1-77.
WHITE, M. J. D.
1982. Karyotypes and meiosis of the morabine grasshoppers IV. The genus Geck-
omima. Aust. J. Zool. 30(6): 1027-1034, text-figs 1-7.
WILLIAMS, Geoff
1981. The Harrington rainforest. National Parks J., N.S.W. 25(5): 18.
Coleoptera: Scarabidae: several spp. dung beetles
1983. Monolepta infestation at Taree 1983. Circ. ent. Sect. R. zool. Soc. N.S.W.
28: 8, text-fig. on p. 11.
Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae: Monolepta australis
1984. Two new distribution records for Everes lacturnus australis Couchman.
(Lycaenidae: Lepidoptera). Circ. ent. Sect. R. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 29: 19.
WILSON, W. J.
1983. Observations on some N.S.W. skippers (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Circ. ent.
Sect. К. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 25: 17.
ZUSKA, Jan and COLLESS, Donald H.
1984. Australian Sepsidae (Diptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(1): 59-67, text-figs 1-14.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
NEW BOOK. A Guide to Tasmanian Centipedes by Bob Mesibov. Price $7
incl. postage. Orders direct to author, P.O. Box 224, Zeehan, Tasm-
ania, 7469.
NEW BOOK. Jewel Beetles of Western Australia by Keith Carnaby. 1987.
458 photos illust. over 200 spp. in colour, 69 pages. Price within Aust.
$25 plus $4 post & packing; price overseas US$25 plus $7 post &
packing. Orders with payment to Keith Carnaby, Wilga, W.A. 6243.
CONTACT WANTED. Swedish collector planning to visit Sydney next Spring
and looking for insect contact. Please write to Rolf Rober, Sandviksr,
202, 16240 Vallingby, Sweden.
WANTED. Whole cocoons of Emperor Gum Moth (Antheraea eucalypti).
Pupae need not be alive but cocoons should be in good condition.
Please send to C. N. Smithers, Australian Museum, College St., Sydney,
N.S.W., 2000.
FOR SALE. Birdwing Butterflies by Takashi Ohya, 1983. $380. Comprehen-
sive work on all known taxa of Ornithoptera, Ripponia, Troides and
Trogonoptera. In Japanese with summary in English. 136 magnificent,
life-size, colour plates. S. Sandatio, P.O. Box 6056, M.S.O., Cairns,
Qld., 4871.
FOR SALE. Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Phasmida, Livestock and Exotic
Insects of Malaysia. Send $2 cash for catalogue to: Gooi Kee Choe, 70,
Jalan Foo Win Yin, Canning Garden, 31400 IPOH, Malaysia.
DATA LABELS - PRINTED TO ORDER
$13.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will only be accepted if a minimumof 50 reprints is purchased. Reprints
are charged at the following rates per page: $17 for 50 copies, $21 for100 copies and
$28 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Dr D. P. A. Sands, Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
c/- CSIRO, Division of Entomology,
P.B. No.3, Indooroopilly, Qld. 4068.
CONTENTS
ATKINS, Andrew and HEINRICH, Anne Notes on the EDS, of
Candalides cyprotus cyprotus (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) . . ES
FAITHFULL, Ian Notes on the feeding habits of burrowing mits of. |
the genus Adrisa (Heteroptera: Cydnidae)................ 37
GULLAN, P. J., DONALDSON, S. К. and KNOX, С. A. Mealybugs
(Coccoidea: Pseudococcidae) from the Australian National Bot-
апіс Сагаеп=Сапбегга жик. К-то, У. 49
MAYO, R. P. Notes on the distribution of two skippers (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae) from New South Wales ................... 48
WOOD, G. A. The butterflies of Murray Island, Torres Strait, Queens-
land УЕ аКШ UTE T TO Nemore TE 39
WOOD, С. A. The life history of Neptis praslini straudingereana de
Niceville (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae’ Nymphalinae)......... 43
BOOK REVIEW — Plant virus epidemics: monitoring, modelling and
predictingjoutbreaks seer eet УРО EE CURE T EV 53 |
RECENT LITERATURE - An accumulative bibliography of Australian |
entomology. Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds .......... 54 |
ENTOMOLOGIGATANORICES И 6 .. . . inside back cover
BOOKS & EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT AND BOOK CATALOGUES
ARE AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST
MAIL ORDERS ARE A SPECIALTY
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972
HE
CHAMBERS
Rainforest Holiday Apartment «5,
Lake Eacham, Atherton. Tablelands, N.Q. M
Modern, spacious, fully self contained units, sleeping
2 - 5 in comfort. Surrounded by rainforest. Collect
butterflies, moths, beetles and other tropical insects at
your apartment door. Write for free brochure or ring.
Ph. (070) 95 3754 P.O. Вох 87, Yungaburra, М.О. 4872
ISSN 0311-1881
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE /
»
| ` Y
WM d - \ |
AMAN p |
Aust. ent. Mag. | j
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 14, PARTS 4,5
NOVEMBER, 1987
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology. in the Australian region, including New Zeaiand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
`- All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
| Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$16.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
$A18.00(US$15.00 or Stg.£9.00) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$20.00 (US$18.000r Stg.£10.00) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Alan Westcott.
Black field cricket, Teleogryllus commodus (Walker). This native
Australian insect is sometimes a serious pest of pastures and crops in Victoria,
New South Wales and New Zealand. Damage is caused by adults and late
stagenymphs chewing on leaves and stems of young plants at night. Plagues
originate in grasslands and pastures, the crickets swarming at dusk during
warm, calm weather.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 436-3972
Printed by
Drawing Office Printers Pty. Ltd.
253 Condamine St, Balgowlah,
N.S.W. 2093
Volume 14, Parts 4, 5
THE BUTTERFLIES (LEPIDOPTERA) OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND,
INDIAN OCEAN
By M. S. MOULDS and R. B. LACHLAN
Research Associate, Australian Museum, 6-8 College St, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000
and
34 Roscommon Cres., Killarney Hts, Sydney, N.S.W. 2087
Abstract
Twenty two butterfly species are now known.to occur on Christmas Island. This
paper lists seven species previously unrecorded, viz. Papilio demoleus malayanus Wallace,
Eurema blanda (Boisduval), Nacaduba kurava (Moore), Jamides bochus (Stoll), Cato-
chrysops panormus (Felder), Lampides boeticus (L.) and Zizina otis (F.). In addition a
second form of Catopsilia pomona (F.) is recorded for the first time. Only two species
Eurema amplexa (Butler) stat. rev. and Polyura andrewsi (Butler) are endemic. The male
genitalia of Eurema amplexa shows that it should not be considered a subspecies of
E. hecabe (L.) but deserves specific status.
Introduction
Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, lies some 360 km south of the
Indonesian island of Java and about 1400 km from Western Australia. The
island is isolated from other landmasses and has an area of approximately
137 sq km. It has a planar surface with a maximum elevation of 357 m and
is terraced right around the island.
Rainforest covers much of the island's surface but the number of plant
species is lower than one would expect. Two vegetation types can be recognis-
ed. A simple mesophyll forest on the plateau and a more complex and diverse
flora around the limestone terraces. Ridley (1906) points out that numerous
exotic and weed species have been introduced, particularly around areas of
human habitation.
The first butterflies to be recorded from Christmas Island were two
species described by Butler (1887). The following year he listed an additional
58 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987
three species (Butler 1888) and later (Butler 1900) he increased the number
of recorded species to nine. Pendlebury (1933) brought the number of known
species to 11, Corbet (1938) added another and Gibson-Hill (1947) increased
the total further to 14 but failed to include the one species mentioned by
Corbet (1938). In this paper we record a total of 22 species.
In 1985 one of us (RBL) visited Christmas Island and collected
butterflies intensively from 9-31 January. 255 specimens of 13 species were
taken which are now housed in the collections of RBL, Australian National
Insect Collection, Canberra (ANIC) and British Museum (Natural History)
London (BMNH). Other specimens of Christmas Island butterflies previously
unstudied are housed in the collections of (ANIC) and Western Australian
Museum, Perth (WAM). From all this material and the published literature we
summarize below the butterflies now known from Christmas Island including
seven previously unrecorded species, Papilio demoleus malayanus Wallace,
Eurema blanda (Boisduval), Nacaduba kurava (Moore), Jamides bochus (Stoll),
Catochrysops panormus (Felder), Lampides boeticus (L.) and Zizina otis (F.),
and a second form of Catopsilia pomona (F.). One taxon, Eurema hecabe
amplexa (Butler), has been returned to specific status.
List of species
FAMILY PAPILIONIDAE
Papilio demoleus malayanus Wallace
Material examined.—1 д, Flying Fish Cove, 5.vii.1961, С. F. Mees, WAM Reg. No.
85/1132 (WAM). 2 бб, Flying Fish Cove, 31.vii.1975, Settlement Area, 10.viii.1975,
A. N. Gillison; 1 9, Flying Fish Cove, 30.vii.1975, B. Bell (ANIC).
Previously unrecorded from Christmas Island.
FAMILY PIERIDAE
Catopsilia pomona pomona (F.)
form pomona
Catopsilia crocale crocale Cramer: Gibson-Hill, 1947: 80.
Material examined.—7 85, 4 99, Christmas Is., 16, 21, 23, 24.1.1985, R. B. Lachlan
(RBL). 1 б, Flying Fish Cove, 8.vii.1961, С. Е. Mees, WAM Reg. No. 85/1133 (WAM).
4 дд, Settlement, 2, 12, 20.x.1964, T. G. Campbell; 1 $ 19, Flying Fish Cove, 5.viii.
1975, A. N. Gillison (ANIC).
Taken in Jan., May, July, Aug., Oct.
form crocale ;
Material examined.—8 дд, 11 99, Christmas Is., 12, 14, 16, 21, 23, 24.1.1985, К. B.
Lachlan (RBL).
Form crocale has not previously been recorded from Christmas Island;
the specimen referred to by Gibson-Hill (1947) was, in fact, form pomona.
It is interesting to note that this species was not taken on Christmas
Island until May 1940 (Gibson-Hill, 1947). Ridley (1906) does not mention
any Cassia от Butea species (the only known food plants of C. pomona) but
Cassia is now a plentiful introduced species on the island.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987 59
Eurema blanda blanda (Boisduval)
(Figs 1, 3-6)
Material examined.—17 дд, 1 9, Christmas Island, 12, 13, 15, 19, 21, 23. 24, 25.1.1985,
К. B. Lachlan (RBL). 2 dd, % mi S of Drumsite, 30.ix.1964, T. G. Campbell; 1 d, Flying
Fish Cove, 5.viii.1975, A. N. Gillison (ANIC).
Previously unrecorded from Christmas Island. Differs from E. amplexa
in having the fore wing black band above clearly much broader at wing apex
and a fore wing length rarely below 21 mm. The degree of indentation in the
fore wing black band is variable; most males we examined showed little
indentation, but two taken by RBL are deeply indented. The male genitalia
(Fig. 1) are characteristic for the species and in four males we examined,
covering the range of border variation, the genitalia are constant.
Eurema amplexa (Butler) stat. rev.
(Figs 2, 7-10)
Terias amplexa Butler, 1887: 523, fig. 5; Butler, 1888: 544; Butler, 1900: 63; Ridley,
1891: 129, 131.
Terias patruelis Butler, 1888: 545 (not Moore); Ridley, 1891: 131.
Terias moorei amplexa (Butler): Fruhstorfer, 1909-1911, [1910]: 169.
Eurema hecabe amplexa (Butler): Corbet & Pendlebury, 1932: 158; Pendlebury 1933:
95; Gibson-Hill, 1947: 75; D’Abrera, 1982: 183.
Material examined.—13 GG, 1 9, Christmas Is., 12, 13, 21, 24, 31.1.1985, R. B. Lachlan
(RBL). 2 dd, Field 22C area and Field 25 Dales, x.1983, L. Hill; 1 9, Settlement,
2.х.1964, T. С. Campbell; 1 d, Survey Point, Tom's Ridge, 13.x.1964, C. Coogle; 4 dd,
South Point, 8, 21.x.1964, T. G. Campbell; 1 d, Flying Fish Cove, viii.1975, A. N.
Gillison (ANIC). 2 99, Blow Hole, 7.vii.1961, G. F. Mees (WAM Coll. Reg. Nos 85/
1135, 36); 1 9, South Point, 4.vii.1961, G. F. Mees (WAM Coll. Reg. No. 85/1134)
(WAM).
Differs from E. blanda by not having the fore wing black band above
greatly expanded at wing apex. Е. amplexa is also smaller than E. blanda with
a fore wing length never exceeding 21 mm while that of blanda rarely falls
below 21 mm. In addition the fore wing border in the male is always evenly
scalloped but that of blanda is erratic.
Examination of the male genitalia (Fig. 2) has confirmed that this
species is not a subspecies of E. hecabe as stated by Corbet & Pendlebury
Figs 1, 2. Male genitalia in ventral view, Christmas 15. Eurema spp.: (1) Е. blanda blanda
(Boisduval); (2) E. amplexa (Butler) stat. rev.
60 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987
(1932) and subsequent authors but deserves specific status. The tegumen is
much smaller than that of E. hecabe and the uncus much longer, more
slender and with the apical spines much smaller.
Appias paulina micromalayana Fruhstorfer
Appias paulina micromalayana Fruhstorfer: Pendlebury, 1935: 95; Gibson-Hill, 1947: 80.
Material examined.—1 d, Winifred Beach Rd, x.1983, L. Hill (ANIC).
There are records tor Jan., Aug., Sep., Oct. and Dec.
FAMILY NYMPHALIDAE
Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll)
Limnas petilia (Stoll): Butler, 1900: 60.
Danaida chrysippus f. petilia (Stoll): Pendlebury 1933: 95; Gibson-Hill, 1946: 76.
Danus chrysippus petilia (Stoll): Ackery & Vane-Wright, 1984: 138.
There are records for Aug., Sep., and November.
Euploea climena macleari (Butler)
Vadebra macleari Butler, 1887: 522, fig. 4; Ridley, 1891: 129, 131; Butler, 1900: 61.
Euploea climena macleari (Butler): Fruhstorfer, 1910-1911 [1910] :. 226-227; Talbot,
1922: xxx-xxxi; Gibson-Hill, 1947: 76; D'Abrera, 1982: 214, 215; Common & Water-
house, 1972: 225 and 1981: 308.
Trepsichrois climena macleari (Butler): Ackery & Vane-Wright, 1984: 138; Pendlebury,
1933: 95.
Material examined.—25 бд, 4 99, Christmas Is., 11, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 24,
27.1.1985, К. В. Lachlan (RBL). 2 dd, 1 9, 1 km S.E. Jack's Hill, Field 25 Murray Hill
and Drumsite, х.1983, L. Hill; 11 dd, % ml. S. of Drumsite, 30.ix.1964, Grant's Well,
7, 10.x.1964, Anderson's Dale, 15.x.1964, Bean Hill, 15, 19.x.1964, T. G. Campbell;
1 б, South Point Rd, 11.x.1964, R. Bishop; 3 dd, Christmas Is., 31.vii.1975, A. N.
Gillison; 5 GG, South Point, 31.vii.1975 and 7.viii.1975, A. N. Gillison and B. Bell (ANIC).
Taken in Jan., Mar., July to Nov. A common species usually found
gathered in shady areas of forest. Gibson-Hill (1947) records that it “appears
after rainy periods—never disappears entirely".
Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay)
Trepsichrois eleutho (Quoy): Pendlebury, 1933: 95-96; Gibson-Hill, 1947: 76.
Euploea core corinna Ackery & Vane-Wright, 1984: 138.
Material examined.—1 d, Flying Fish Cove, 11.vii.1961, G. F. Mees, WAM Reg. No.
85/1131 (WAM). 4 GG, Settlement, 2.x.1964, T. G. Campbell; 1 d, 4 99, Flying Fish
Cove, 30.vii.1975, A. №. Gillison (ANIC).
Specimens have been collected from June to October.
Melanitis ismene var. determinata Butler
Melanitis ismene var. determinata Butler, 1900: 61; Gibson-Hill, 1947: 80.
Only a single female has been recorded by Butler (1900). It has not
been taken since.
Polyura andrewsi (Butler)
Charaxes andrewsi Butler, 1900: 61-62, pl. IX, fig. 8.
Eriboea pyrrhus andrewsi (Butler): Pendlebury, 1933: 96-97; Gibson-Hill, 1947: 79
Polyura andrewsi (Butler): Smiles, 1982: 147, 148; D'Abrera, 1985: 384, 385.
Material examined.—1 6, 3 99, Christmas Is., 16, 18, 21, 31.1.1985, К. B. Lachlan (RBL).
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, Б), November, 1987 61
ue 4
Figs 3-12. (36) Eurema blanda blanda (Boisduval): 3, male upperside; 4, male underside;
5, female upperside; 6, female underside; (7-10) Eurema amplexa (Butler)
stat. rev.: 7, male upperside; 8, male underside; 9, female upperside; 10, female
underside (11-12) Lampides boeticus (L.): 11, male upperside; 12, male
underside.
62 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987
2 99, Works area, Settlement, iv.1964, D. Powell; 1 9, Hosmes Springs, no date, (probably
viii.1975), A. N. Gillison (ANIC).
Specimens have been taken from August to June but probably occur
all year round. It flies high, rapidly and rarely settles.
Hypolimnas bolina (L.)
Hypolimnas listeri Butler, 1888: 542-544; Ridley, 1891: 131.
Hypolimnas nerina, var. listeri Butler: Butler, 1900: 62-63.
Hypolimnas bolina listeri Butler: Pendlebury, 1933: 96; Gibson-Hill, 1947: 77-79.
Hypolimnas bolina (L.): Clarke & Sheppard, 1975: 242, figs 3, 5.
Material examined.—5 дд, 34 99, Christmas Is., 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21,
22, 25, 27, 30.1.1985, R. B. Lachlan (RBL). 3 99, Christmas Is., (WAM Reg. No. 85/
1125), Phosphate Hill, (WAM Reg. No. 85/1126), Blow Hole, (WAM Reg. No. 85/1127),
7.vii.1961, G. F. Mees, (WAM). 2 99, Dales Road and Drumsite, x.1983, L. Hill; 1 9,
Settlement, 14.x.1964, D. Cooke; 5 99, Phosphate Hill, 10.x.1964, near Jedda Cave,
9.x.1964, Settlement, 2.x.1964; 1 9, Settlement, 14.x.1964, Dr K. Richardson; 9 99,
Central Plateau, 10, 12, 15.viii.1975, A. N. Gillison (ANIC).
Specimens have been collected from July to March. The female of the
species is highly polymorphic and a wide range of forms are encountered on
the island.
Hypolimnas misippus (L.)
Hypolimnas misippus (L.): Butler, 1900: 62; Ridley, 1906: 150.
Hypolimnas misippus misippus (L.): Gibson-Hill, 1947: 79-80.
Material examined.—5 dd, 3 99, Christmas Is., 11, 13, 16, 21.1.1985, R. B. Lachlan (RBL).
1 б, Christmas Is., 5.x.1969, S. Slack-Smith and A. Paterson, WAM Reg. No. 85/1130
(WAM). 1 G, Flying Fish Cove, 10.viii.1975, A. N. Gillison (ANIC).
There are records for Jan., Mar., Apr.- May, June. Aug. and October.
Hypolimnas anomala anomala (Wallace)
Hypolimnas antilope anomala (Wallace): Pendlebury, 1933: 96; Gibson-Hill, 1947: 77.
Hypolimnas anomala anomala (Wallace): Common, 1978: 41, 43, figs 9, 10.
Material examined.—25 дб, 8 99, Christmas Is., 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 27,
31.1.1985, К. B. Lachlan (RBL). 1 d, Phosphate Hill, 7.vii.1961, G. F. Mees, WAM Reg.
No. 85/1129 (WAM). 1 9, Settlement, 5.x.1969, S. Slack-Smith and A. Paterson, WAM
Reg. No. 85/1128 (WAM). 7 dd, 1 9, Central Plateau, 15.viii.1975, Flying Fish Cove,
30.vii.1975 and 10.viii.1975, West of Camp 5, viii.1975, A. N. Gillison; 1 9, Central
Plateau near Field 22, 10.viii.1975, A. N. Gillison and B. Bell; 1 б, Flying Fish Cove,
31.vii.1975; A. N. Gillison and D. Auliffe (ANIC).
There are records for all months from May to Oct. and Jan. This species
was very plentiful in January. The larvae are gregarious but despite large
numbers of pupae being collected from a number of localities no adults
emerged as they had all been parasitized.
Junonia villida (F.)
Junonia villida (F.): Butler 1900: 62; Ridley, 1906: 150.
Precis villida villida (F.): Pendlebury, 1933: 96; Gibson-Hill, 1947: 76-77.
Material examined.—6 dd, 18 99, Christmas Is., 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 25, 27,
29.1.1985, R. B. Lachlan (RBL). 1 d, Central Area Workshop, x.1983, L. Hill; 1 d,
Waterfall Pumping Station, 11.x.1964, T. G. Campbell; 5 dd, Plateau Area, 10.viii.1975,
Flying Fish Cove, 31.vii.1975 and 5.viii.1975, Christmas Is., viii.1975, А. N. Gillison
(ANIC).
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987 63
Figs 13-23. (13-16) Nacaduba kurava (Moore): 13, male upperside; 14, male underside;
15, female upperside; 16, female underside; (17-18) Jamides bochus (Stoll);
17, female upperside; 18, female underside; (19-20) Zizina otis (F.): 19,
female upperside; 20, female underside; (21-23) Prosotas dubiosa lumpura
(Corbet): 21, male upperside; 22, female upperside; 23, male underside.
64 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987
This is a common species that “сап be found all the year round"
Gibson—Hill (1947). Adults prefer open areas of ground.
FAMILY LYCAENIDAE
Nacaduba kurava (Moore)
(Figs 13-16)
Material examined.—2 дд, Christmas Is., 18, 27.1.1985, В. B. Lachlan (RBL). 1 9,
Egeria Point Road, 12.x.1964, T. G. Campbell and R. Bishop (ANIC).
Previously unrecorded from Christmas Island.
Prosotas dubiosa lumpura (Corbet)
(Figs 21-23)
Nacaduba dubiosa lumpura Corbet, 1938: 141, fig. 20.
Material examined.—7 дд, 10 99, Christmas Is., 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 25, 27, 28.1.1985,
R. B. Lachlan (RBL). 1 д, 1 9, Plateau Area, 10.viii.1975, Tom's Ridge Rd, 14.viii.1975,
A. ЇЧ. Gillison; 1 $, 1 9, Settlement, 8.x.1964, South Point, 8.x.1964, T. С. Campbell,
(ANIC).
Specimens have been taken in the months of Jan., Aug. and Oct.
Prosotas aluta (Druce)
Nacaduba aluta (Druce): Butler, 1888: 544; Ridley, 1891: 131; Butler, 1900: 63;
Gibson-Hill, 1947: 79.
Specimens have been recorded for Mar., Oct. and Dec.
There is some doubt about the identity of this species. Butler (1900)
and Gibson-Hill (1947) say it is common but their specimens which should
be in BMNH cannot be traced; they are not included in the collection under
this name or under any of the other lycaenid names listed in this paper.
Jamides bochus (Stoll)
(Figs 17, 18)
Material examined.—1 9, Tom's Ridge Rd, 15.viii.1975, A. N. Gillison (ANIC).
Previously unrecorded from Christmas Island.
Catochrysops panormus exiguus (Distant)
Material examined.—3 дд, Tom's Ridge Rd, 15.viii.1975, Flying Fish Cove, 12.viii.1975,
A. N. Gillison (ANIC).
Previously unrecorded from Christmas Island.
Lampides boeticus (L.)
(Figs 11, 12)
Material examined.—1 д, Tom's Ridge Rd, 10.viii.1975, A. N. Gillison (ANIC).
Previously unrecorded from Christmas Island.
Zizina otis (F.)
(Figs 19, 20)
Material examined.—6 дд, 6 99, Christmas Is., 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 21, 23, 27.1.1985,
R. B. Lachlan (RBL). 5 dd, 1 9, Central Plateau, x.1983, L. Hill; 1 $, Flying Fish Cove,
30.vii.1975, A. N. Gillison (ANIC).
Previously unrecorded from Christmas Island.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987 65
Zizula hylax (F.)
Zizeeria gaika (Trimen): Pendlebury, 1933: 97; Gibson-Hill, 1947: 80. [gaika is now
considered a junior synonym of hylax].
Material examined.—21 дд, Christmas Is., 11, 12, 16, 21.1.1985, В. B. Lachlan (RBL,
BMNH).
Specimens have been taken in January, August and September. A
common species along roadsides and around cultivated areas.
Discussion
The rainforest that covers almost the entire island contains remarkably
few plant species for such a tropical climate in contrast to the nearby
Indonesian islands. Many of the butterfly food plant families are absent or
poorly represented. Although a high proportion of Christmas Island's fauna
is endemic only 2 of the 22 butterfly species are (viz. Eurema amplexa and
Polyura andrewsi) and the number of butterfly species is very low compared
to the Indonesian islands to the north.
No Hesperiidae have yet been sighted or taken on the island despite
the fact that some suitable food plants exist including seven species of palms
(one endemic) and the introduced grass, paspalum. However, in a total view,
the variety of potential hesperiid food plants is low; there are few grasses (very
common food plants for Asian hesperiids), few Acanthaceae, and a total lack
of several other plant families that include known hesperiid food plants in
Asia.
The only Papilionidae to be recorded is Papilio demoleus and this only
since 1961. Again the number of potential food plants for papilionids is very
low, the most suitable being several introduced citrus. There is only one
natural Rutaceae, no Aristolochiaceae, no Annonaceae and no Monimiaceae,
Nearly all specimens taken by RBL were collected around the Settlem-
ent/Rocky Point area in places of exotic vegetation. The natural rainforest
over the entire island was found to be almost devoid of butterflies, despite a
thorough investigation of many ideal collecting locations. Only Hypolimnas
anomala and Nacaduba kurava were found exclusively in the natural vegetat-
ion. Five species, Hypolimnas bolina, Junonia villida, Polyura andrewsi,
Euploea climena and Catopsila pomona were widespread. No species was
taken hilltopping.
Christmas Island is generally considered to be an extinct volcano at no
time associated with any other land mass. This permanent isolation and the
island’s depauperate flora almost certainly accounts for its relatively poor
butterfly fauna. It is very likely that some species have been accidentally
introduced since settlement on exotic plants and no doubt other butterflies
will be introduced in similar manner in the future. It is possible that there
exist further butterfly species yet to be discovered on Christmas Island,
particularly migrant species.
66 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987
Acknowledgements
Col. John Eliot identified specimens of Nacaduba kurava, Prosotas
dubiosa, Zizula hylax and Zizina otis; we express our appreciation to him and
Dr P. R. Ackery for arranging these identifications. Dr E. S. Neilsen and Mr
E. D. Edwards (ANIC) and Dr T. F. Houston (WAM) kindly loaned material
from collections in their care and Dr Ackery made an extensive search
for the Christmas Island specimens of ‘“Prosotas aluta" in BMNH. We are
grateful also to Mr E. D. Edwards for helpful comments on the manuscript.
References
Ackery Р. К. and Vane-Wright, В. I., 1984. Milkweed butterflies. British Museum (Nat-
ural History), London. 425 pp.
Butler, A. G., 1887. Lepidoptera. /n Günther, A., Report on a zoological collection
made by officers of H.M.S. ‘Flying Fish’ at Christmas Island, Indian Ocena.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1887: 522-523, figs 4, 5.
Butler, A. G., 1888. On the Lepidoptera of Christmas Island. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.
1888: 542-546.
Butler, A. G., 1900. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. /n Andrews, C. W., A monograph of
Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). British Museum, London. Pp. 60-63, pl. IX,
fig. 8.
Clarke, C. and Sheppard, P. M., 1975. The genetics of the mimetic butterfly Hypolimnas
bolina (L.). Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. 272: 229-265.
Common, I. F. B., 1978. The distinction between Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) and
Н. anomala (Wallace) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae), and the occurrence of Н.
anomala in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3): 41-44.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. First edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 498 pp.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Corbet, A. S., 1938. A revision of the Malayan species of the Nacaduba group of genera
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 87(5): 125-146, pl. 1.
Corbet, A. S. and Pendlebury, H. M., 1932. A revision of the Indo-Australian species of
the genus Eurema with special reference to the Malaysian forms. Bull. Raffles
Mus. 7: 143-193, pl. V.
D'Abrera, B. L., 1982. Butterflies of the Oriental Region. Part 1. 244 pp. Hill House,
Ferny Creek, Victoria.
D'Abrera, B. L., 1985. Butterflies of the Oriental Region. Part 2. Pp. 248-534. Hill
House, Melbourne.
Fruhstorfer, H., 1909-1911. Family: Pieridae, Whites. In A. Seitz, The Macrolepidoptera
of the world. Vol. 9. The Indo-Australian Rhopalocera. Pp. 119-190, pls 51-73.
Fruhstorfer, H., 1910-1911. Family Danaidae. Jn A. Seitz, The Macrolepidoptera of the
world. Vol. 9. The Indo-Australian Rhopalocera. Pp. 191-284, pls 74-86.
Gibson-Hill, C. A., 1947. Lepidoptera (Rhopalocera). [One of an untitled collection of
papers on the natural history of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean.] Bull. Raffles
Mus. 18: 74-80.
Pendlebury, H. M., 1933. On a small collection of butterflies from Christmas Island,
Indian Ocean. Bull. Raffles Mus. 8: 94-97.
Ridley, H. N., 1891. A day at Christmas Island. J. Straits Brch R. Asiat. Soc. 23: 123-140.
Ridley, КУРЕ 1906. An expedition to Christmas Island. J. Straits Brch R. Asiat. Soc.
5: 121-271.
Smiles, R. L., 1982. The taxonomy and phylogeny of the genus Polyura Billberg
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.)44(3): 115-237.
Talbot, G., 1922. Exhibit at meeting. Proc. ent. Soc. Lond. 1921: xxx-xxxi.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987 67
THE SUNORFA OF AUSTRALIA (COLEOPTERA: PSELAPHIDAE)
By Donald S. Chandler*
Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire, Durham,
NH 03824, USA
Abstract
The Oriental genus Sunorfa Raffray is now known from Australia. It is compared
with the other Australian member of the Tanypleurini, Gnesion Raffray, and two new
species, testacea and nigripes, are described from northern Queensland.
Introduction
Sunorfa Raffray (1882) is widely distributed through the Oriental
region. The subgenus Sunorfoides Raffray (1913) is restricted to the Seych-
elles, with the nominate subgenus known from Sri Lanka (Jeannel 1961) to
the Fiji Islands (Park 1952). Despite the apparent centre of diversity being
New Guinea, where 16 of the 24 known species are found, members of the
genus have never been recorded from Australia. Two species belonging to this
genus were recently collected in northern Queensland, and are different from
the previously described species based on the figures and descriptions of
Raffray (1903). These two species are here described as new.
Sunorfa is placed in the Tanypleurini, whose members are known
entirely from the Gondwanaland continents. The only tanypleurine hitherto
known from Australia is Gnesion rufulum Raffray (1900), described without
any further indication of locality. Gnesion is similar in appearance to Sunorfa,
but possesses dentate elytral humeri, two basal elytral foveae, and a distinct
median fovea in the antebasal transverse sulcus of the pronotum. The elytra
of Sunorfa lack dentate humeri, bear three basal foveae, and the pronotum
lacks a median fovea in the antebasal transverse sulcus. |
Sunorfa is characterized as follows: head with vertexal foveae, eleven
antennomeres, antennal club formed by last three segments with antennomeres
IX and X only slightly enlarged, eyes large; pronotum widest near anterior
margin, antebasal transverse sulcus distinct between lateral foveae, median
fovea lacking, prosternal foveae present, lateral mesosternal foveae present,
single median mesosternal fovea, lateral mesocoxal foveae present, single
median metasternal fovea; metasternal length equal to distance between
metacoxae; elytra with three poorly defined basal foveae, only sutural stria
present; abdomen with six visible segments, first segment with inner and
outer lateral carinae distinct, of equal length, following segments lacking any
trace of lateral margins; males with vertex modified, genitalia with two
parameres.
Five paratypes of each new species are in the collection of the author
(DSC). The holotypes and remainder of the paratypes are deposited in the
* Scientific Contribution Number 1420 from the New Hampshire Agricultural Experi-
ment Station
68 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987
Australian National Insect Collection (ANIC), CSIRO, Canberra. Illustrations
are based on disarticulated cleared specimens on slides, and the features
checked by comparison with specimens mounted on points. All measurements
are in millimeters.
Key to Australian species
1. Punctures on elytra small, 8-10 punctures in line perpendicular
from sutural stria to humeral angle; males with vertex deeply
excavated anterior to tuberculate area, pronotum with setose
callosities оп antero-lateral margins.............. testacea n. sp.
— Punctures on elytra large, 5-6 punctures in line perpendicular
from sutural stria to humeral angle; males with vertex only
slightly depressed anterior to median tubercle, pronotum lacking
setoselcallositiesee m ee TE ERE TITEL nigripes n. sp.
Sunorfa (Sunorfa) testacea n. sp.
(Figs 1-4)
Length 1.02-1.14. Body yellow to orange-brown; head and prothorax
sparsely and lightly punctate; elytra with dense light punctation, 8-10 punct-
ures in line perpendicular from elytral suture to humeri, base with three
poorly defined foveae.
Figs 1-4. Sunorfa testacea n. sp., male: (1) dorsal view head; (2) anterior view left
middle leg; (3) ventral view sternite VI; (4) dorsal view genitalia. Scale lines
equal 0.1 mm.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987 69
Males with vertex deeply excavated between eyes, vertex protruding
over excavation, median clump of flattened setae projecting dorsally at
posterior margin of excavation, anteriorly curved hook originating above
antennal bases; pronotum with small setose callosity on antero-lateral margins;
mesotrochanters bearing blunt setate tubercle, mesofemora with dorsal
circular impression at apex, mesotibiae with broad apical spur; sternite VI
medially impressed, broadly truncate at apex, with transverse dense preapical
zone of setae in impression. Genitalia with apex bearing two long recurved
teeth; parameres apically narrowed.
Females with broad V-shaped impression extending anteriorly from
vertexal foveae, area from impression to frons apex smoothly roughened.
Lacking modifications of legs, sternite VI bluntly, rounded, evenly setate.
Types.-HOLOTYPE male: Queensland, Upper Lankelly Creek, near Coen,
11.vi.1971, G. B. Monteith, rainforest (ANIC). PARATYPES: 8 dd, 3 99, same data as
holotype (ANIC, DSC).
Discussion.—The lighter colour and small dense elytral punctures will
readily separate this species from nigripes. The male sexual features of the
head, pronotum, and mesofemora, and the deep V-shaped vertexal impression
of the female, can also be used to segregate the two species.
Figs 5-8. Sunorfa nigripes n. sp., male: (5) dorsal view head; (6) anterior view left
middle leg; (7) ventral view sternite VI; (8) dorsal view genitalia. Scale lines
equal 0.1 mm.
70 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987
Sunorfa (Sunorfa) nigripes n. sp.
(Figs 5-8)
Length 1.02-1.08. Body red-brown to brown; head and elytra with
sparse coarse punctures, elytra with 5-6 punctures in line perpendicular to
elytral suture from humeri; pronotum with moderate sparse punctation; elytra
with 3 basal foveae same size as elytral punctures.
Males with vertex slightly raised at middle, projecting anteriorly as
narrow shelf, area antero-medial to vertexal foveae flattened; mesotrochanters
with broad ventral tubercle, mesotibiae with broad apical spur; sternite VI
with apex broadly rounded, disc lightly convex, evenly setate. Genitalia with
apex narrowly truncate, divided but lacking teeth; parameres broad to apex.
Females with vertex lightly impressed antero-medially from vertexal
foveae, impression interrupted at middle; legs lacking modifications, sternite
VI similar in form to that of males, not as densely setate.
Types.-HOLOT YPE male: Queensland, 16.065 145.28E, near Cape Tribulation,
50 m, 20.vi.1971, Taylor and Feehan, rainforest, Berleseate ANIC 326 (ANIC). PARA-
TYPES: 1 d, 8 99, same data as holotype (ANIC, DSC); 1 б, same data except, 16.06S
145.27E, 21.vi.1971, rainforest, Berleseate ANIC 323 (ANIC); 1 9, 16.075 145.25E,
Noah Creek, 50 m, 12.vi.1971, Taylor and Feehan, rainforest, Berleseate ANIC 321
(ANIC); 16, Tully Falls National Park, 750 m, 2.vii.1971, Taylor and Feehan (ANIC);
1 б, Eacham National Park, 760 m, 1-7.x.1972, К. W. Taylor (ANIC); 1 9, Iron Range,
12.43S 143.48E, 15.vi.1971, Taylor and Feehan, rainforest, Berleseate ANIC 308 (ANIC).
Discussion.—Distinct by the darker colour and sparse coarse elytral
punctures. The male vertex is barely impressed and tuberculate, and the female
vertex only lightly impressed for a short distance antero-medial to the vertexal
foveae. The head of the specimens from Tully Falls and Eacham National
Parks are markedly densely punctate, but the male characters and genitalia
are identical with the specimens from Cape Tribulation.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Claude Besuchet, Museum d'Histoire Naturelle,
Geneva, for confirming the generic placement of these species. J. F. Lawrence,
CSIRO, Canberra, assisted by the loan of the specimens. J. F. Burger and
R. M. Reeves, University of New Hampshire, deserve my appreciation for
reviewing the manuscript.
References
Jeannel, R., 1961. Sur les Pselaphides de Ceylan. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 10:
423-456.
Park, O., 1952. Pselaphidae of Oceania, with special reference to the Fiji Islands. Bull.
Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 207: iii + 60 pp.
Raffray, A., 1882. Pselaphides nouveaux ou peu connus. 1€” memoire. Revue Ent.
1: 24-40, pls I-II.
Raffray, A., 1900. Australian Pselaphidae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 25: 131-249, pl. 10.
Raffray, A., 1903. Voyage de M. L. Biro dans les possessions allemandes de la Nouvelle-
Guinee. Pselaphides. Ann. Hist.-Natur. Mus. Nat. Hungarici 1: 29-101, pls 1-2.
Raffray, A., 1913. Coleoptera, Pselaphidae, de l'Archipel des Seychelles. Trans Linn.
Soc. Lond. (Zool) 16: 121-138, pl. 10.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987 71
NEW AND INTERESTING BUTTERFLY RECORDS FROM
NORTHERN QUEENSLAND AND TORRES STRAIT
By G. A. Wood
P.O. Box 122, Atherton, N. Qld, 4883
Introduction
Records of interest and notes on the biology of some of the butterflies
of north Queensland and Torres Strait are presented below.
Family Hesperiidae
Netrocoryne repanda expansa Waterhouse.—Philip Hill, Iron Range,
October, 1978. Previously known as far north as Mt White, Coen, October,
1976, Sands (Monteith & Hancock, 1977). This record extends its range 130
km further north. I have found larvae of this species at Coen and Iron Range
on a number of species of Lauraceae.
Mimene atropatene (Fruhstorfer).—Previously known only from two
specimens taken in May 1973 and August 1977 at Iron Range (Miller 1975;
Monteith & Hancock, 1977). Seven specimens have been taken between
March and June, 1980 to 1983. This species appears to be more common
in the wetter months, four of the seven specimens were taken in March.
Family Papilionidae
Protographium leosthenes leosthenes (Doubleday).—Philip Hill, Iron
Range, December, 1974. Not previously known from Iron Range, the closest
record being from specimens taken by Moulds on Mt White, Coen, January,
1964, (Monteith & Hancock, 1977). Males of this species were hilltopping
with males of Graphium aristeus parmatum (Gray).
Eleppone anactus (W. S. Macleay).—Many specimens sighted at Bamaga
in May, 1985. Kuranda, 950 km to the south, is the former northern-most
locality for this species (Common & Waterhouse, 1981).
Papilio aegus aegus Donovan.—Single specimens of form beatrix were
taken at Iron Range in August 1983, Bamaga in May 1985 and Iron Range in
December 1985. The Iron Range female of 1983 was induced to oviposit
and female progeny of this and its succeeding generations were two-thirds
beatrix and one-third normal form It is interesting that on Murray Island
where the race ormenus is found flying with Taenaris artemis jamesi Butler,
the majority of females observed were form beatrix. Progeny of two normal
females from Murray Island produced no form beatrix.
Family Pieridae
Delias nysa nivira Waterhouse and Lyell.—Usually regarded as a rare
butterfly, numbers of specimens of this subspecies have been taken on the
Tozer Range during the winter months.
Pieris rapae rapae (Linnaeus).-One specimen taken, but not kept,
Mt White, Coen, April, 1983. Previously unknown north of the Atherton
Tableland (Common & Waterhouse, 1981), 400 km to the south.
72 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987
Family Nymphalidae
Hypolimnas anomola albula (Wallace).—1 female, Iron Range, March
1983, 1 male, Iron Range, December 1985. Known previously from two
males, one at Port Darwin and the other at Cape York (Gibb, 1977;
Common & Waterhouse, 1981). The Iron Range records extend its range
400 km south from Lockerbie and is evidence for the species being a resident
of Australia and not a vagrant.
Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer).—1 female, Yorke Island, March 1986.
Previously known only from Murray Island within Australian limits. This
female deposited a mass of eggs on Pipturis argenteus (Forst. f.) Wedd.
Urticaceae, on which she was confined. These proved to be infertile.
Family Lycaenidae
Hypochrysops cleon Grose-Smith.—1 female, Gordon Ck bridge, Iron
Range, July 1981. This is probably the first female taken in Australia.
Jalmenus eichorni Staudinger.-Many specimens taken Laura, August
1981, Mt Garnett, January 1983, Mt Molloy, June 1985. The previous
southern-most record of this species was Trevarthen Creek, 27 km south of
Cooktown (Common & Waterhouse, 1981). The Mt Garnett record extends
its distribution 230 km further south.
Petrelaea dana (Niceville).—Many specimens were taken on Yorke
Island, March 1986 and a single specimen on Darnley Island, April 1986.
This is usually regarded as a rare species.
Jamides amarauge Druce.—Many specimens Yorke Island, March 1986.
Three specimens of this species were taken on Thursday Island, April 1986,
extending its range 130km westward from the islands of eastern Torres Strait.
Catochrysops amasea amasea Waterhouse and Lyell.—1 male, Iron Range,
August 1981. On the Australian mainland known previously from Cape York
(Common & Waterhouse, 1981), 400 km north of Iron Range.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Dr G. B. Monteith, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, and Mr E. D.
Edwards, Division of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., Canberra, for identifying specimens.
References
Common, I. F. B., 1978. The distinction between Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) and
H. anomola (Wallace) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae), and the occurence of H.
anomola in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3): 41-44.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Gibb, W. F., 1977. The rediscovery of Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2): 39.
Miller, C. G., 1975. The first record from Australia of the skipper Mimene atropatene
Fruhstorfer (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(3): 50.
Monteith, G. B. and Hancock, D. L., 1977. Range extensions and notable records for
butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2): 21-38.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987 73
THE LIFE HISTORY OF CRO/TANA ARENARIA EDWARDS, 1979
(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE: TRAPEZITINAE)
By Andrew Atkins* and C. G. Miller!
* 45 Caldwell Avenue, Dudley, New South Wales 2290
T 35 Uralba Street, Lismore, New South Wales 2486
Abstract
The early stages and biology of the proeidosine skipper Croitana arenaria Edwards
from central Australia are described and figured.
Introduction
Edwards (1979) described two species of skipper (Croitana arenaria and
Croitana aestiva) from the arid zone of the Northern Territory around Alice
Springs and the Plenty River areas. The remaining, and type species of the
genus, Croitana croites (Hewitson), is found in coastal and near coastal areas
of south-western Western Australia.
The type series of Croitana arenaria was collected by Edwards in
September and October, 1978 from five localities within 60 km of Alice
Springs. The first example of the species was collected many years ago at
Hermannsburg, 116 km W. by S. of Alice Springs.
In the first week of February, 1987, the authors collected eggs, larvae
and a pupa of C. arenaria from several localities in and around Alice Springs,
and these were reared to adults in New South Wales.
Life History
Foodplant. Enteropogon (Chloris) acicularis (Lindl.) Lazar., family Poaceae.
Egg (Fig. 1). Diameter 1 mm, hemispherical, pale green to pearl white, with
13-16 ribs.
Larva (Figs 2, 4). First instar 4 mm long; head and prothoracic plate shiny
black; body pale semi-translucent yellow. Second to final instar 5 mm-24 mm
long, head pale yellow-brown with variable darker/dorsal markings, mouthparts
brown-black; body pale green to light brown with lateral areas bordering a
pale dorso-lateral band and a dark dorsal line.
Pupa (Figs 3, 6). Length 12-15 mm, yellow-brown with dark brown anterior
and frons area. Pupal cap rugose, with shallow transverse and vertical furrow.
Biology
The egg is laid on the upperside of a leaf of the foodplant. The first
instar larva rolls together the edges of the leaf blade and secures them with
silk. The larva rests in this tube shelter, facing towards the stem of the grass
blade. The edges and distal part of this leaf are eaten. A similar but larger
shelter is made by the second instar larva.
Later instars construct a generally downward-facing tent-like shelter
from two or more leaves. This structure is supported by strongly-woven,
uneaten ribs of the leaf blade (Fig. 5). The larva eats at dusk and again at
dawn. Supporting and nearby leaves are eaten, leaving chisel shaped cuts to
the edges of the leaves. The larva is generally active, securing with silk leaves
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987
74
Figs 1-7. Life history of Croitana arenaria Edwards: (1) egg; (2) final instar larval head;
(3) pupal head; (4) third instar larva; (Б) pupal and first instar shelters; (6)
pupa; (7) adult male, upperside and underside and adult female, upperside and
underside. Scale-bars (1) = 1 mm. (2), (3) = 2 mm; (4), (5), (6), (7) = 10mm.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987 75
and stems to provide ‘pathways’ to fresh leaf growth. When disturbed the
larva vigorously waves its head from side to side. Several late instar larvae
produced small ichneumonid parasites.
Pupation occurs, head downward, in the final instar larval shelter and
adults emerge 12-16 days later.
Notes
Adults of this skipper were not observed in the field, but the presence
of all stages of the life history in February, after good rainfall, suggests that
Croitana arenaria flies sporadically throughout the warmer months of the
year if adequate rains have fallen.
The foodplant, commonly known as ‘Windmill grass’ or *Curley grass'
grows locally in compact red sandy loams on open plains or in swales between
low hills or near dry river beds. Larvae were found in these situations, both
close to the suburbs of Alice Springs, and from 49 km E. to 26 km W. of that
city. Two larval colour-forms were found. In the early instars a brown form,
generally occuring on foodplants growing in open areas, was prevalent,
however a green form was found usually on foodplants growing in the shade
of trees and bushes. However, later instars are all brown irrespective of their
situation.
Enteropogon acicularis is widespread in the central sub-arid and arid
regions of Australia and it is reasonable to expect that Croitana arenaria may
have a considerably greater distribution than so far recorded.
Acknowledgement
The authors are grateful to the staff of the Arid Research Institute,
Alice Springs, for help in identifying the foodplant.
Reference
Edwards, E. D., 1979. Two new species of Croitana Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesper-
iidae) from central Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2): 29-38.
BOOK REVIEW
Australia's butterflies by Peter Wilson. 1987. 64 pp., illustrated with 16 colour plates.
Kangaroo Press, P.O. Box 73, Kenthurst, N.S.W. Price $14.95.
This soft covered book is written specifically for the layperson. Eighty two of the
more common butterfly species are discussed and illustrated, with excellent colour
photographs taken in the wild.
The Introduction provides an account of butterfly biology, nomenclature, collect-
ing and photography. The main text includes brief descriptions of the five major families
occurring in Australia and notes on the species illustrated. Details on species distribution
are sketchy. Common names are given prominence and technical terms are minimised.
The photographs are generally of a high standard and grouped together on 16
colour plates. However, some photographs hide details useful for identification. The
index could have been expanded to include separate listings of specific names which are
given only as adjuncts to generic names. It is disappointing that the publisher has shown
little imagination in text layout with indistinct headings and cramped margins.
At $14.95 this book provides a useful introduction for the novice collector or
observer of ‘Australia’s butterflies’. Stephen & Bronwyn UNDERWOOD
76 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(4, 5), November, 1987
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
CALDER, A. A. and SANDS, D. P. A.
1985. A new Brazilian Cyrtobagous Hustache (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) introduced
into Australia to control salvinia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24(1): 57-64, 1 table,
text-figs 1-19.
CANTRELL. B. K.
1984. Synopsis of the Australian Phasiimae, including revisions of Gerocyptera
Townsend and the Australian species of Cylindromyia Meigen (Diptera: Tach-
inidae). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 102: 1-60, text-figs 1-108.
1985. Revision of Chaetophthalmus Brauer & Bergenstamm and the Australian
species of Linnaemya Robineau-Desvoidy (Diptera: Tachinidae). Aust. J. Zool.
33(1): 55-99, text-figs 1-76.
CARNE, P. B.
1985. Neonastes uptoni sp. n. from the Northern Territory, with notes on the holo-
type and distribution of N. glabricollis (Macleay) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Dynastinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24(1): 69-72, text-figs 1-9.
1985. Saulostomus monteithi sp. n. from Queensland (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Rutelinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24(1): 73-74, text-figs 1-4.
1985. A new genus and species of Dynastinae from north Queensland (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24(1): 75-76, text-figs 1-4.
McQUILLAN, P. B.
1984. A list of the type specimens of beetles (Coleoptera) in the collection of the
Tasmanian Department of Agriculture. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 118: 37-45.
McQUILLAN, P. B. and FORREST, J. A.
1985. A guide to common moths of the Adelaide region. Special Education Bull.
Series No. 5. South Australian Museum, Adelaide. v, 52 pages, illustr.
MALIPATIL, M. B.
1985. Revision of Australian Holoptilinae (Reduviidae: Heteroptera). Aust. J. Zool.
33(2): 283-299, text-figs 1-24.
MELKSHAM, J. A.
1984. Colonial oviposition and maternal care in two strains of Leptobyrsa decora
Drake (Hemiptera: Tingidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(3): 205-210, 1 table,
3 text-figs.
MILLER, L. R.
1984. The Australian genera of the Subulitermes branch of the Nasutitermitinae
(Isoptera: Termitidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(2): 119-125, 7 tables, text-figs
1-8.
MOORE, B. P.
1984. Taxonomic notes on some Australasian Mecyclothorax Sharp (Coleoptera:
Carabidae: Psydrinae) and descriptions of new species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(3):
161-166, text-figs 1-16.
MOORE, B. P. and BROWN, W. V.
1985. The buprestins: bitter principles of jewel beetles (Coleoptera: Buprestidae).
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24(2): 81-85, 2 tables, 1 text-fig.
MOORE, K. M.
1984. Two new species of Glycaspis (Homoptera: Psylloidea) from tropical Queens-
land, with notes on the genus. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 107(4): 475-478,
text-figs 1 & 2.
MORTON, Tony
1984. Collecting butterflies in Western Australia. Victorian Ent. 14(4): 38.
YEATMAN, E. M. and GREENSLADE, P. J. M.
1980. Ants as indicators of habitat in three conservation parks in South Australia.
S. Aust. Nat. 55(2): 20-26, 30, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-4.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
DIPLOMA IN ART course for science and art graduates, specialising in plant
and wildlife illustration. Newcastle College of Advanced Education.
Enquire now for 1988 enrolment (049) 68 7568.
NEW BOOK. Butterfly Conservation by T. К. New. 1987. 50 pp. Price $4.
Orders direct to publisher, Ent. Soc. of Vic. c/- Dr T. R. New, Dep. of
Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria, 3083.
WANTED. Australian & P.N.G. region butterflies, moths & beetles to buy or
exchange for worldwide species. Also worldwide species for sale, 90
page catalogue available £3.50Stg or $6.00 US (cash). Len Hart, 51
Benton Rd, South Shields, Tyne & Wear, NE34 9UB, England.
WANTED. Whole cocoons of Emperor Gum Moth (Antheraea eucalypti).
Pupae need not be alive but cocoons should be in good condition.
Please send to C. N. Smithers, Australian Museum, College St., Sydney,
N.S.W., 2000.
FOR SALE. Birdwing Butterflies by. Takashi Ohya, 1983. $380. Comprehen-
sivé work on all known taxa of Ornithoptera, Ripponia, Troides and
Trogonoptera. In Japanese with summary in English. 136 magnificent,
life-size, colour plates. S. Sandatio, P.O. Box 6056, M.S.O., Cairns
Qld., 4871.
FOR SALE. Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Phasmida, Livestock and Exotic
Insects of Malaysia. Send $2 cash for catalogue to: Gooi Kee Choe, 70,
Jalan Foo Win Yin, Canning Garden, 31400 IPOH, Malaysia.
DATA LABELS w~ PRINTED TO ORDER
$13.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
,
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will only be accepted if a minimumof 50 reprints is purchased. Reprints
are charged at the following rates per page: $18 for 50 copies, $25 for100 copies and
$30 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Dr D. P. A. Sands, Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
c/- CSIRO, Division of Entomology,
P.B. No.3, Indooroopilly, Qld. 4068.
: CONTENTS
ATKINS, Andrew and MILLER, C; С. The life history-of Croitana
Pselaphidae) OPE ЕНЕ РИ S epe be. 67
MOULDS, M. S. and LACHLAN, R. B. The butterflies (Lepidoptera)
of Christmas Island, Indian Осеап..................... 57
WOOD, G. A. New and interesting butterfly records from northern
Queenslandfand отепа ете 71
BOOK REVIEW — Australia's butterflies. КЕ ЛЛ ККК КККК 75
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Fascicle 8 (pp. 117-
132): Scarabaeidae (cont.); Scirtidae; Rhipiceridae; Byrrhidae;
HeteroceridaeABUprestidacPe e КЛ ГК TT centre liftout
RECENT LITERATURE- An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds .......... 76
ЕМІОМОТОСТОАТЯМОШОЕО Е m ... . inside back cover
THE
CHAMBERS
ЈА
А D рау
Rainforest Holiday Apartment Sef
Lake Eacham, Atherton Tablelands, N.Q. E
ES
Modern, spacious, fully self contained, 3 bedroom unit,
sleeps 5 in comfort. Surrounded by rainforest. Collect
butterflies, moths, beetles and other tropical insects at
your apartment door. Write for free brochure or ring.
Ph. (070) 95 3754 P.O. Box 87, Yungaburra, М.О. 4872
AUSTRALIA'S
BUTTERFLIES
Peter Wilson :
Just published by Kangaroo Press E
$14.95 (r.r.p.), paperback
Here for the first time is a reference book on Australian butterflies which is
illustrated with 126 colour photographs showing each butterfly species alive and
free in its natural surroundings. Written specifically for the layperson, the book
describes and illustrates 82 individual species in a clear and interesting style with
the minimum of technical terms. The 82 species include the most common and
widespread ones-in fact virtually all the butterflies most Australians ever notice.
Wherever in Australia you live, from Perth and Tasmnaia to the tropics, you will
find your local butterflies more than adequately represented.
ISSN 0311-1881
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE <
Aust. ent. Mag. Ма. Aip d Ие
—
Ee
ON —
OSL
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 14, PART 6
JANUARY, 1988
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$16.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
$A18.00 (US$15.00or Stg.£ 9.00) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$20.00 (US$18.00 or Stg.£10.00) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Alan Westcott.
Black field cricket, Teleogryllus commodus (Walker). This native
Australian insect is sometimes a serious pest of pastures and crops in Victoria,
New South Wales and New Zealand. Damage is caused by adults and late
stagenymphs chewing on leaves and stems of young plants at night. Plagues
originate in grasslands and pastures, the crickets swarming at dusk during
warm, calm weather.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 436-3972
Printed by
Drawing Office Printers Pty. Ltd.
253 Condamine St, Balgowlah,
N.S.W. 2093
Australian Ento
Magazine
Aust. ent. Mag.
Volume 14, Part 6 January, 1988
EDITORIAL
In the first issue of Aust. ent. Mag. published more than 15 years ago, I wrote an
editorial which read "In presenting this first issue of the Australian Entomological
Magazine 1 hope that it will meet the needs of both amateur and professional entomolog-
ists who have made original observations or carried out researches which, whilst not
extensive, are nevertheless of interest and should be made known to others interested in
our insects. This journal should provide an outlet for such and encourage authors to
publish much information that is now being lost."
This present issue will be the last falling under my editorship. I believe the aims
and hopes with which I set out have been fulfilled and that the establishment of the
journal has been more than justified. Some 180 authors have published in the first 14
volumes. Although many of these authors have been professional entomologists a
considerable proportion have been amateurs and their contributions have been significant.
There is little doubt that many of the papers appearing in Aust. ent. Mag. would never
have been published if Aust. ent. Mag. had not existed, and many of the amateurs
would never have set out on the road to publication without it.
The past success of Aust, ent. Mag. has been, in great part, due to those who
have refereed papers; never has a referee refused assistance and so often this has been a
time-consuming and thankless task. I sincerely thank all involved.
The decision to relinquish the editorship and production of Aust. ent. Mag. has
not been an easy one for either me or my wife, Barbara. It has been so much a part of
our lives for so long; we will always remember checking the proofs of the second issue
the night before our wedding! After 15 years we feel that the time has come for us to
hand over control of Aust. ent. Mag. to others and do some other things which we have
not had time to do in the past. This does not mean that we are leaving entomology, far
from it, but we would like to travel more and develop our other entomological interests.
Barbara and I have enjoyed producing Aust. ent. Mag. In doing so we hope that
we have made some contribution to Australian entomology. We trust that you as a
subscriber and author have benefited from the journal. The next issue begins a new era
in the production of Aust. ent. Mag. and I can see no reason why the next 15 years
should not be even more successful.
MAX MOULDS
Founding Editor
78 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
BIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE MUD-DAUBER WASP
SCELIPHRON FORMOSUM (F. SMITH) (HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE)
By E. McC. Callan
13 Gellibrand Street, Campbell, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601
Abstract
Observations were made on the nesting biology of the mud-dauber wasp Sceliphron
formosum (F. Smith). The nest, mud collection, cell construction and provisioning are
described. Cells were provisioned almost exclusively with spiders of the family Salticidae.
Introduction
The cosmopolitan wasp genus Sceliphron Klug is represented in Aust-
ralia by the endemic S. laetum (F. Smith) and S. formosum (F. Smith), and
by the North American S. caementarium (Drury), established only in the
Brisbane area. Naumann (1983) gave an account of the biology of S. laetum,
with a key to Sceliphron and maps of distribution in Australia, and Smith
(1979) discussed population dynamics.
S. formosum was assigned by van der Vecht and van Breugal (1968)
to the subgenus Prosceliphron, which contains about a dozen species,
restricted to the Old World. Little is known of the biology of this subgenus.
Bohart and. Menke (1976) listed S. formosum from Australia, Papua New
Guinea and Indonesia (Ceram and Ternate). In Australia it is less widespread
and rarer than S. laetum, reaching as far south as Canberra, Australian Capital
Territory.
In the tropical part of its range S. formosum nests no doubt throughout
the year. In Canberra, where it nests only during the summer, I have observed
females collecting mud and building a nest, on which the following account
of nesting biology is based.
Nest
(Fig. 1)
The nest of S. formosum when first observed on 29 December 1984
comprised a row of 4 contiguous mud cells, 3 sealed and provisioned and one
built, but left open and empty. This cell was stored and closed on the
following day. On 31 December a fifth cell was constructed and next day
provisioned and sealed. The site of the nest was at a height of 1.5 m on a wall
inside the garage of my house in Canberra. The door was left open during the
day and the nest was well illuminated by sunlight entering through a nearby
window.
The completed nest of 5 cells was 52 mm long and 35 mm wide. It was
not covered by an extra layer of mud (crepissage) applied after completion of
the cells. Individual cells were 32-35 mm long and 9-10 mm wide. Each cell
was amphora-shaped with a smooth external surface and its own entrance,
5.5 mm in diameter, which was sealed by the female on completion of
provisioning. The wasp had changed the mud source during nest construction,
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988 79
as the first 3 cells were grey in colour and the others reddish brown. Naumann
(1983) figured a 3-celled nest, from which adult wasps had emerged, on the
wall of a house at Jabiru, Northern Territory.
Mud collection
Females of S. formosum were observed collecting mud in hot, sunny
weather between 1400 and 1500 hr on 15 March 1981 and 23 December
1982 from a wet mud patch in my garden. The mud was a bare area of soil
on the edge of the lawn deliberately kept moist by watering, and attracted
various mud-building aculeate wasps. The female formed the mud into a
pellet, about 2 mm in diameter, using the forelegs and mandibles. Mud
collection required about 60 sec., and was accompanied by a high-pitched
buzzing, which was also emitted when pellets were deposited in cell const-
ruction. The mud pellet was held by the mandibles during flight to the nest
site. Although an attempt was made to follow the flight path of females,
nests were not discovered at this time.
Cell construction
The construction of a cell was observed on 31 December 1984. Building
extended from about 1330 to 1530 hr, taking some 2 hr to complete the cell,
which was left open overnight. During the last hour of construction 15
mud-carrying flights were observed, suggesting that about 30 mud pellets
were required to build the cell. The mud source was not located, but was
doubtless nearby, as only a short time was spent in gathering mud and
carrying it to the nest.
An average of 45 sec. (range 40-60 sec.) was spent daubing mud on the
cell, and 120 sec. (range 60-180 sec.) collecting mud and transporting it to
the cell, giving an average pellet cycle of 165 sec. The high-pitched buzzing
emitted by S. formosum when depositing mud-pellets was not as loud as that
produced by S. laetum.
During cell construction the female left the nest once for 6 min. and
on another occasion for 14 min., but both those absences have not been
included in the average time for collecting and carrying mud to the cell.
During these longer periods the female probably visited flowers to feed on
nectar or may have been basking.
Provisioning
(Figs 2-4)
Cells were provisioned with spiders, and storing the cell built on the
previous day was observed on 1 January 1985. Provisioning commenced
before 1200 hr and was completed by 1400 hr. The female oviposited
on the first spider placed within the cell. Oviposition was not observed,
but must have occurred before 12 noon. After depositing the spider,
the female laid the egg, 2.8 mm in length, attached to the ventral surface of
80 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
I
Figs 1-5. Sceliphron formosum (1) sealed mud cell, 33 mm long and 9 mm wide; (2) cell
removed from wall with stored spider prey; (3) salticid spider prey with egg on
first spider stored; (4) egg, 2.8 mm long and 0.8 mm wide, attached to
opisthosoma of prey; (5) salticid spider prey. [Photos by J. P. Green].
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988 81
the opisthosoma. Subsequently, spiders were collected and stored one by one
until the cell was filled.
Hunting flights averaged 175 sec. (range 120-300 sec.). The female
spent about 60 sec. (range 45-120 sec.) in the cell from returning with prey
to starting on the nest hunting flight. This gave an average provisioning cycle
of 235 sec., and suggested the exploitation of a ready source of prey nearby.
As 18 spiders were stored in the cell, there must have been as many provis-
ion flights. The female occasionally spent longer periods away from the
cell, possibly experiencing difficulty in finding prey or the time may have
been spent in feeding or basking.
Final closure of the fully provisioned cell with a thick plug required 3
mud pellets and took about 30 min. Temporary cell closure with a thin mud
plug has been observed in Canberra in S. laetum, when, with the onset of
darkness, provisioning was not completed. This was not observed in S.
formosum, but occurs no doubt under the same conditions.
Prey
(Fig. 5)
In all 80 spiders were removed from the 5 cells in the nest, 12-20 spiders
being stored per cell. The pooled spiders comprised 74 Salticidae, 4 Miturgidae
(Miturga sp.), 1 Araneidae (Araneus sp.) ànd 1 Heteropodidae (Isopoda sp.).
The Salticidae included both adults and juveniles and were represented by 3
species. The predominant prey comprised 63 sp. A, probably Saitis taeniatus
Keyserling. Other salticid prey were 6 sp. B and 5 sp. C of indeterminate
genera. The non-salticid prey were juveniles, identifiable to genera but not to
species.
No observations were made of S. formosum, actually capturing prey.
Hunting evidently took place near the nest site, the salticid identified provisi-
onally as taeniatus being found abundantly on the walls of my house.
Discussion
Naumann (1983) reported nests of S. formosum, protected from rain
but well illuminated, on the walls of houses at Jabiru, Northern Territory.
The S. formosum nest in Canberra was also in a sheltered, well illuminated
situation. By contrast, nests of S. laetum are usually found in shaded or
dimly lit sites protected from direct sunlight. These nests have been built
several times in the same Canberra garage as contained the S. formosum nest,
but invariably in a poorly illuminated situation in the angle between wall and
ceiling. The nest structure of S. formosum in Canberra was similar to that
described by Naumann (1983). Unlike nests of S. laetum and related species,
S. formosum nests are not covered with an extra layer of mud.
Nesting behaviour in Sceliphron comprises the pellet cycle, starting
with flight from the nest and ending after adding the collected mud pellet to
the cell, and the provisioning cycle starting similarly and ending with the
collected prey being deposited in the cell. In S. formosum the pellet cycle was
82 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
2.75 min. Freeman and Johnston (1978) reported for 5. assimile Dahlbom a
longer and Naumann (1983) for S. laetum a shorter pellet cycle, the distance
of the mud source from the nest accounting no doubt for the variation. In
S. formosum the provisioning cycle was about 4 min., much shorter than that
reported in S. assimile and S. laetum (> 9 min.). This undoubtedly reflected
the ready source of prey (Salticidae) available on nearby walls for S. formos-
um, and the greater difficulty in finding prey (Araneidae) for the other
species.
The prey of S. formosum comprised almost exclusively spiders of the
family Salticidae. Much the most abundant species was provisionally ident-
ified as Saitis taeniatus, which occurs commonly on the walls of my house.
By contrast, the prey of S. laetum and its allies consists mainly of Araneidae,
but may occasionally include spiders of several other families. In over 100
records of prey from S. laetum nests built in my garage all spiders were
Araneidae, predominantly Eriophora biapicata (L. Koch), Araneus heroine
(L. Koch) and A. urquharti (Roewer).
Sceliphron is essentially an opportunist in regard to prey and captures
readily available spiders near the nest site. S. formosum apparently hunts for
Salticidae on walls, while S. laetum takes Araneidae on their orb-webs. A
marked degree of prey-specificity permits these related wasps to nest in close
proximity, each: exploiting a different family of spiders without coiapeting
for food resources.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Dr I. D. Naumann for criticism and advice. Dr Valerie
T. Davies and Mr R. J. Moran kindly identified the spider prey, and Mr J. P.
Green took the photographs.
References
Bohart, В. M. and Menke, A. S., 1976. Sphecid wasps of the world. A generic revision.
Univ. California Press, Berkeley, California. 695 pp.
Freeman, B. E. and Johnston, B., 1978. The biology in Jamaica of the adults of the
sphecid wasp, Sceliphron assimile Dahlbom. Ecol. Ent. 3: 39-52.
Naumann, I. D., 1983. The biology of the mud nesting Hymenoptera (and their assoc-
iates) and Isoptera in rock shelters of the Kakadu region, Northern Territory.
Aust. Nat, Parks and Wildlife Serv. Spec. Publ. 10: 127-189.
Smith, A., 1979. Life strategy and mortality factors of Sceliphron laetum (Smith)
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) in Australia. Aust. J. Ecol, 4: 181-186.
van der Vecht, J. and van Breugel, F. M. A., 1968. Revision of the nominate subgenus
Sceliphron Latreille. Tijds. Ent. 111: 185-255.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988 83
THE LIFE HISTORY OF HYPOCYSTA ANGUSTATA ANGUSTATA
WATERHOUSE & LYELL AND HYPOCYSTA IRIUS (FABRICIUS)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE: SATYRINAE)
By G. A. Wood
P.O. Box 122, Atherton, N. Qld 4883
Abstract
The early stages of Hypocysta angustata angustata Waterhouse & Lyell and
Hypocysta irius (Fabricius) are described. Comments is made on the number of larval
instars for each species; H. irius is the first Australian species to be reported with only
four instars.
Introduction
The black and white ringlet, Hypocysta angustata angustata Waterhouse
and Lyell, is a species of the rainforest of the Claudie River to Coen area,
Cape York Peninsula (Common and Waterhouse, 1981). The northern ringlet,
Hypocysta irius (Fabricius), is distributed along the east coast of Australia
from Grafton to Cape York. It flies commonly along the margins of rain-
forests, to which it is confined. The larvae have been reported to feed on
Imperata and other coarse grasses (Poaceae) (Common and Waterhouse,
1981).
Females of both species from Iron Range, northern Queensland, were
confined with the various grasses found along rainforest margins in the area,
Ova were deposited on Tetrarrhena sp. (Poaceae) and adults were successfully
raised on this food plant.
Hypocysta angustata angustata Waterhouse and Lyell
Food plant. Tetrarrhena sp. (Poaceae), wire grass.
Ovum. 0.6 mm diameter. Shiny pale green, smooth, spherical. Deposited
singly beneath the leaves of the food plant.
First instar. Length 2.5 mm. Head black, smooth, shiny, round, nearly flat
dorsally, with a very shallow median depression and minute black hairs. Body
greenish-white, smooth, with pale hairs.
Third instar. Length 6 mm. Head with short, blunt dorsolateral horns and
covered with small conical projections and short hairs. Dull brown with
apexes of horns and two spots on each side of head orange. Body green, with
longitudinal strips of dense, very short setae, giving it a striped, rough
appearance. Anal segment bifurcate.
Fifth instar (Fig. 1). Length (without processes) 15 mm. Head dull brown,
orange spots in third instar developed to conical projections, outer side of
horns and sides of head orange, covered with short hairs. Head with median
orange strip on upper half, two orange spots between horns and dull orange
patches on lower half of face. Body as in third instar, greenish-brown, later
turning dark green, anal processes (length 0.8 mm) brown above, spiracles
black.
е лл o 'o'-'--————————Á——————————————À—A—— — ف
84 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
2
Figs 1, 2. Hypocysta angustata angustata Waterhouse & Lyell: (1) fifth instar larva;
(2) pupa, lateral view.
85
Figs 3, A esa irius (F.): (3) larva in prepupal phase; (4) pupa, dorso-lateral view.
Pupa (Fig. 2). Length 12 mm. Pale brown with darker brown markings,
angular, with short lateral projections at anterior end a transverse ridge on
abdomen, a longitudinal dorsal ridge on thorax and a ridge along each wing
case. Abdominal ridge with anterior surface dark brown, thoracic ridge with
brown patch at apex and ridge on each wing case brown on dorsal surface.
Spiracles dark brown. Suspended by cremaster.
Notes. Eggs laid in late December produced adults in 45 days. Ova hatched in
four days, the larval stage lasted 33 days, and the pupal period was eight days.
Larvae shelter beneath the leaves or on the stem of the food plant and
feed both during the night or day.
Pupation occured on the food plant.
Hypocysta irius (Fabricius)
Food plant. Tetrarrhena sp. (Poaceae), wire grass.
Ovum. 0.8 mm diameter. Shiny yellow, smooth, spherical. Deposited singly
on the underside of leaves of the food plant.
86 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
First instar. Length 3 mm. Head black, smooth, shiny, with a pair of short,
blunt, dorso-lateral horns and minute black hairs. Body cream, smooth, with
minute white hairs.
Second instar. Length 5 mm. Head dull black, covered with minute conical
projections and minute hairs. Perimeter of head with three small pairs of
pointed orange projections, one pair between the horns and the others
laterally. Body green, with longitudinal strips of dense, very short setae,
giving it a striped, rough appearance. Anal segment with short, pointed
projections.
Third instar. Length (without projections) 8 mm; projection 0.5 mm. Head
dull chocolate brown, perimeter with further porjections orange, centre with
seven pale orange patches. Projections larger, hairs longer and pale yellow.
Body green, areas lacking setae appearing as longitudinal furrows. Anal
projections tipped pale brown.
Fourth instar (Fig. 3). Length (without processes) 14 mm; projections 1 mm.
As in third instar but with features more apparent. Anal projections yellow.
Pupa (Fig. 4). Length 12 mm. Pale grey-brown with pale brown mottling,
with short lateral projections at anterior end, a pronounced transverse ridge
on abdomen, a longitudinal dorsal ridge on thorax and a ridge along each
wing case. Abdominal ridge irregular, dark brown. Thoracic ridge smooth,
with two dark brown patches. Ridge on each wing case produced anteriorly
to a point, with brown patches. Anterior lateral projections and spiracles dark.
Suspended by cremaster.
Notes. Eggs laid in late September produced adults in 38 days. Ova hatched in
six days, the larval stage lasted 24 days, and the pupal period was eight days.
Larval shelter beneath the leaves of the food plant and feed during the
day or night. Pupation occurred on the food plant.
Discussion
To my knowledge Hypocysta irius is the first Australian butterfly
reported with less than five larval instars. All larva were reared individually
and instars counted and confirmed by head capsule counts. H. irius
were reared on two occasions confirming beyond doubt that this species has
only four instars.
Two larvae of H. angustata were reared and both had five instars.
The horns of Hypocysta irius final instar (fourth) are more prominent
than those of Hypocysta angustata angustata final instar (fifth).
The pupa of Hypocysta irius can be separated from that of Hypocysta
angustata angustata by an examination of the abdominal ridge. The abdominal
ridge of Hypocysta irius is irregular and broken. That of Hypocysta angustata
angustata is uniform and smooth in appearance.
Reference
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988 87
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR SOME BUTTERFLIES
AND HAWK MOTHS FROM FAR NORTHERN QUEENSLAND
By R. B. Lachlan
34 Roscommon Cres., Killarney Heights, N.S.W. 2087
Abstract
New Torres Strait island localities are given for three butterfly species (two
Pieridae and one Lycaenidae). The second known female of Гопо/усе helicon hyllus
(Waterhouse & Lyell) (Lycaenidae) is recorded. Two hawk moth species (Sphingidae)
are recorded from within Australian limits for the first time.
Introduction
The butterfly and hawk moth species listed below were taken on a
field trip to Torres Strait, northern Queensland, during December 1986 and
January 1987. Three of the butterflies and one of the two hawk moths were
taken on Dauan Island, while the other hawk moth species came from Boigu
Island; both these islands lie some 10 km south of the Papua New Guinea
coastline. The second known female of Jonolyce helicon hyllus is recorded
from the Old Lockhart River Mission site, Cape York Peninsula. АП specimens
are in the author's collection except the female of I. helicon which is on
permanent loan to the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra.
Pieridae
Delias mysis onca Fruhstorfer
A single ? taken on Dauan Island, Torres Strait, on 8 Jan. 1987 is the
third known specimen from within Australian limits; a pair having been
previously recorded from Moa Island (Common and Waterhouse, 1981). |
Cepora perimale latilimbata (Butler)
А d and $ were taken on Dauan Island, Torres Strait, on 8 and 9 Jan.
1987. It has previously been recorded from Darnley and Yam Islands (Common
and Waterhouse, 1981).
Lycaenidae
Petrelaea dana (de Niceville)
A 6 was taken on Dauan Island, Torres Strait, on 9 Jan. 1987. Within
Torres Strait this species has been previously recorded on Moa, Yorke,
Thursday and Darnley Islands.
Ionolyce helicon hyllus (Waterhouse and Lyell)
A single female taken at the Old Lockhart River Mission site, Cape York
Peninsula, on 14 Dec. 1986 appears to be the second recorded 9 of this
subspecies.
88 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) described a female of Jonolyce helicon
hyllus (Waterhouse and Lyell) from Cape York and illustrated the upperside
(their Fig. 350). My specimen is similar to the one figured by Waterhouse and
Lyell. Common and Waterhouse (1981) reported that G. E. Tite was of the
opinion that the true female of I. Л. hyllus may have a white spot on the fore
wing as is found in I. h. caracalla (Waterhouse and Lyell) from New Guinea
and Darnley Island. However Tite (1963) did not record this opinion and,
indeed, pointed out that the subspecies 7. h. caracalla was the only subspecies
with a white spot on the fore wing. Subspecies from localities from Sri Lanka
to the islands west of New Guinea are without the white spots as are specimens
from the Solomon Islands and Vanuatu. My specimen is quite similar to
females from Vanuatu and there seems to be no doubt of its identity.
Sphingidae
Daphnis dohertyi Rothschild
А д was taken by me on Dauan Island, Torres Strait, on 8 Jan. 1987. In
the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra, there are 5 other spec-
imens taken from Torres Strait islands as follows: 3 dd, Warraber (Sue) Island,
18, 19.xii.1977, J. Walker and S. Bakker; 2 65, Booby Island, 18-19.xii.1977,
K. Edlington. These are the first records of this species from within Australian
limits.
Eurypteryx molucca Felder
A single d was taken on Boigu Island, Torres Strait, on 6 Jan. 1987 and
represents the first specimen to be taken within Australian limits.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Mr E. D. Edwards for help in the preparation of
this paper. Mr M. S. Moulds kindly offered helpful comments on the
manuscript.
References
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Tite, G. E., 1963. A synonymic list of the genus Nacaduba and allied genera (Lepidopt-
era: Lycaenidae). Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) (Ent.) 13::69-116.
Waterhouse, G. A. and Lyell, G., 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-
son, Sydney. 239 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988 89
SOME NEW LARVAL FOOD PLANTS FOR NORTH
QUEENSLAND LYCAENIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA)
By ! P. S. Valentine and ?S. J. Johnson
1 James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811
2P.0. Box 1085, Townsville, Old, 4810
Abstract
Previously unrecorded larval food plants for sixteen species of lycaenid butterflies
are described and reference is made to polyphagy in some ant-attended species.
Introduction
The following notes contribute previously unrecorded information on
the larval food plants of sixteen species of lycaenid butterflies found in
northern Queensland. In addition an earlier food plant misidentification is
corrected.
Food plant records
Hypochrysops narcissus narcissus (Fabricius). Larvae have been reared from
two species of mangrove at Yule Point, north of Cairns; Ceriops tagal
(Rhyzophoraceae) and Aegiceras corniculatum (Myrsinaceae). In each case
the larvae were attended by small golden ants.
Hypochrysops pythias euclides Miskin. In an earlier account (Valentine and
Johnson, 1981) the food plant of this species was considered to be Triumfetta
rhomboidea (Tiliaceae) from a verbal description by Mr M. De Baar who
originally described the larval stages in Australia (De Baar, 1979). Sands
(1986) cast some doubt on the validity of Triumfetta rhomboidea as a food
plant for H. pythias. Discussions with Dr Betsy Jackes at James Cook
University indicated that T. rhomboidea is a coastal plant and would be
unlikely to occur in rainforest areas where H. pythias flies. Subsequent
identifications have shown that the plant on which we have reared H. pythias
on numerous occasions is in fact Commersonia bartramia (Sterculiaceae).
This is the same genus used by H. pythias in Papua New Guinea (D'Abrera,
1977).
Hypochrysops ignitus chrysonotus Grose-Smith. This species occurs on many
hilltops from Townsville north and during July 1986 a small colony was
found feeding on Acacia holosericea (Mimosaceae) at Mt Kulburn 20 km
west of Townsville. Larvae occur commonly on Planchonia careya (Lecythid-
aceae) but have also been found on Acacia flavescens (Mimosaceae) and on
Tristania suaveolans (Myrtaceae).
Pseudodipsas cephenes Hewitson. During February 1986 an adult female was
noted flying around a shrub of Guioa acutifolia (Sapindaceae) at Bluewater
State Forest about 40 km west north west from Townsville and larvae were
found feeding on the foliage. Six eggs were collected on the woody stems
and were subsequently reared in Townsville on Smilax australis leaves to
produce three adults of this species and three of P. eone iole Waterhouse and
Lyell. The larvae of the latter species pupated in about half the time it took
the larvae of P. cephenes.
90 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
Arhopala centaurus centaurus (Fabricius). This species occurs very commonly
in the Townsville district and larvae feed on a number of plant species
previously unreported. A critical aspect seems to be the presence of green
tree ants (Oecophylla smaragdina). Adults have been reared from the
following plant species: Terminalia melanocarpa, T. muelleri, T. sericocarpa
(Combretaceae); Lagerstroemia speciosa (Lythraceae) and Dendrophthoe
vitellina (Loranthaceae).
Arhopala madytus Fruhstorfer. Although reared mainly from Terminalia
sericocarpa it is occasionally found on Т. melanocarpa.
Arhopala micale amphis. Waterhouse. Also on Lagerstroemia speciosa.
Hypolycaena phorbas phorbas (Fabricius). Already known to use many
different food plants (see Common and Waterhouse, 1981). The following
food plants are previously unrecorded: Terminalia melanocarpa, Lumnitzera
racemosa (Combretaceae); Syzygium wilsoni (Myrtaceae); Aegiceras cornicul-
atum (Myrsinaceae) and Dendrophthoe vitellina (Loranthaceae). Of particular
interest is the discovery of the mistletoe food plant for this species and the
two mangrove species (Lumnitzera and Aegiceras).
Rapala varuna simsoni (Miskin). A single larva of this species was successfully
reared from flowers of Dendrolobium umbellatum (Fabaceae) in Townsville
in February 1984. Acacia polystachya (Mimosaceae) is also used in Townsville.
Anthene seltuttus affinis (Waterhouse & Turner). Known to feed on many
plant species (see Common and Waterhouse, 1981). The following four are
newly recorded: Brachychiton acerifolium (Sterculiaceae); Pongamia pinnata
(Fabaceae); Syzygium wilsoni (Myrtaceae) and Lagerstroemia speciosa
(Lythraceae).
Anthene lycaenoides godeffroyi (Semper). This species has been reared in
Townsville from the following new food plants: Cassia auriculata, C. suratten-
sis (Caesalpinaceae); Litchi chinensis (Sapindaceae); Dendrolobium umbellat-
um (Fabaceae) and Acacia polystachya (Mimosaceae). As recorded in
Common and Waterhouse (1981) and Valentine (1979) the larvae are
usually attended by green tree ants (Oecophylla smaragdina) but in Townsville
not uncommonly by the small black ant Paratrechina bourbonica (Forel).
Candalides helenita helenita (Semper). Larvae were found on Glochidion
ferdinandi (Euphorbiaceae) southwest of Ingham in February 1986.
Nacaduba kurava parma Waterhouse & Lyell. Larvae were found on the
flowers of Maesa dependens (Myrsinaceae) at Paluma in October 1983. In
Brisbane the flowers of Cupaniopsis anacardioides (Sapindaceae) have been
used (A. Johnson, pers. comm.).
Theclinesthes miskini eucalypti Sibatani & Grund. Larvae were found on
Acacia flavescens (Mimosaceae) west of Paluma and on Acacia holosericea in
Townsville during January 1987. In February 1984, larvae were found on
Sesbania sp. (Fabaceae) also in Townsville.
Aust. ent. Маў. 14(6), January, 1988 21
Catochrysops panormus platissa (Herrich-Schaffer). This species was reared in
Townsville during February 1984 on buds and flowers of Dendrolobium
umbellatum (Fabaceae) in company with larvae of Anthene lycaenoides.
Freyeria trochylus putli (Kollar). During April and May 1985 larvae were
very common in Townsville feeding on Indigofera colutea (Fabaceae).
Discussion
One feature of particular note is the very wide range of food plants
used by butterflies with larvae attended by green tree ants. As a general
observation it seems that very many butterfly species with larval stages
closely attended by ants are polyphagous. It may also be of interest to note
that the record of mistletoe for H. phorbas and A. centaurus occurred on a
Lagerstroemia cultivar. The larvae did not feed upon the foliage of this plant
but remained on the mistletoe attended by numerous green tree ants.
Acknowledgements
Thanks are expressed to Dr Betsy Jackes from the Botany Department, James
Cook University for assistance with plant identification and to Dr R. Taylor (CSIRO,
Canberra) for the identity of the Paratrechina ants.
References
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and
Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
D’Abrera, B., 1977. Butterflies of the Australian Region. 2nd Edition. Lansdowne,
Melbourne. 415 pp.
De Baar, M., 1979. Some new food plants for Australian Lepidoptera with life history
notes. Aust. ent. Mag. 5: 87-89.
Sands, D. P. A., 1986. A revision of the genus Hypochrysops С. & К. Felder. Е. J. Brill,
Copenhagen. Entomonograph Vol. 7. 116 pp.
Valentine, P. S., 1979. Notes on the biology and distribution of some north Queensland
lycaenid butterflies. Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3): 55-56.
Valentine, P. S. and Johnson, S. J., 1982. New records of Lycaenidae and Hesperiidae
(Lepidoptera) from northern Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1): 13.
BOOK REVIEW
A revision of the genus Hypochrysops C. & R. Felder (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). By
D. P. A. Sands. Entomolograph Vol. 7. 116 pages, illustr. 1986. E. J. Brill/
Scandinavian Science Press. Netherlands. US$38.25.
This revision of the systematics of the genus Hypochrysops C. & R. Felder is an
impressive contribution to our knowledge of a regionally significant group of butterflies.
The author includes 57 species in the genus arranged in 20 groups within which are
recognized 110 distinct taxa. Descriptions are given of four new species and three new
subspecies and twenty-eight names of species level are placed in new synonymy. The
genus Waigeum Staudinger is synonymised with Hypochrysops. Separate keys are given
for males and females of each species and testing the keys for Australian species I found
them easy to follow and unambiguous. The only difficulty I experienced was with males
of H. cleon from Iron Range where I initially ended up in H. cleonides! The female
cleon І have from Iron Range keyed out easily. The male genitalia of all available species
(fifty four of the fifty seven) are described and figured with a standard presentation of
lateral view, sociuncus, valvae and aedeagus. In a number of instances subspecific
variations in male genitalia are also illustrated.
92 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
Discussion of each species or subspecies includes a list of synonyms, details of
types and notes on distribution and description. For each species a section of comments
briefly alludes to distinguishing teatures as well as details of life history where known.
A comprehensive set of references is included.
Of particular interest to Australian students is the recognition of a new subspecies
of theon from the Rocky River area (cretatus). The Claudie River population of
narcissus is separated from that further south and the Iron Range and Papua New
Guinea population of hippuris is described as a new subspecies (nebulosis). Although
halyaetus is retained as a single taxon the population sometimes referred to as uranites
is noted and the prospect for further revision clearly awaits more extensive collection
and study. Australian specimens of miskini are now seen as distinct from the Papua
New Guinea population which is newly described as subspecies parvulus. Speculation on
the possible presence of H. arronica on Cape York, based on a specimen labelled Cedar
Bay in the British Museum, I found most interesting.
Two coloured plates with 64 individual photographs illustrate upper and undersides
of 23 species including the first illustrations of several previously described species and
all four of the new species. A further eight specimens are illustrated (upper and
underside) by black and white photographs. The selection of coloured photographs
appears to be carefully designed to complement and clarify those already available in
Common and Waterhouse (1981) and D'Abrera (1977). This volume will certainly help
sort out the confusion present in the latter work.
Overall the quality of this book is excellent both in content and presentation and
both Dr Sands and the publisher deserve congratulations. There are a few minor
shortcomings including Figures 115 and 116 described as H. pretiosus pretiosus instead
of Н. protogenes pretiosus and Figure 2 indicating vein М; as vein M3. It is a pity the
captions for the coloured plates did not also include the page reference for each taxon
especially as there is ample space. But these minor criticisms in no way detract from the
commanding scholarship of this work which will inevitably become the new standard
or discussion of these jewels of the butterfly world. P. S. VALENTINE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF REFEREES
The Editor wishes to thank the following for refereeing papers submitted
to this journal since Vol. 8.
P. R. Ackery E. S. Nielsen
J. M. E. Anderson T. R. New
J. A. Armstrong I. Naumann
A. F. Atkins D. P. A. Sands
G. Baker G. Sankowsky
S. Barker C. N. Smithers
P. Bernhardt К. W. Taylor
D. Bickle I. W. B. Thornton
G. R. Brown G. Theischinger
B. K. Cantrell P. S. Valentine
J. C. Cardale J. A. L. Watson
D. H. Colless G. A. Williams
I. F. B. Common D. G. James
G. Daniels R. L. Kitching
R. Domrow J. F. Lawrence
E. D. Edwards D. K. McAlpine
M. J. Fletcher J. D. Majer
M. R. Gray G. B. Monteith
G. A. Holloway B. P. Moore
T. F. Houston
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988 93
THE LIFE HISTORIES OF PASMA TASMANICA (MISKIN) AND
TOXIDIA RIETMANNI (SEMPER) (HESPERIIDAE: TRAPEZITINAE)
By Andrew Atkins
Newcastle College of Advanced Education, Waratah, 2298
Abstract
The early stages of Pasma tasmanica (Miskin) and Toxidia rietmanni rietmanni
(Semper) are descrioed and illustrated.
Introduction
The trapezitine skippers Pasma tasmanica (Miskin) and Toxidia riet-
manni (Semper) are confined to coastal and near coastal forests of eastern
Australia. P. tasmanica is essentially a montane and subalpine species, and is
distributed from northern New South Wales along the Great Dividing Range
to western Victoria. It also occurs in montane and coastal Tasmania. Two
subspecies of T. rietmanni are recognised. The nominal subspecies is distrib-
uted from central Queensland to southern New South Wales. Subspecies
parasema (Lower) is found in the tablelands of northern Queensland. T.
rietmanni rietmanni frequents rainforests and coastal wet-sclerophyll forests.
The adults of both species fly throughout the warmer months of the year,
but are more frequently found in spring and autumn. They are generally
uncommon species but in some areas they are locally abundant. Their life
histories were previously unknown.
Life History
Pasma tasmanica (Miskin), 1889
(Figs 1-10)
Foodplant. Unidentified [larvae in captivity feed on a wide range of soft
grasses, including Poa sp. (Family Poaceae)].
Egg (Fig. 1). Diameter 1 mm, dome-shaped, pale green when first laid,
changing in 2 days to cream-coloured with an orange spot near the
micropyle; 14 vertical ribs, some broken or converging at the apex.
Larva (Figs 2-7). 1st instar (Fig. 2): length 2 mm; head shining black,
covered sparsely with blunt-ended to slightly clubbed setae; prothoracic plate
black; body pale cream coloured, covered with short clubbed setae, slightly
longer on anal segments. 2nd-5th instars (5th instar Figs 3-5): head dark
brown with paired light brown markings on dorsal, lateral and frons surfaces;
body reddish brown, lighter brown to green between the segments with a
dark brown to black dorsal line; body setae pale, semi-transparent, short and
clubbed (Fig. 5).
Pupa (Figs 6-8). Length 16 mm; brown, spiracles black, paired dorsal
markings on anterior of thorax dark brown, covered (particularly on anterior
surface) with a bluish grey waxy ‘bloom’, short pale-coloured setae sparsely
covering body; pupal cap with a black, laterally-spread, bifid projection, and
two ventrally placed black markings.
94 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
Figs 1-10. Pasma tasmanica: (1) dorsal and lateral view of egg; (2) 1st instar larva; (3)
dorsal and lateral view of final instar larva; (4) frons of final instar larval head;
(5) larval setae; (6) frons of pupa; (7) pupal setae; (8) lateral and dorsal view
of pupa; (9) adult male, upperside left and underside right; (10) adult female,
upperside left and underside right. Scale lines: Figs 1, 2 = 1 mm; 3, 8 = 5mm;
4,6=3 mm; 5,7=0.5 mm;9,10 = 10 mm.
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988 95
Figs 11-20. Toxidia rietmanni rietmanni: (11) dorsal and lateral view of egg; (12) 1st
instar larva; (13) dorsal and lateral view of final instar larva; (14) frons of
final instar larval head; (15) larval setae; (16) frons of pupa; (17) pupal
setae; (18) lateral and dorsal view of pupa; (19) adult male, upperside left
and underside right; (20) adult female, upperside left and underside right.
Scale lines: Figs 11, 12 = 1 mm; 13, 18220 = 10 mm; 14, 16 - 5 mm;
15, 17 = 0.5 mm.
96 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
Toxidia rietmanni rietmanni (Semper), 1879
(Figs 11-20)
Foodplant. An unidentified species of soft grass (Family Poaceae).
Egg (Fig. 11). Diameter 0.9 mm, dome-shaped, off-white to pale green, later
developing a red-brown micropyle and lateral band; 13-15 vertical ribs.
Larva (Figs 12-15). 1st instar (Fig. 12): length 2.5 mm; head shiny black,
pale setae covering dorsal, frons and lateral areas; prothoracic plate brown-
black, edged red; body pale yellow, covered with setae, longer on posterior
segments. 2nd-5th instars (5th instar Figs 13-15): head dark brown with
light brown mottling, sparsely covered with pale setae; body pale reddish
grey to pale brown with grey-green to pink between the segments, darker
mottling producing indistinct dorsal and dorso-lateral lines; body setae short,
pale and clubbed (Fig. 15).
Pupa (Figs 16-18). Length 15 mm; red-brown, spiracles black, paired dorsal
markings on anterior of thorax and on posterior segments and cremaster
black to dark brown, body lightly covered with simple setae; pupal cap
sclerotized with two dorsal and one central, slightly raised areas covered with
setae.
Notes
Field observations of Pasma tasmanica were made in Tasmania, Victoria,
the Australian Capital Territory and southern and central New South Wales
(specimens were reared from Honeysuckle Creek, A.C.T.). Life history data
of Toxidia rietmanni were obtained from observations of home-reared
specimens collected at Seal Rocks, central New South Wales, and field records
made in southern New South Wales and central Queensland. Eggs of both
species were obtained by caging females in net-covered pots containing a
variety of grasses. The eggs were mostly laid on grass stems and leaf-blades or
litter and hatched from 10-15 days. The young larvae made loosely spun
shelters in the leaf-blades; the older larvae made tube-shaped shelters within
grass blades (T. rietmanni), grass stems (P. tasmanica), or simply within
tightly woven debris at the base of the grass. Pupation generally occured in
the latter shelters. Eggs obtained from P. tasmanica in November and from
T. rietmanni in January produced adults in March and October, respectively.
This indicates that both species are at least bivoltine, especially at low
altitudes.
Pasma tasmanica is found locally near spagnum bogs and button-grass
plains in sub-alpine areas of the mainland and Tasmania. It also occurs along
tussock-sedge watercourses and stream banks at sea level in southern New
South Wales and Victoria. Both sexes of this skipper fly in bright sunshine,
visiting small flowering herbs. Males establish ‘territories’, resting on shrubs
and tussocks growing near water and in swales. Females are even more solitary
in their habits, flying low near streams and marshes inspecting grass tussocks
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988 97
or occasionally fluttering across sunny meadows. Ovipositing, however, was
not observed in the field. Females were often seen in areas heavily grazed by
wombats, kangaroos and wallabies in which only large Poa tussocks remained.
The search behaviour of ‘wild’ females, indescriminate oviposition sites of
caged females, and a larval preference for soft, bladed grasses, indicate that
the larvae of this skipper may be opportunistic, feeding on any soft grass
growing within the protective environment of large Poa tussocks and other
dense herbage.
Toxidia rietmanni is generally found on the fringes of rainforest, both
at sea-level and in the coastal mountains. The adults of both sexes rest in
sunshine on the leaves of shrubs and trees, often 2-3 m above the ground.
They frequently visit flowers, such as Lantana, in the morning and late
afternoon. Males have distinctive flight paths and resting sites. At Seal Rocks
females were observed ovipositing on a common species of soft grass growing
in the small, sunny clearing of a vine-forest. The eggs were deposited singly
beneath leaf blades, on grass stems or nearby debris. In coastal localities there
are probably at least three generations each year.
The morphology of juveniles and adult Pasma tasmanica and Toxidia
rietmanni clearly place both species in the Trapezitine subsections of the
Trapezitinae (see Waterhouse, 1932; Atkins, 1973).
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Dr Don McNiel, California, for his field assistance in
locating females of Pasma tasmanica ai Honeysuckle Creek in areas made
somewhat hazardous by the presence of several elapid snakes belonging to
three species.
References
Atkins, A. F., 1973. A new genus Proeidosa for an Australian skipper Pasma polysema
(Lower) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae, Trapezitinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(4):
253-260, text-figs 1-26.
Waterhouse, G. A., 1932. What butterfly is that? Angus and Robertson, Sydney, 291 pp.
98 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION AND BIOLOGY OF THERYAXIA
SUTTONI CARTER (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE)
By G. A. Webb, J. A. Simpson and E. E. Taylor
Forestry Commission of N.S.W., P.O. Box 100, Beecroft, New South Wales, 2119
Abstract
Theryaxia suttoni Carter is now known to occur in Queensland and New South
Wales. Callitris glaucophylla Thompson and L. Johnson is the larval host of T. suttoni in
both states.
Introduction
Carter (1928) described the monotypic genus Theryaxia and its type
species 7. suttoni from specimens collected at Stanthorpe in Queensland.
Т. suttoni is poorly known in collections and very little is known of its biology.
As far as we are aware T. suttoni has only been recorded from two localities,
Stanthorpe and Chinchilla, both in south-eastern Queensland (Carter 1928,
Hawkeswood 1986). Recently, Hawkeswood (1986) recorded Callitris glauco-
phylla Thompson & L. Johnson as the host of 7. suttoni at Chinchilla. We
provide, below, further data on distribution and biology of this jewel beetle.
Observations and Discussion
On 31st July 1984 one of us (JAS) collected several small billets of
recently felled C. glaucophylla near Lanes Mill Broom Flora Reserve, in the
Pilliga East State Forest, approximately 48 km south-west of Narrabri, New
South Wales. Billets were taken from trunks and larger branches wherever
insect damage or larvae were found. The felled trees had been scorched in a
forest fire earlier in the year. Billets were transported back to the laboratory
and stored in wire-mesh rearing cages at room temperature.
On 12th and 13th October, 1984 adult 7. suttoni emerged. Later adult
Ceresium sp. (Cerambycidae) also emerged (15th Nov. 1984-10th Jan. 1985)
as well as the parasitic wasp, Helcon rufithorax (Turner) (Braconidae) (29th
Oct.-14th Dec. 1984). However, neither of the common cypress pine jewel
beetles, Diadoxus erythrurus (Wade) or Diadoxus scalaris (Laporte and Gory)
emerged from these billets, but billets collected from fire-killed trees in
January 1983 from the same locality were infested by D. erythrurus.
T. suttoni is now known from three localities in south-eastern Queens-
land, Stanthorpe, Chinchilla and Western Creek near Milmerran (F. R. Wylie
pers. comm.), and from Pilliga East S.F. in New South Wales all within the
range of its only known host, C. glaucophylla. Since C. glaucophylla is widely
distributed throughout central southern Australia (Thompson and Johnson
1986) it is probable that T. suttoni is much more widely distributed than is
presently known.
C. glaucophylla is the larval host of a wide range of wood-boring beetles
(Brimblecombe 1956, Hadlington and Gardner 1959, Hawkeswood and
Peterson 1982, McKeown 1942, Moore 1972. Webb 1987). Given that many
of these species may occur in the same locality and that, in this case, at least
Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988 99
two species emerged from the same billets, competition between species may
occur. Further study of boring patterns and emergence times of beetles
co-inhabiting C. glaucophylla timber may help to explain how competition is
avoided.
Acknowledgements
Thanks are due to Geoff Williams (Lorien Wildlife Refuge, Taree) for
identifying the T. suttoni specimens and indicating the need to publish this
material and Ross Wylie (Qld. Dept. Forestry) for providing unpublished
material. Geoff Holloway (Australian Museum) kindly identified the braconid
specimens.
References
Brimblecombe, A. R., 1956. Destructive wood borers and their damage. Qld Dept.
Primary Ind. Pamphlet 165: 1-43.
Carter, H. J., 1928. Revision of Hesthesis (Fam. Cerambycidae), together with the
description of a new genus and species of the Buprestidae. Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W. 53: 544-550.
Hadlington, P. & Gardner, M. J., 1959. Diadoxus erythrurus (White) (Coleoptera:
Buprestidae), attack of fire-damaged Callitris spp. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
84: 325-332.
Hawkeswood, T. J., 1986. New larval host records for eight Australian jewel beetles
(Coleoptera, Buprestidae). Giornale Italiano Entomologica 3: 173-177.
Hawkeswood, T. J. and Peterson, M. 1982. A review of larval host records for Australian
jewel beetles (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Victorian Nat. 99: 240-251.
McKeown, K. C., 1942. Australian Cerambycidae. VI. Descriptions of new species mostly
from Queensland. Rec. Aust. Mus. 21: 81-105.
Moore, K. M., 1972. Observations on some Australian forest insects 27. Some insects
attacking Callitris hugelii (white cypress pine). Aust. Zool. 17: 40-45.
Thompson J. and Johnson, L. A. S., 1986. Callitris glaucophylla, Australia’s ‘white cypress
pine’—a new name for an old species. Telopea 2: 731-736. :
Webb, G. A., 1987. Larval host plants of Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) held in some
Australian insect collections. For. Comm. N.S.W. Tech. Pap. 38: 1-19.
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
ATSATT. Peter R.
1981. Ant-dependent food plant selection by the mistletoe butterfly Ogyris amaryllis
(Lycaenidae). Oecologia 48: 60-63. 3 tables, text-fig. 1.
DAHMS, Edward Clive
1983. A checklist of the types of Australian Hymenoptera described by Alexandre
Arsene Girault: II. Preamble and Chalcidoidea species A-E with advisory notes.
Mem. Qd Mus. 21(1): 1-255.
1984. Revision of the genus Melittobia (Chalcidoidea: Eulophidae) with the descrip-
tion of seven new species. Mem. Оа Mus. 21(2): 271-336, text-figs 1-241.
1984. A review of the biology of species in the genus Melittobia (Hymenoptera:
Eulophidae) with interpretations and additions using observations onMelittobia
australica, Mem. Оа Mus. 21(2): 337-360, 1 table, text-figs 1-18.
1984. An interpretation of the structure and function of the antennal sense organs
of Melittobia australica (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) with the discovery of a
large dermal gland in the male scape. Mem. Qd Mus. 21(2): 361-385, pls 1-8.
100 Aust. ent. Mag. 14(6), January, 1988
GROSS, G. F.
1975. A revision of the Pnetatomidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of the rhynchocoris
group from Australia and adjacent areas. Part 1. The genera from Ocirrhoe
through Cuspicona to Petalaspis with descriptions of new species and selection
of lectotypes. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 17(6): 51-167, text-figs 1-64.
HAWKESWOOD, 1. J.
1985. New larval host plants for ten Australian longicorns (Coleoptera, Cerambycid-
ae). Gi. It. Ent. 2: 393-397.
1985. The food plants of Jalmenus daemeli Semper (Lycaehidae) with notes on
other butterflies and Acacia food plants. J. Lepid. Soc. 39: 276-279.
1986. A new species of Chrysobothris (Coleoptera, Buprestidae, Chrysobothrinae)
from Townsville, northern Queensland, Australia. Gi. It. Ent. 3: 167-172.
1986. New larval host records for eight Australian jewel beetles (Coleoptera, Bupres-
tidae). Gi. It. Ent. 3: 173-177.
JAMES, David G.
1984. Migration and clustering phenology of Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23(3): 199-204, 7 tables
1984. Population and general biology of non-reproductive colonies of the monarch
butterfly, Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera: Danaidae) in New South Wales.
Aust. J. Zool. 32(5): 663-670, 3 tables.
JOHNSTON, L. M.
1984. Butterflies of the Burdekin 27 June—12 July, 1981. Qd Nat. 24(5-6): 111-112.
KIFUNE, Teiji and HIRASHIMA Yoshihiro
1983, Records of the Strepsiptera from Australia and Sri Lanka in the collection of
the Smithsonian Institution, with descriptions of four new species. Esakia 20:
157-165, text-figs 1-20.
Hymenoptera: Mengenillidae: Mengenilla australiensis sp. n.
RAKOVIC, M.
1981. Revision of species of the tribe Psammodiini from the Australian region
(Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, Aphodiinae) I. Annot. zool. bot., Bratislava 139:
1-37.
WRIGHT, Peter
1982. Observations of predator/prey relationships between praying mantids and
geckos. Northern Territory Nat. 5: 10-11, illustr.
ZALUCKI, M. P. and KITCHING, R. L.
1982. Temporal and sparial variation of mortality in field populations of Danaus
plexippus L. and D. chrysippus L. larvae (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Oecol-
ogia 53: 201-207, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-4.
AUSTRALIA'S
BUTTERFLIES
Peter Wilson
Just published by Kangaroo Press E
$14.95 (r.r.p.), paperback
Here for the first time is a reference book on Australian butterflies which is
illustrated with 126 colour photographs showing each butterfly species alive and
free in its natural surroundings. Written specifically for the layperson, the book
describes and illustrates 82 individual species in a clear and interesting style with
the minimum of technical terms. The 82 species include the most common and
widespread ones—in fact virtually all the butterflies most Australians ever notice.
Wherever in Australia you live, from Perth and Tasmnaia to the tropics, you will
find your local butterflies more than adequately represented.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves. the right to alter or reject notices.
NEW BOOK. Butterfly Conservation by T. R. New. 1987. 50 pp. Price $4.
Orders direct to publisher, Ent. Soc. of Vic. c/- Dr T. R. New, Dep. of
Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria, 3083.
NEW BOOK. Jewel Beetles of Western Australia by Keith Carnaby. 1987.
458 photos illust. over 200 spp. in colour, 69 pages. Price within Aust.
$25 plus $4 post & packing; price overseas US$25 plus $7 post &
packing. Orders with payment to Keith Carnaby, Wilga, W.A. 6243.
WANTED. Australian & P.N.G. region butterflies, moths & beetles to buy or
exchange for worldwide species. Also worldwide species for sale, 90
page catalogue available £3.50Stg or $6.00 US (cash). Len Hart, 51
Benton Rd, South Shields, Tyne & Wear, NE34 9UB, England.
BOOKS & EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT AND BOOK CATALOGUES
ARE AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST
MAIL ORDERS ARE A SPECIALTY
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972
DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER
$13.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints is purchased. Reprints
are charged at the following rates per page: $18 for 50 copies, $25 for100 copies and
$30 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Dr D. P. A. Sands, Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
c/- CSIRO, Division of Entomology,
Р.В. No.3, Indooroopilly, Qld. 4068.
f/ Sua d
CONTENTÍS |
EDITORIA I arte: жеке ERS esi E reg. ums SR. ATI
ATKINS, Andrew The life histories of Pasma: aliea ORT) ! and AP
Toxidia rietmanni (Semper) (Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) . . 20493
CALLAN, E. McC. Biological observations on the iot. wasp
Sceliphron formosum (F. Smith) (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae).... 78
LACHLAN, R. B. New distribution records for some butterflies and
hawk moths from far northern Queensland ............... 87
VALENTINE, P. S. and JOHNSON, S. J. Some new larval food plants
for north Queensland Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) ........... 89
WEBB, G. A., SIMPSON, J. A. and TAYLOR, E. E. Notes on the
distribution and biology of Theryaxia suttoni Carter (Coleoptera:
Buprestidae) н т ла SLL и ке аи. Fn 98
WOOD, G. A. The Ше history of Hypocysta angustata angustata
Waterhouse & Lyell and Hypocysta irius (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera:
NymphalidaedgSatyrinde) WEN КЕЕ. ЕРЕ Тете. 83
BOOK REVIEW — A revision of the genus Hypochrysops.......... 89
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF REFEREES.................... 92
RECENT LITERATURE- An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds .......... 99
ENTOMOLOGIGAL NOTICES) _... inside back cover
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
THE CHAMBERS
A Suen
Rainforest Holiday Apartment < 7
Lake Eacham, Atherton Tablelands, N.Q. ^
Modern, spacious, fully self contained units, sleeping
2 - 5 in comfort. Surrounded by rainforest. Collect
butterflies, moths, beetles and other tropical insects at
your apartment door. Write for free brochure or ring.
Ph. (070) 95 3754 P.O. Box 87, Yungaburra, М.О. 4872
ISSN 0311-881 — ;
VICTORIA